# Rule to build the amalgamation
#
sqlite3.lo:	sqlite3.c
	$(LTCOMPILE) $(TEMP_STORE) -c sqlite3.c

# Rules to build the LEMON compiler generator
#
lemon$(BEXE):	$(TOP)/tool/lemon.c $(TOP)/src/lempar.c
	$(BCC) -o $@ $(TOP)/tool/lemon.c
	cp $(TOP)/src/lempar.c .

# Rules to build individual *.o files from generated *.c files. This
# applies to:
#
#     parse.o
#     opcodes.o
#
................................................................................
fuzztest:	fuzzcheck$(TEXE) $(FUZZDATA)
	./fuzzcheck$(TEXE) $(FUZZDATA)

fastfuzztest:	fuzzcheck$(TEXE) $(FUZZDATA)
	./fuzzcheck$(TEXE) --limit-mem 100M $(FUZZDATA)

valgrindfuzz:	fuzzcheck$(TEXT) $(FUZZDATA)
	valgrind ./fuzzcheck$(TEXE) --cell-size-check --limit-mem 10M $(FUZZDATA)

# Minimal testing that runs in less than 3 minutes
#
quicktest:	./testfixture$(TEXE)
	./testfixture$(TEXE) $(TOP)/test/extraquick.test $(TESTOPTS)

# This is the common case.  Run many tests that do not take too long,

# Rule to build the amalgamation
#
sqlite3.lo:	sqlite3.c
	$(LTCOMPILE) $(TEMP_STORE) -c sqlite3.c

# Rules to build the LEMON compiler generator
#
lemon$(BEXE):	$(TOP)/tool/lemon.c $(TOP)/tool/lempar.c
	$(BCC) -o $@ $(TOP)/tool/lemon.c
	cp $(TOP)/tool/lempar.c .

# Rules to build individual *.o files from generated *.c files. This
# applies to:
#
#     parse.o
#     opcodes.o
#
................................................................................
fuzztest:	fuzzcheck$(TEXE) $(FUZZDATA)
	./fuzzcheck$(TEXE) $(FUZZDATA)

fastfuzztest:	fuzzcheck$(TEXE) $(FUZZDATA)
	./fuzzcheck$(TEXE) --limit-mem 100M $(FUZZDATA)

valgrindfuzz:	fuzzcheck$(TEXT) $(FUZZDATA)
	valgrind ./fuzzcheck$(TEXE) --cell-size-check --limit-mem 10M --timeout 600 $(FUZZDATA)

# Minimal testing that runs in less than 3 minutes
#
quicktest:	./testfixture$(TEXE)
	./testfixture$(TEXE) $(TOP)/test/extraquick.test $(TESTOPTS)

# This is the common case.  Run many tests that do not take too long,

# Rule to build the amalgamation
#
sqlite3.lo:	$(SQLITE3C)
	$(LTCOMPILE) $(CORE_COMPILE_OPTS) -c $(SQLITE3C)

# Rules to build the LEMON compiler generator
#
lempar.c:	$(TOP)\src\lempar.c
	copy $(TOP)\src\lempar.c .

lemon.exe:	$(TOP)\tool\lemon.c lempar.c
	$(BCC) $(NO_WARN) -Daccess=_access \
		-Fe$@ $(TOP)\tool\lemon.c /link $(LDFLAGS) $(NLTLINKOPTS) $(NLTLIBPATHS)

# Rules to build individual *.lo files from generated *.c files. This
# applies to:

# Rule to build the amalgamation
#
sqlite3.lo:	$(SQLITE3C)
	$(LTCOMPILE) $(CORE_COMPILE_OPTS) -c $(SQLITE3C)

# Rules to build the LEMON compiler generator
#
lempar.c:	$(TOP)\tool\lempar.c
	copy $(TOP)\tool\lempar.c .

lemon.exe:	$(TOP)\tool\lemon.c lempar.c
	$(BCC) $(NO_WARN) -Daccess=_access \
		-Fe$@ $(TOP)\tool\lemon.c /link $(LDFLAGS) $(NLTLINKOPTS) $(NLTLIBPATHS)

# Rules to build individual *.lo files from generated *.c files. This
# applies to:

AM_CFLAGS = @THREADSAFE_FLAGS@ @DYNAMIC_EXTENSION_FLAGS@ @FTS5_FLAGS@ @JSON1_FLAGS@ -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE

lib_LTLIBRARIES = libsqlite3.la
libsqlite3_la_SOURCES = sqlite3.c
libsqlite3_la_LDFLAGS = -no-undefined -version-info 8:6:8

bin_PROGRAMS = sqlite3
sqlite3_SOURCES = shell.c sqlite3.c sqlite3.h

sqlite3_LDADD = @READLINE_LIBS@

sqlite3_CFLAGS = $(AM_CFLAGS)

include_HEADERS = sqlite3.h sqlite3ext.h

EXTRA_DIST = sqlite3.1 tea
pkgconfigdir = ${libdir}/pkgconfig
pkgconfig_DATA = sqlite3.pc

man_MANS = sqlite3.1

AM_CFLAGS = @THREADSAFE_FLAGS@ @DYNAMIC_EXTENSION_FLAGS@ @FTS5_FLAGS@ @JSON1_FLAGS@ -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE

lib_LTLIBRARIES = libsqlite3.la
libsqlite3_la_SOURCES = sqlite3.c
libsqlite3_la_LDFLAGS = -no-undefined -version-info 8:6:8

bin_PROGRAMS = sqlite3
sqlite3_SOURCES = shell.c sqlite3.h
EXTRA_sqlite3_SOURCES = sqlite3.c
sqlite3_LDADD = @EXTRA_SHELL_OBJ@ @READLINE_LIBS@
sqlite3_DEPENDENCIES = @EXTRA_SHELL_OBJ@
sqlite3_CFLAGS = $(AM_CFLAGS)

include_HEADERS = sqlite3.h sqlite3ext.h

EXTRA_DIST = sqlite3.1 tea
pkgconfigdir = ${libdir}/pkgconfig
pkgconfig_DATA = sqlite3.pc

man_MANS = sqlite3.1

#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
# Supports the following non-standard switches.
#
#   --enable-threadsafe
#   --enable-readline


#   --enable-dynamic-extensions
#

AC_PREREQ(2.61)
AC_INIT(sqlite, 3.7.5, http://www.sqlite.org)
AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([sqlite3.c])

................................................................................
  [--enable-json1], [include json1 support [default=no]])], 
  [], [enable_json1=no])
if test x"$enable_json1" == "xyes"; then
  JSON1_FLAGS=-DSQLITE_ENABLE_JSON1
fi
AC_SUBST(JSON1_FLAGS)
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
















AC_CHECK_FUNCS(posix_fallocate)

#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
# UPDATE: Maybe it's better if users just set CFLAGS before invoking
# configure. This option doesn't really add much...
#

#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
# Supports the following non-standard switches.
#
#   --enable-threadsafe
#   --enable-readline
#   --enable-editline
#   --enable-static-shell
#   --enable-dynamic-extensions
#

AC_PREREQ(2.61)
AC_INIT(sqlite, 3.7.5, http://www.sqlite.org)
AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([sqlite3.c])

................................................................................
  [--enable-json1], [include json1 support [default=no]])], 
  [], [enable_json1=no])
if test x"$enable_json1" == "xyes"; then
  JSON1_FLAGS=-DSQLITE_ENABLE_JSON1
fi
AC_SUBST(JSON1_FLAGS)
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------

#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
#   --enable-static-shell
#
AC_ARG_ENABLE(static-shell, [AS_HELP_STRING(
  [--enable-static-shell], 
  [statically link libsqlite3 into shell tool [default=yes]])], 
  [], [enable_static_shell=yes])
if test x"$enable_static_shell" == "xyes"; then
  EXTRA_SHELL_OBJ=sqlite3.$OBJEXT
else
  EXTRA_SHELL_OBJ=libsqlite3.la
fi
AC_SUBST(EXTRA_SHELL_OBJ)
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_CHECK_FUNCS(posix_fallocate)

#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
# UPDATE: Maybe it's better if users just set CFLAGS before invoking
# configure. This option doesn't really add much...
#

  fts5_tokenizer *pTokApi;

  /* Values loaded from the %_config table */
  int iCookie;                    /* Incremented when %_config is modified */
  int pgsz;                       /* Approximate page size used in %_data */
  int nAutomerge;                 /* 'automerge' setting */
  int nCrisisMerge;               /* Maximum allowed segments per level */

  char *zRank;                    /* Name of rank function */
  char *zRankArgs;                /* Arguments to rank function */

  /* If non-NULL, points to sqlite3_vtab.base.zErrmsg. Often NULL. */
  char **pzErrmsg;

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG

  fts5_tokenizer *pTokApi;

  /* Values loaded from the %_config table */
  int iCookie;                    /* Incremented when %_config is modified */
  int pgsz;                       /* Approximate page size used in %_data */
  int nAutomerge;                 /* 'automerge' setting */
  int nCrisisMerge;               /* Maximum allowed segments per level */
  int nHashSize;                  /* Bytes of memory for in-memory hash */
  char *zRank;                    /* Name of rank function */
  char *zRankArgs;                /* Arguments to rank function */

  /* If non-NULL, points to sqlite3_vtab.base.zErrmsg. Often NULL. */
  char **pzErrmsg;

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG

#include "fts5Int.h"

#define FTS5_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE   4050
#define FTS5_DEFAULT_AUTOMERGE      4
#define FTS5_DEFAULT_CRISISMERGE   16


/* Maximum allowed page size */
#define FTS5_MAX_PAGE_SIZE (128*1024)

static int fts5_iswhitespace(char x){
  return (x==' ');
}
................................................................................
  char *zRank = 0;
  char *zRankArgs = 0;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;

  *pzRank = 0;
  *pzRankArgs = 0;




  p = fts5ConfigSkipWhitespace(p);
  pRank = p;
  p = fts5ConfigSkipBareword(p);

  if( p ){
    zRank = sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, 1 + p - pRank);
    if( zRank ) memcpy(zRank, pRank, p-pRank);
  }else{
    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
  }

  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    p = fts5ConfigSkipWhitespace(p);
    if( *p!='(' ) rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
    p++;
  }
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    const char *pArgs; 
    p = fts5ConfigSkipWhitespace(p);
    pArgs = p;
    if( *p!=')' ){
      p = fts5ConfigSkipArgs(p);
      if( p==0 ){
        rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
      }else{
        zRankArgs = sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, 1 + p - pArgs);
        if( zRankArgs ) memcpy(zRankArgs, pArgs, p-pArgs);

      }
    }
  }

  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
    sqlite3_free(zRank);
    assert( zRankArgs==0 );
................................................................................
    }
    if( pgsz<=0 || pgsz>FTS5_MAX_PAGE_SIZE ){
      *pbBadkey = 1;
    }else{
      pConfig->pgsz = pgsz;
    }
  }













  else if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(zKey, "automerge") ){
    int nAutomerge = -1;
    if( SQLITE_INTEGER==sqlite3_value_numeric_type(pVal) ){
      nAutomerge = sqlite3_value_int(pVal);
    }
    if( nAutomerge<0 || nAutomerge>64 ){
................................................................................
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  int iVersion = 0;

  /* Set default values */
  pConfig->pgsz = FTS5_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;
  pConfig->nAutomerge = FTS5_DEFAULT_AUTOMERGE;
  pConfig->nCrisisMerge = FTS5_DEFAULT_CRISISMERGE;


  zSql = sqlite3Fts5Mprintf(&rc, zSelect, pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName);
  if( zSql ){
    rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(pConfig->db, zSql, -1, &p, 0);
    sqlite3_free(zSql);
  }

#include "fts5Int.h"

#define FTS5_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE   4050
#define FTS5_DEFAULT_AUTOMERGE      4
#define FTS5_DEFAULT_CRISISMERGE   16
#define FTS5_DEFAULT_HASHSIZE    (1024*1024)

/* Maximum allowed page size */
#define FTS5_MAX_PAGE_SIZE (128*1024)

static int fts5_iswhitespace(char x){
  return (x==' ');
}
................................................................................
  char *zRank = 0;
  char *zRankArgs = 0;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;

  *pzRank = 0;
  *pzRankArgs = 0;

  if( p==0 ){
    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
  }else{
    p = fts5ConfigSkipWhitespace(p);
    pRank = p;
    p = fts5ConfigSkipBareword(p);

    if( p ){
      zRank = sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, 1 + p - pRank);
      if( zRank ) memcpy(zRank, pRank, p-pRank);
    }else{
      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
    }

    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      p = fts5ConfigSkipWhitespace(p);
      if( *p!='(' ) rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
      p++;
    }
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      const char *pArgs; 
      p = fts5ConfigSkipWhitespace(p);
      pArgs = p;
      if( *p!=')' ){
        p = fts5ConfigSkipArgs(p);
        if( p==0 ){
          rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
        }else{
          zRankArgs = sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, 1 + p - pArgs);
          if( zRankArgs ) memcpy(zRankArgs, pArgs, p-pArgs);
        }
      }
    }
  }

  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
    sqlite3_free(zRank);
    assert( zRankArgs==0 );
................................................................................
    }
    if( pgsz<=0 || pgsz>FTS5_MAX_PAGE_SIZE ){
      *pbBadkey = 1;
    }else{
      pConfig->pgsz = pgsz;
    }
  }

  else if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(zKey, "hashsize") ){
    int nHashSize = -1;
    if( SQLITE_INTEGER==sqlite3_value_numeric_type(pVal) ){
      nHashSize = sqlite3_value_int(pVal);
    }
    if( nHashSize<=0 ){
      *pbBadkey = 1;
    }else{
      pConfig->nHashSize = nHashSize;
    }
  }

  else if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(zKey, "automerge") ){
    int nAutomerge = -1;
    if( SQLITE_INTEGER==sqlite3_value_numeric_type(pVal) ){
      nAutomerge = sqlite3_value_int(pVal);
    }
    if( nAutomerge<0 || nAutomerge>64 ){
................................................................................
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  int iVersion = 0;

  /* Set default values */
  pConfig->pgsz = FTS5_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;
  pConfig->nAutomerge = FTS5_DEFAULT_AUTOMERGE;
  pConfig->nCrisisMerge = FTS5_DEFAULT_CRISISMERGE;
  pConfig->nHashSize = FTS5_DEFAULT_HASHSIZE;

  zSql = sqlite3Fts5Mprintf(&rc, zSelect, pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName);
  if( zSql ){
    rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(pConfig->db, zSql, -1, &p, 0);
    sqlite3_free(zSql);
  }

  int nWorkUnit;                  /* Leaf pages in a "unit" of work */

  /*
  ** Variables related to the accumulation of tokens and doclists within the
  ** in-memory hash tables before they are flushed to disk.
  */
  Fts5Hash *pHash;                /* Hash table for in-memory data */
  int nMaxPendingData;            /* Max pending data before flush to disk */
  int nPendingData;               /* Current bytes of pending data */
  i64 iWriteRowid;                /* Rowid for current doc being written */
  int bDelete;                    /* Current write is a delete */

  /* Error state. */
  int rc;                         /* Current error code */

................................................................................
  if( p->pHash==0 ){
    p->rc = sqlite3Fts5HashNew(&p->pHash, &p->nPendingData);
  }

  /* Flush the hash table to disk if required */
  if( iRowid<p->iWriteRowid 
   || (iRowid==p->iWriteRowid && p->bDelete==0)
   || (p->nPendingData > p->nMaxPendingData) 
  ){
    fts5IndexFlush(p);
  }

  p->iWriteRowid = iRowid;
  p->bDelete = bDelete;
  return fts5IndexReturn(p);
................................................................................
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  Fts5Index *p;                   /* New object */

  *pp = p = (Fts5Index*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, sizeof(Fts5Index));
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    p->pConfig = pConfig;
    p->nWorkUnit = FTS5_WORK_UNIT;
    p->nMaxPendingData = 1024*1024;
    p->zDataTbl = sqlite3Fts5Mprintf(&rc, "%s_data", pConfig->zName);
    if( p->zDataTbl && bCreate ){
      rc = sqlite3Fts5CreateTable(
          pConfig, "data", "id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, block BLOB", 0, pzErr
      );
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        rc = sqlite3Fts5CreateTable(pConfig, "idx", 

  int nWorkUnit;                  /* Leaf pages in a "unit" of work */

  /*
  ** Variables related to the accumulation of tokens and doclists within the
  ** in-memory hash tables before they are flushed to disk.
  */
  Fts5Hash *pHash;                /* Hash table for in-memory data */

  int nPendingData;               /* Current bytes of pending data */
  i64 iWriteRowid;                /* Rowid for current doc being written */
  int bDelete;                    /* Current write is a delete */

  /* Error state. */
  int rc;                         /* Current error code */

................................................................................
  if( p->pHash==0 ){
    p->rc = sqlite3Fts5HashNew(&p->pHash, &p->nPendingData);
  }

  /* Flush the hash table to disk if required */
  if( iRowid<p->iWriteRowid 
   || (iRowid==p->iWriteRowid && p->bDelete==0)
   || (p->nPendingData > p->pConfig->nHashSize) 
  ){
    fts5IndexFlush(p);
  }

  p->iWriteRowid = iRowid;
  p->bDelete = bDelete;
  return fts5IndexReturn(p);
................................................................................
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  Fts5Index *p;                   /* New object */

  *pp = p = (Fts5Index*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, sizeof(Fts5Index));
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    p->pConfig = pConfig;
    p->nWorkUnit = FTS5_WORK_UNIT;

    p->zDataTbl = sqlite3Fts5Mprintf(&rc, "%s_data", pConfig->zName);
    if( p->zDataTbl && bCreate ){
      rc = sqlite3Fts5CreateTable(
          pConfig, "data", "id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, block BLOB", 0, pzErr
      );
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        rc = sqlite3Fts5CreateTable(pConfig, "idx", 

    );
  }

  /* Call sqlite3_declare_vtab() */
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    rc = sqlite3Fts5ConfigDeclareVtab(pConfig);
  }










  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
    fts5FreeVtab(pTab);
    pTab = 0;
  }else if( bCreate ){
    fts5CheckTransactionState(pTab, FTS5_BEGIN, 0);
  }
................................................................................
        break;
    }
  }
  
  return rc;
}































static int fts5CursorFirstSorted(Fts5Table *pTab, Fts5Cursor *pCsr, int bDesc){
  Fts5Config *pConfig = pTab->pConfig;
  Fts5Sorter *pSorter;
  int nPhrase;
  int nByte;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  char *zSql;
  const char *zRank = pCsr->zRank;
  const char *zRankArgs = pCsr->zRankArgs;
  
  nPhrase = sqlite3Fts5ExprPhraseCount(pCsr->pExpr);
  nByte = sizeof(Fts5Sorter) + sizeof(int) * (nPhrase-1);
  pSorter = (Fts5Sorter*)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
  if( pSorter==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
................................................................................
  /* TODO: It would be better to have some system for reusing statement
  ** handles here, rather than preparing a new one for each query. But that
  ** is not possible as SQLite reference counts the virtual table objects.
  ** And since the statement required here reads from this very virtual 
  ** table, saving it creates a circular reference.
  **
  ** If SQLite a built-in statement cache, this wouldn't be a problem. */
  zSql = sqlite3Fts5Mprintf(&rc, 
      "SELECT rowid, rank FROM %Q.%Q ORDER BY %s(%s%s%s) %s",
      pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName, zRank, pConfig->zName,
      (zRankArgs ? ", " : ""),
      (zRankArgs ? zRankArgs : ""),
      bDesc ? "DESC" : "ASC"
  );
  if( zSql ){
    rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(pConfig->db, zSql, -1, &pSorter->pStmt, 0);
    sqlite3_free(zSql);
  }

  pCsr->pSorter = pSorter;
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    assert( pTab->pSortCsr==0 );
    pTab->pSortCsr = pCsr;
    rc = fts5SorterNext(pCsr);
    pTab->pSortCsr = 0;

    );
  }

  /* Call sqlite3_declare_vtab() */
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    rc = sqlite3Fts5ConfigDeclareVtab(pConfig);
  }

  /* Load the initial configuration */
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    assert( pConfig->pzErrmsg==0 );
    pConfig->pzErrmsg = pzErr;
    rc = sqlite3Fts5IndexLoadConfig(pTab->pIndex);
    sqlite3Fts5IndexRollback(pTab->pIndex);
    pConfig->pzErrmsg = 0;
  }

  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
    fts5FreeVtab(pTab);
    pTab = 0;
  }else if( bCreate ){
    fts5CheckTransactionState(pTab, FTS5_BEGIN, 0);
  }
................................................................................
        break;
    }
  }
  
  return rc;
}


static sqlite3_stmt *fts5PrepareStatement(
  int *pRc,
  Fts5Config *pConfig, 
  const char *zFmt,
  ...
){
  sqlite3_stmt *pRet = 0;
  va_list ap;
  va_start(ap, zFmt);

  if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
    int rc;
    char *zSql = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFmt, ap);
    if( zSql==0 ){
      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; 
    }else{
      rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(pConfig->db, zSql, -1, &pRet, 0);
      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
        *pConfig->pzErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(pConfig->db));
      }
      sqlite3_free(zSql);
    }
    *pRc = rc;
  }

  va_end(ap);
  return pRet;
} 

static int fts5CursorFirstSorted(Fts5Table *pTab, Fts5Cursor *pCsr, int bDesc){
  Fts5Config *pConfig = pTab->pConfig;
  Fts5Sorter *pSorter;
  int nPhrase;
  int nByte;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;

  const char *zRank = pCsr->zRank;
  const char *zRankArgs = pCsr->zRankArgs;
  
  nPhrase = sqlite3Fts5ExprPhraseCount(pCsr->pExpr);
  nByte = sizeof(Fts5Sorter) + sizeof(int) * (nPhrase-1);
  pSorter = (Fts5Sorter*)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
  if( pSorter==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
................................................................................
  /* TODO: It would be better to have some system for reusing statement
  ** handles here, rather than preparing a new one for each query. But that
  ** is not possible as SQLite reference counts the virtual table objects.
  ** And since the statement required here reads from this very virtual 
  ** table, saving it creates a circular reference.
  **
  ** If SQLite a built-in statement cache, this wouldn't be a problem. */
  pSorter->pStmt = fts5PrepareStatement(&rc, pConfig,
      "SELECT rowid, rank FROM %Q.%Q ORDER BY %s(%s%s%s) %s",
      pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName, zRank, pConfig->zName,
      (zRankArgs ? ", " : ""),
      (zRankArgs ? zRankArgs : ""),
      bDesc ? "DESC" : "ASC"
  );





  pCsr->pSorter = pSorter;
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    assert( pTab->pSortCsr==0 );
    pTab->pSortCsr = pCsr;
    rc = fts5SorterNext(pCsr);
    pTab->pSortCsr = 0;

#define YYNOERRORRECOVERY 1

/*
** Make yytestcase() the same as testcase()
*/
#define yytestcase(X) testcase(X)













} // end %include

%left OR.
%left AND.
%left NOT.
%left TERM.
%left COLON.
................................................................................
/*
** Optional "*" character.
*/
%type star_opt {int}

star_opt(A) ::= STAR. { A = 1; }
star_opt(A) ::= . { A = 0; }

#define YYNOERRORRECOVERY 1

/*
** Make yytestcase() the same as testcase()
*/
#define yytestcase(X) testcase(X)

/*
** Indicate that sqlite3ParserFree() will never be called with a null
** pointer.
*/
#define YYPARSEFREENOTNULL 1

/*
** Alternative datatype for the argument to the malloc() routine passed
** into sqlite3ParserAlloc().  The default is size_t.
*/
#define YYMALLOCARGTYPE  u64

} // end %include

%left OR.
%left AND.
%left NOT.
%left TERM.
%left COLON.
................................................................................
/*
** Optional "*" character.
*/
%type star_opt {int}

star_opt(A) ::= STAR. { A = 1; }
star_opt(A) ::= . { A = 0; }

do_faultsim_test 2 -prep {
  faultsim_restore_and_reopen
} -body {
  execsql { 
    INSERT INTO t1 VALUES('a b c', 'a bc def ghij klmno');
  }
} -test {
  faultsim_test_result {0 {}} 
}

reset_db
do_execsql_test 3.0 {
  CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE t1 USING fts5(a, b, prefix='1, 2, 3');
  INSERT INTO t1 VALUES('a b c', 'a bc def ghij klmno');
}
faultsim_save_and_close
do_faultsim_test 3 -prep {
  faultsim_restore_and_reopen
} -body {
  execsql { DELETE FROM t1 }
} -test {
  faultsim_test_result {0 {}} 
}

reset_db
do_execsql_test 4.0 {
  CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE t2 USING fts5(a, b);
  INSERT INTO t2 VALUES('m f a jj th q jr ar',   'hj n h h sg j i m');
  INSERT INTO t2 VALUES('nr s t g od j kf h',    'sb h aq rg op rb n nl');
................................................................................
  9 { m* + f* }       {1 8}
} {
  do_faultsim_test 4.$tn -prep {
    faultsim_restore_and_reopen
  } -body "
    execsql { SELECT rowid FROM t2 WHERE t2 MATCH '$expr' }
  " -test "
    faultsim_test_result {[list 0 $res]}
  "
}


#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
# The following tests use a larger database populated with random data.
#

do_faultsim_test 2 -prep {
  faultsim_restore_and_reopen
} -body {
  execsql { 
    INSERT INTO t1 VALUES('a b c', 'a bc def ghij klmno');
  }
} -test {
  faultsim_test_result {0 {}} {1 {vtable constructor failed: t1}}
}

reset_db
do_execsql_test 3.0 {
  CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE t1 USING fts5(a, b, prefix='1, 2, 3');
  INSERT INTO t1 VALUES('a b c', 'a bc def ghij klmno');
}
faultsim_save_and_close
do_faultsim_test 3 -prep {
  faultsim_restore_and_reopen
} -body {
  execsql { DELETE FROM t1 }
} -test {
  faultsim_test_result {0 {}} {1 {vtable constructor failed: t1}}
}

reset_db
do_execsql_test 4.0 {
  CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE t2 USING fts5(a, b);
  INSERT INTO t2 VALUES('m f a jj th q jr ar',   'hj n h h sg j i m');
  INSERT INTO t2 VALUES('nr s t g od j kf h',    'sb h aq rg op rb n nl');
................................................................................
  9 { m* + f* }       {1 8}
} {
  do_faultsim_test 4.$tn -prep {
    faultsim_restore_and_reopen
  } -body "
    execsql { SELECT rowid FROM t2 WHERE t2 MATCH '$expr' }
  " -test "
    faultsim_test_result {[list 0 $res]} {1 {vtable constructor failed: t2}}
  "
}


#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
# The following tests use a larger database populated with random data.
#

}

set ::res [db eval {SELECT rowid, x1 FROM x1 WHERE x1 MATCH '*reads'}]

do_faultsim_test 4 -faults oom-* -body {
  db eval {SELECT rowid, x, x1 FROM x1 WHERE x1 MATCH '*reads'}
} -test {
  faultsim_test_result {0 {0 {} 3}}
}

#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
# An OOM within a query that uses a custom rank function.
#
reset_db
do_execsql_test 5.0 {

}

set ::res [db eval {SELECT rowid, x1 FROM x1 WHERE x1 MATCH '*reads'}]

do_faultsim_test 4 -faults oom-* -body {
  db eval {SELECT rowid, x, x1 FROM x1 WHERE x1 MATCH '*reads'}
} -test {
  faultsim_test_result {0 {0 {} 4}}
}

#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
# An OOM within a query that uses a custom rank function.
#
reset_db
do_execsql_test 5.0 {

  SELECT highlight(xyz, 0, '[', ']') FROM xyz WHERE xyz MATCH 'x' ORDER BY rank
} [list [string map {x [x]} $doc]]

do_execsql_test 1.3 {
  SELECT highlight(xyz, 0, '[', ']') FROM xyz
  WHERE xyz MATCH 'x AND y' ORDER BY rank
} [list [string map {x [x] y [y]} $doc]]
























































finish_test

  SELECT highlight(xyz, 0, '[', ']') FROM xyz WHERE xyz MATCH 'x' ORDER BY rank
} [list [string map {x [x]} $doc]]

do_execsql_test 1.3 {
  SELECT highlight(xyz, 0, '[', ']') FROM xyz
  WHERE xyz MATCH 'x AND y' ORDER BY rank
} [list [string map {x [x] y [y]} $doc]]

#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Check that the 'rank' option really is persistent.
#
do_execsql_test 2.0 {
  CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE tt USING fts5(a);
  INSERT INTO tt VALUES('a x x x x');
  INSERT INTO tt VALUES('x x a a a');
  INSERT INTO tt VALUES('x a a x x');
}

proc firstinst {cmd} { 
  foreach {p c o} [$cmd xInst 0] {}
  return $o
}
sqlite3_fts5_create_function db firstinst firstinst

do_execsql_test 2.1 {
  SELECT rowid FROM tt('a') ORDER BY rank;
} {2 3 1}

do_execsql_test 2.2 {
  SELECT rowid FROM tt('a', 'firstinst()') ORDER BY rank;
} {1 3 2}

do_execsql_test 2.3 {
  INSERT INTO tt(tt, rank) VALUES('rank', 'firstinst()');
  SELECT rowid FROM tt('a') ORDER BY rank;
} {1 3 2}

do_test 2.4 {
  sqlite3 db2 test.db
  catchsql { SELECT rowid FROM tt('a') ORDER BY rank; } db2
} {1 {no such function: firstinst}}

do_test 2.5 {
  db2 close
  sqlite3 db2 test.db
  sqlite3_fts5_create_function db2 firstinst firstinst
  execsql { SELECT rowid FROM tt('a') ORDER BY rank; } db2
} {1 3 2}

do_test 2.6 {
  execsql { SELECT rowid FROM tt('a') ORDER BY rank; } db2
} {1 3 2}

do_test 2.7 {
  execsql { SELECT rowid FROM tt('a') ORDER BY rank; } db
} {1 3 2}







finish_test

set testprefix fts5simple

# If SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5 is defined, omit this file.
ifcapable !fts5 {
  finish_test
  return
}

#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
#
set doc "x x [string repeat {y } 50]z z"
do_execsql_test 1.0 {
  CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE t1 USING fts5(x);
  INSERT INTO t1(t1, rank) VALUES('pgsz', 32);
  BEGIN;
................................................................................
  1 {1 2 3}
  3 {2 3 4}
}

do_execsql_test 13.3 {
  INSERT INTO xy(xy) VALUES('integrity-check');
}






























finish_test

set testprefix fts5simple

# If SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5 is defined, omit this file.
ifcapable !fts5 {
  finish_test
  return
}
 
#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
#
set doc "x x [string repeat {y } 50]z z"
do_execsql_test 1.0 {
  CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE t1 USING fts5(x);
  INSERT INTO t1(t1, rank) VALUES('pgsz', 32);
  BEGIN;
................................................................................
  1 {1 2 3}
  3 {2 3 4}
}

do_execsql_test 13.3 {
  INSERT INTO xy(xy) VALUES('integrity-check');
}

#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
#
do_execsql_test 14.1 {
  CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE ttt USING fts5(x);
  BEGIN;
    INSERT INTO ttt(rowid, x) VALUES(1, 'a b c');
    INSERT INTO ttt(rowid, x) VALUES(2, 'a b c');
    INSERT INTO ttt(rowid, x) VALUES(3, 'a b c');
  COMMIT;
}
do_test 14.2 { 
  fts5_level_segs ttt 
} {1}

#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
db func rnddoc fts5_rnddoc
do_execsql_test 4.0 {
  CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE x1 USING fts5(x);
  INSERT INTO x1(x1, rank) VALUES('pgsz', 32);

  WITH ii(i) AS ( SELECT 1 UNION ALL SELECT i+1 FROM ii WHERE i<10 )
  INSERT INTO x1 SELECT rnddoc(5) FROM ii;
}

do_execsql_test 4.1 {
  SELECT rowid, x, x1 FROM x1 WHERE x1 MATCH '*reads'
} {0 {} 4}


finish_test

  puts stderr "  -porter      (use porter tokenizer)"
  puts stderr "  -delete      (delete the database file before starting)"
  puts stderr "  -limit N     (load no more than N documents)"
  puts stderr "  -automerge N (set the automerge parameter to N)"
  puts stderr "  -crisismerge N (set the crisismerge parameter to N)"
  puts stderr "  -prefix PREFIX (comma separated prefix= argument)"
  puts stderr "  -trans N     (commit after N inserts - 0 == never)"

  exit 1
}

set O(vtab)       fts5
set O(tok)        ""
set O(limit)      0
set O(delete)     0
set O(automerge)  -1
set O(crisismerge)  -1
set O(prefix)     ""
set O(trans)      0


if {[llength $argv]<2} usage
set nOpt [expr {[llength $argv]-2}]
for {set i 0} {$i < $nOpt} {incr i} {
  set arg [lindex $argv $i]
  switch -- [lindex $argv $i] {
    -fts4 {
................................................................................
      set O(crisismerge) [lindex $argv $i]
    }

    -prefix {
      if { [incr i]>=$nOpt } usage
      set O(prefix) [lindex $argv $i]
    }






    default {
      usage
    }
  }
}

................................................................................
db eval BEGIN
  set pref ""
  if {$O(prefix)!=""} { set pref ", prefix='$O(prefix)'" }
  catch {
    db eval "CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE t1 USING $O(vtab) (path, content$O(tok)$pref)"
    db eval "INSERT INTO t1(t1, rank) VALUES('pgsz', 4050);"
  }








  if {$O(automerge)>=0} {
    if {$O(vtab) == "fts5"} {
      db eval { INSERT INTO t1(t1, rank) VALUES('automerge', $O(automerge)) }
    } else {
      db eval { INSERT INTO t1(t1) VALUES('automerge=' || $O(automerge)) }
    }
  }
................................................................................
    if {$O(vtab) == "fts5"} {
      db eval {INSERT INTO t1(t1, rank) VALUES('crisismerge', $O(crisismerge))}
    } else {
    }
  }
  load_hierachy [lindex $argv end]
db eval COMMIT

  puts stderr "  -porter      (use porter tokenizer)"
  puts stderr "  -delete      (delete the database file before starting)"
  puts stderr "  -limit N     (load no more than N documents)"
  puts stderr "  -automerge N (set the automerge parameter to N)"
  puts stderr "  -crisismerge N (set the crisismerge parameter to N)"
  puts stderr "  -prefix PREFIX (comma separated prefix= argument)"
  puts stderr "  -trans N     (commit after N inserts - 0 == never)"
  puts stderr "  -hashsize N  (set the fts5 hashsize parameter to N)"
  exit 1
}

set O(vtab)       fts5
set O(tok)        ""
set O(limit)      0
set O(delete)     0
set O(automerge)  -1
set O(crisismerge)  -1
set O(prefix)     ""
set O(trans)      0
set O(hashsize)   -1

if {[llength $argv]<2} usage
set nOpt [expr {[llength $argv]-2}]
for {set i 0} {$i < $nOpt} {incr i} {
  set arg [lindex $argv $i]
  switch -- [lindex $argv $i] {
    -fts4 {
................................................................................
      set O(crisismerge) [lindex $argv $i]
    }

    -prefix {
      if { [incr i]>=$nOpt } usage
      set O(prefix) [lindex $argv $i]
    }

    -hashsize {
      if { [incr i]>=$nOpt } usage
      set O(hashsize) [lindex $argv $i]
    }

    default {
      usage
    }
  }
}

................................................................................
db eval BEGIN
  set pref ""
  if {$O(prefix)!=""} { set pref ", prefix='$O(prefix)'" }
  catch {
    db eval "CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE t1 USING $O(vtab) (path, content$O(tok)$pref)"
    db eval "INSERT INTO t1(t1, rank) VALUES('pgsz', 4050);"
  }

  if {$O(hashsize)>=0} {
    catch {
      db eval "INSERT INTO t1(t1, rank) VALUES('hashsize', $O(hashsize));"
    }
  }


  if {$O(automerge)>=0} {
    if {$O(vtab) == "fts5"} {
      db eval { INSERT INTO t1(t1, rank) VALUES('automerge', $O(automerge)) }
    } else {
      db eval { INSERT INTO t1(t1) VALUES('automerge=' || $O(automerge)) }
    }
  }
................................................................................
    if {$O(vtab) == "fts5"} {
      db eval {INSERT INTO t1(t1, rank) VALUES('crisismerge', $O(crisismerge))}
    } else {
    }
  }
  load_hierachy [lindex $argv end]
db eval COMMIT
puts ""

      sqlite3_result_double(context, 0.0);
      return;
    }
    while( (m>>32)&0xffe00000 ){
      m >>= 1;
      e++;
    }
    while( ((m>>32)&0xfff00000)==0 ){
      m <<= 1;
      e--;
    }
    e += 1075;
    if( e<0 ) e = m = 0;
    if( e>0x7ff ) m = 0;
    a = m & ((((sqlite3_int64)1)<<52)-1);
    a |= e<<52;
    if( isNeg ) a |= ((sqlite3_int64)1)<<63;
    memcpy(&r, &a, sizeof(r));
    sqlite3_result_double(context, r);
  }
}


#ifdef _WIN32

      sqlite3_result_double(context, 0.0);
      return;
    }
    while( (m>>32)&0xffe00000 ){
      m >>= 1;
      e++;
    }
    while( m!=0 && ((m>>32)&0xfff00000)==0 ){
      m <<= 1;
      e--;
    }
    e += 1075;
    if( e<0 ) e = m = 0;
    if( e>0x7ff ) e = 0x7ff;
    a = m & ((((sqlite3_int64)1)<<52)-1);
    a |= e<<52;
    if( isNeg ) a |= ((sqlite3_uint64)1)<<63;
    memcpy(&r, &a, sizeof(r));
    sqlite3_result_double(context, r);
  }
}


#ifdef _WIN32

	tclsh $(TOP)/ext/fts2/mkfts2amal.tcl

fts3amal.c:	target_source $(TOP)/ext/fts3/mkfts3amal.tcl
	tclsh $(TOP)/ext/fts3/mkfts3amal.tcl

# Rules to build the LEMON compiler generator
#
lemon:	$(TOP)/tool/lemon.c $(TOP)/src/lempar.c
	$(BCC) -o lemon $(TOP)/tool/lemon.c
	cp $(TOP)/src/lempar.c .

# Rules to build individual *.o files from generated *.c files. This
# applies to:
#
#     parse.o
#     opcodes.o
#
................................................................................
fuzztest:	fuzzcheck$(EXE) $(FUZZDATA)
	./fuzzcheck$(EXE) $(FUZZDATA)

fastfuzztest:	fuzzcheck$(EXE) $(FUZZDATA)
	./fuzzcheck$(EXE) --limit-mem 100M $(FUZZDATA)

valgrindfuzz:	fuzzcheck$(EXE) $(FUZZDATA)
	valgrind ./fuzzcheck$(EXE) --cell-size-check --limit-mem 10M $(FUZZDATA)

# A very quick test using only testfixture and omitting all the slower
# tests.  Designed to run in under 3 minutes on a workstation.
#
quicktest:	./testfixture$(EXE)
	./testfixture$(EXE) $(TOP)/test/extraquick.test $(TESTOPTS)

	tclsh $(TOP)/ext/fts2/mkfts2amal.tcl

fts3amal.c:	target_source $(TOP)/ext/fts3/mkfts3amal.tcl
	tclsh $(TOP)/ext/fts3/mkfts3amal.tcl

# Rules to build the LEMON compiler generator
#
lemon:	$(TOP)/tool/lemon.c $(TOP)/tool/lempar.c
	$(BCC) -o lemon $(TOP)/tool/lemon.c
	cp $(TOP)/tool/lempar.c .

# Rules to build individual *.o files from generated *.c files. This
# applies to:
#
#     parse.o
#     opcodes.o
#
................................................................................
fuzztest:	fuzzcheck$(EXE) $(FUZZDATA)
	./fuzzcheck$(EXE) $(FUZZDATA)

fastfuzztest:	fuzzcheck$(EXE) $(FUZZDATA)
	./fuzzcheck$(EXE) --limit-mem 100M $(FUZZDATA)

valgrindfuzz:	fuzzcheck$(EXE) $(FUZZDATA)
	valgrind ./fuzzcheck$(EXE) --cell-size-check --limit-mem 10M --timeout 600 $(FUZZDATA)

# A very quick test using only testfixture and omitting all the slower
# tests.  Designed to run in under 3 minutes on a workstation.
#
quicktest:	./testfixture$(EXE)
	./testfixture$(EXE) $(TOP)/test/extraquick.test $(TESTOPTS)

  ** page. For each iteration, variable iOff is set to the byte offset
  ** of the destination page.
  */
  for(iOff=iEnd-(i64)nSrcPgsz; rc==SQLITE_OK && iOff<iEnd; iOff+=nDestPgsz){
    DbPage *pDestPg = 0;
    Pgno iDest = (Pgno)(iOff/nDestPgsz)+1;
    if( iDest==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt) ) continue;
    if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pDestPager, iDest, &pDestPg))
     && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDestPg))
    ){
      const u8 *zIn = &zSrcData[iOff%nSrcPgsz];
      u8 *zDestData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDestPg);
      u8 *zOut = &zDestData[iOff%nDestPgsz];

      /* Copy the data from the source page into the destination page.
................................................................................
    */
    nSrcPage = (int)sqlite3BtreeLastPage(p->pSrc);
    assert( nSrcPage>=0 );
    for(ii=0; (nPage<0 || ii<nPage) && p->iNext<=(Pgno)nSrcPage && !rc; ii++){
      const Pgno iSrcPg = p->iNext;                 /* Source page number */
      if( iSrcPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pSrc->pBt) ){
        DbPage *pSrcPg;                             /* Source page object */
        rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pSrcPager, iSrcPg, &pSrcPg,
                                 PAGER_GET_READONLY);
        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
          rc = backupOnePage(p, iSrcPg, sqlite3PagerGetData(pSrcPg), 0);
          sqlite3PagerUnref(pSrcPg);
        }
      }
      p->iNext++;
    }
................................................................................
          ** the database file in any way, knowing that if a power failure
          ** occurs, the original database will be reconstructed from the 
          ** journal file.  */
          sqlite3PagerPagecount(pDestPager, &nDstPage);
          for(iPg=nDestTruncate; rc==SQLITE_OK && iPg<=(Pgno)nDstPage; iPg++){
            if( iPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt) ){
              DbPage *pPg;
              rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pDestPager, iPg, &pPg);
              if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
                rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg);
                sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg);
              }
            }
          }
          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
................................................................................
          for(
            iOff=PENDING_BYTE+pgszSrc; 
            rc==SQLITE_OK && iOff<iEnd; 
            iOff+=pgszSrc
          ){
            PgHdr *pSrcPg = 0;
            const Pgno iSrcPg = (Pgno)((iOff/pgszSrc)+1);
            rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pSrcPager, iSrcPg, &pSrcPg);
            if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
              u8 *zData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pSrcPg);
              rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pFile, zData, pgszSrc, iOff);
            }
            sqlite3PagerUnref(pSrcPg);
          }
          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){

  ** page. For each iteration, variable iOff is set to the byte offset
  ** of the destination page.
  */
  for(iOff=iEnd-(i64)nSrcPgsz; rc==SQLITE_OK && iOff<iEnd; iOff+=nDestPgsz){
    DbPage *pDestPg = 0;
    Pgno iDest = (Pgno)(iOff/nDestPgsz)+1;
    if( iDest==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt) ) continue;
    if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pDestPager, iDest, &pDestPg, 0))
     && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDestPg))
    ){
      const u8 *zIn = &zSrcData[iOff%nSrcPgsz];
      u8 *zDestData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDestPg);
      u8 *zOut = &zDestData[iOff%nDestPgsz];

      /* Copy the data from the source page into the destination page.
................................................................................
    */
    nSrcPage = (int)sqlite3BtreeLastPage(p->pSrc);
    assert( nSrcPage>=0 );
    for(ii=0; (nPage<0 || ii<nPage) && p->iNext<=(Pgno)nSrcPage && !rc; ii++){
      const Pgno iSrcPg = p->iNext;                 /* Source page number */
      if( iSrcPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pSrc->pBt) ){
        DbPage *pSrcPg;                             /* Source page object */
        rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pSrcPager, iSrcPg, &pSrcPg,PAGER_GET_READONLY);

        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
          rc = backupOnePage(p, iSrcPg, sqlite3PagerGetData(pSrcPg), 0);
          sqlite3PagerUnref(pSrcPg);
        }
      }
      p->iNext++;
    }
................................................................................
          ** the database file in any way, knowing that if a power failure
          ** occurs, the original database will be reconstructed from the 
          ** journal file.  */
          sqlite3PagerPagecount(pDestPager, &nDstPage);
          for(iPg=nDestTruncate; rc==SQLITE_OK && iPg<=(Pgno)nDstPage; iPg++){
            if( iPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt) ){
              DbPage *pPg;
              rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pDestPager, iPg, &pPg, 0);
              if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
                rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg);
                sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg);
              }
            }
          }
          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
................................................................................
          for(
            iOff=PENDING_BYTE+pgszSrc; 
            rc==SQLITE_OK && iOff<iEnd; 
            iOff+=pgszSrc
          ){
            PgHdr *pSrcPg = 0;
            const Pgno iSrcPg = (Pgno)((iOff/pgszSrc)+1);
            rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pSrcPager, iSrcPg, &pSrcPg, 0);
            if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
              u8 *zData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pSrcPg);
              rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pFile, zData, pgszSrc, iOff);
            }
            sqlite3PagerUnref(pSrcPg);
          }
          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){

  assert( pBt->autoVacuum );
  if( key==0 ){
    *pRC = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
    return;
  }
  iPtrmap = PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, key);
  rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, iPtrmap, &pDbPage);
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
    *pRC = rc;
    return;
  }
  offset = PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(iPtrmap, key);
  if( offset<0 ){
    *pRC = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
................................................................................
  u8 *pPtrmap;       /* Pointer map page data */
  int offset;        /* Offset of entry in pointer map */
  int rc;

  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );

  iPtrmap = PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, key);
  rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, iPtrmap, &pDbPage);
  if( rc!=0 ){
    return rc;
  }
  pPtrmap = (u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);

  offset = PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(iPtrmap, key);
  if( offset<0 ){
................................................................................

/*
** Convert a DbPage obtained from the pager into a MemPage used by
** the btree layer.
*/
static MemPage *btreePageFromDbPage(DbPage *pDbPage, Pgno pgno, BtShared *pBt){
  MemPage *pPage = (MemPage*)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pDbPage);

  pPage->aData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);
  pPage->pDbPage = pDbPage;
  pPage->pBt = pBt;
  pPage->pgno = pgno;
  pPage->hdrOffset = pgno==1 ? 100 : 0;


  return pPage; 
}

/*
** Get a page from the pager.  Initialize the MemPage.pBt and
** MemPage.aData elements if needed.  See also: btreeGetUnusedPage().
**
................................................................................
  int flags            /* PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT or PAGER_GET_READONLY */
){
  int rc;
  DbPage *pDbPage;

  assert( flags==0 || flags==PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT || flags==PAGER_GET_READONLY );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
  rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pBt->pPager, pgno, (DbPage**)&pDbPage, flags);
  if( rc ) return rc;
  *ppPage = btreePageFromDbPage(pDbPage, pgno, pBt);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Retrieve a page from the pager cache. If the requested page is not
................................................................................
  assert( pCur==0 || bReadOnly==pCur->curPagerFlags );
  assert( pCur==0 || pCur->iPage>0 );

  if( pgno>btreePagecount(pBt) ){
    rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
    goto getAndInitPage_error;
  }
  rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pBt->pPager, pgno, (DbPage**)&pDbPage, bReadOnly);
  if( rc ){
    goto getAndInitPage_error;
  }
  *ppPage = btreePageFromDbPage(pDbPage, pgno, pBt);
  if( (*ppPage)->isInit==0 ){

    rc = btreeInitPage(*ppPage);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      releasePage(*ppPage);
      goto getAndInitPage_error;
    }
  }



  /* If obtaining a child page for a cursor, we must verify that the page is
  ** compatible with the root page. */
  if( pCur
   && ((*ppPage)->nCell<1 || (*ppPage)->intKey!=pCur->curIntKey)
  ){
    rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
    releasePage(*ppPage);
    goto getAndInitPage_error;
  }
  return SQLITE_OK;

getAndInitPage_error:
................................................................................
#endif

  sqlite3_free(p);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Change the limit on the number of pages allowed in the cache.
**
** The maximum number of cache pages is set to the absolute
** value of mxPage.  If mxPage is negative, the pager will
** operate asynchronously - it will not stop to do fsync()s
** to insure data is written to the disk surface before
** continuing.  Transactions still work if synchronous is off,
** and the database cannot be corrupted if this program
** crashes.  But if the operating system crashes or there is
** an abrupt power failure when synchronous is off, the database
** could be left in an inconsistent and unrecoverable state.
** Synchronous is on by default so database corruption is not
** normally a worry.
*/
int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree *p, int mxPage){
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
  sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(pBt->pPager, mxPage);
  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}





















#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
/*
** Change the limit on the amount of the database file that may be
** memory mapped.
*/
int sqlite3BtreeSetMmapLimit(Btree *p, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){
................................................................................
          nextPage = get4byte(aWrite);
          memcpy(aWrite, aSave, 4);
        }else
#endif

        {
          DbPage *pDbPage;
          rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pBt->pPager, nextPage, &pDbPage,
              ((eOp&0x01)==0 ? PAGER_GET_READONLY : 0)
          );
          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
            aPayload = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);
            nextPage = get4byte(aPayload);
            rc = copyPayload(&aPayload[offset+4], pBuf, a, (eOp&0x01), pDbPage);
            sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
................................................................................
**
**     *pRes==0     The cursor is left pointing at an entry that
**                  exactly matches intKey/pIdxKey.
**
**     *pRes>0      The cursor is left pointing at an entry that
**                  is larger than intKey/pIdxKey.
**


*/
int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(
  BtCursor *pCur,          /* The cursor to be moved */
  UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey, /* Unpacked index key */
  i64 intKey,              /* The table key */
  int biasRight,           /* If true, bias the search to the high end */
  int *pRes                /* Write search results here */
................................................................................
** size of a cell stored within an internal node is always less than 1/4
** of the page-size, the aOvflSpace[] buffer is guaranteed to be large
** enough for all overflow cells.
**
** If aOvflSpace is set to a null pointer, this function returns 
** SQLITE_NOMEM.
*/
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1700 && defined(_M_ARM)
#pragma optimize("", off)
#endif
static int balance_nonroot(
  MemPage *pParent,               /* Parent page of siblings being balanced */
  int iParentIdx,                 /* Index of "the page" in pParent */
  u8 *aOvflSpace,                 /* page-size bytes of space for parent ovfl */
  int isRoot,                     /* True if pParent is a root-page */
  int bBulk                       /* True if this call is part of a bulk load */
){
................................................................................
  }
  for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){
    releasePage(apNew[i]);
  }

  return rc;
}
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1700 && defined(_M_ARM)
#pragma optimize("", on)
#endif


/*
** This function is called when the root page of a b-tree structure is
** overfull (has one or more overflow pages).
**
** A new child page is allocated and the contents of the current root
................................................................................
    if( iPage<1 ){
      checkAppendMsg(pCheck,
         "%d of %d pages missing from overflow list starting at %d",
          N+1, expected, iFirst);
      break;
    }
    if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage) ) break;
    if( sqlite3PagerGet(pCheck->pPager, (Pgno)iPage, &pOvflPage) ){
      checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "failed to get page %d", iPage);
      break;
    }
    pOvflData = (unsigned char *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pOvflPage);
    if( isFreeList ){
      int n = get4byte(&pOvflData[4]);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
................................................................................
    }
  }

  pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_NO_WAL;
  return rc;
}

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
** Return true if the cursor has a hint specified.  This routine is
** only used from within assert() statements
*/
int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasHint(BtCursor *pCsr, unsigned int mask){
  return (pCsr->hints & mask)!=0;
}
#endif

/*
** Return true if the given Btree is read-only.
*/
int sqlite3BtreeIsReadonly(Btree *p){
  return (p->pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)!=0;
}

  assert( pBt->autoVacuum );
  if( key==0 ){
    *pRC = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
    return;
  }
  iPtrmap = PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, key);
  rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, iPtrmap, &pDbPage, 0);
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
    *pRC = rc;
    return;
  }
  offset = PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(iPtrmap, key);
  if( offset<0 ){
    *pRC = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
................................................................................
  u8 *pPtrmap;       /* Pointer map page data */
  int offset;        /* Offset of entry in pointer map */
  int rc;

  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );

  iPtrmap = PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, key);
  rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, iPtrmap, &pDbPage, 0);
  if( rc!=0 ){
    return rc;
  }
  pPtrmap = (u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);

  offset = PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(iPtrmap, key);
  if( offset<0 ){
................................................................................

/*
** Convert a DbPage obtained from the pager into a MemPage used by
** the btree layer.
*/
static MemPage *btreePageFromDbPage(DbPage *pDbPage, Pgno pgno, BtShared *pBt){
  MemPage *pPage = (MemPage*)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pDbPage);
  if( pgno!=pPage->pgno ){
    pPage->aData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);
    pPage->pDbPage = pDbPage;
    pPage->pBt = pBt;
    pPage->pgno = pgno;
    pPage->hdrOffset = pgno==1 ? 100 : 0;
  }
  assert( pPage->aData==sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage) );
  return pPage; 
}

/*
** Get a page from the pager.  Initialize the MemPage.pBt and
** MemPage.aData elements if needed.  See also: btreeGetUnusedPage().
**
................................................................................
  int flags            /* PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT or PAGER_GET_READONLY */
){
  int rc;
  DbPage *pDbPage;

  assert( flags==0 || flags==PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT || flags==PAGER_GET_READONLY );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
  rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, pgno, (DbPage**)&pDbPage, flags);
  if( rc ) return rc;
  *ppPage = btreePageFromDbPage(pDbPage, pgno, pBt);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Retrieve a page from the pager cache. If the requested page is not
................................................................................
  assert( pCur==0 || bReadOnly==pCur->curPagerFlags );
  assert( pCur==0 || pCur->iPage>0 );

  if( pgno>btreePagecount(pBt) ){
    rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
    goto getAndInitPage_error;
  }
  rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, pgno, (DbPage**)&pDbPage, bReadOnly);
  if( rc ){
    goto getAndInitPage_error;
  }
  *ppPage = (MemPage*)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pDbPage);
  if( (*ppPage)->isInit==0 ){
    btreePageFromDbPage(pDbPage, pgno, pBt);
    rc = btreeInitPage(*ppPage);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      releasePage(*ppPage);
      goto getAndInitPage_error;
    }
  }
  assert( (*ppPage)->pgno==pgno );
  assert( (*ppPage)->aData==sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage) );

  /* If obtaining a child page for a cursor, we must verify that the page is
  ** compatible with the root page. */

  if( pCur && ((*ppPage)->nCell<1 || (*ppPage)->intKey!=pCur->curIntKey) ){

    rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
    releasePage(*ppPage);
    goto getAndInitPage_error;
  }
  return SQLITE_OK;

getAndInitPage_error:
................................................................................
#endif

  sqlite3_free(p);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Change the "soft" limit on the number of pages in the cache.
** Unused and unmodified pages will be recycled when the number of
** pages in the cache exceeds this soft limit.  But the size of the
** cache is allowed to grow larger than this limit if it contains
** dirty pages or pages still in active use.








*/
int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree *p, int mxPage){
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
  sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(pBt->pPager, mxPage);
  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Change the "spill" limit on the number of pages in the cache.
** If the number of pages exceeds this limit during a write transaction,
** the pager might attempt to "spill" pages to the journal early in
** order to free up memory.
**
** The value returned is the current spill size.  If zero is passed
** as an argument, no changes are made to the spill size setting, so
** using mxPage of 0 is a way to query the current spill size.
*/
int sqlite3BtreeSetSpillSize(Btree *p, int mxPage){
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
  int res;
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
  res = sqlite3PagerSetSpillsize(pBt->pPager, mxPage);
  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
  return res;
}

#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
/*
** Change the limit on the amount of the database file that may be
** memory mapped.
*/
int sqlite3BtreeSetMmapLimit(Btree *p, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){
................................................................................
          nextPage = get4byte(aWrite);
          memcpy(aWrite, aSave, 4);
        }else
#endif

        {
          DbPage *pDbPage;
          rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, nextPage, &pDbPage,
              ((eOp&0x01)==0 ? PAGER_GET_READONLY : 0)
          );
          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
            aPayload = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);
            nextPage = get4byte(aPayload);
            rc = copyPayload(&aPayload[offset+4], pBuf, a, (eOp&0x01), pDbPage);
            sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
................................................................................
**
**     *pRes==0     The cursor is left pointing at an entry that
**                  exactly matches intKey/pIdxKey.
**
**     *pRes>0      The cursor is left pointing at an entry that
**                  is larger than intKey/pIdxKey.
**
** For index tables, the pIdxKey->eqSeen field is set to 1 if there
** exists an entry in the table that exactly matches pIdxKey.  
*/
int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(
  BtCursor *pCur,          /* The cursor to be moved */
  UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey, /* Unpacked index key */
  i64 intKey,              /* The table key */
  int biasRight,           /* If true, bias the search to the high end */
  int *pRes                /* Write search results here */
................................................................................
** size of a cell stored within an internal node is always less than 1/4
** of the page-size, the aOvflSpace[] buffer is guaranteed to be large
** enough for all overflow cells.
**
** If aOvflSpace is set to a null pointer, this function returns 
** SQLITE_NOMEM.
*/



static int balance_nonroot(
  MemPage *pParent,               /* Parent page of siblings being balanced */
  int iParentIdx,                 /* Index of "the page" in pParent */
  u8 *aOvflSpace,                 /* page-size bytes of space for parent ovfl */
  int isRoot,                     /* True if pParent is a root-page */
  int bBulk                       /* True if this call is part of a bulk load */
){
................................................................................
  }
  for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){
    releasePage(apNew[i]);
  }

  return rc;
}





/*
** This function is called when the root page of a b-tree structure is
** overfull (has one or more overflow pages).
**
** A new child page is allocated and the contents of the current root
................................................................................
    if( iPage<1 ){
      checkAppendMsg(pCheck,
         "%d of %d pages missing from overflow list starting at %d",
          N+1, expected, iFirst);
      break;
    }
    if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage) ) break;
    if( sqlite3PagerGet(pCheck->pPager, (Pgno)iPage, &pOvflPage, 0) ){
      checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "failed to get page %d", iPage);
      break;
    }
    pOvflData = (unsigned char *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pOvflPage);
    if( isFreeList ){
      int n = get4byte(&pOvflData[4]);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
................................................................................
    }
  }

  pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_NO_WAL;
  return rc;
}


/*
** Return true if the cursor has a hint specified.  This routine is
** only used from within assert() statements
*/
int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasHint(BtCursor *pCsr, unsigned int mask){
  return (pCsr->hints & mask)!=0;
}


/*
** Return true if the given Btree is read-only.
*/
int sqlite3BtreeIsReadonly(Btree *p){
  return (p->pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)!=0;
}

#define BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL  1  /* Do not create or use a rollback journal */
#define BTREE_MEMORY        2  /* This is an in-memory DB */
#define BTREE_SINGLE        4  /* The file contains at most 1 b-tree */
#define BTREE_UNORDERED     8  /* Use of a hash implementation is OK */

int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree*);
int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree*,int);

#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
  int sqlite3BtreeSetMmapLimit(Btree*,sqlite3_int64);
#endif
int sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags(Btree*,unsigned);
int sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(Btree*);
int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int nPagesize, int nReserve, int eFix);
int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree*);
................................................................................
char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(Btree*, int *aRoot, int nRoot, int, int*);
struct Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree*);

int sqlite3BtreePutData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*);
void sqlite3BtreeIncrblobCursor(BtCursor *);
void sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(BtCursor *);
int sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(Btree *pBt, int iVersion);
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasHint(BtCursor*, unsigned int mask);
#endif
int sqlite3BtreeIsReadonly(Btree *pBt);
int sqlite3HeaderSizeBtree(void);

int sqlite3BtreeExclusiveLock(Btree *pBt);

#ifndef NDEBUG
int sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(BtCursor*);

#define BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL  1  /* Do not create or use a rollback journal */
#define BTREE_MEMORY        2  /* This is an in-memory DB */
#define BTREE_SINGLE        4  /* The file contains at most 1 b-tree */
#define BTREE_UNORDERED     8  /* Use of a hash implementation is OK */

int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree*);
int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree*,int);
int sqlite3BtreeSetSpillSize(Btree*,int);
#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
  int sqlite3BtreeSetMmapLimit(Btree*,sqlite3_int64);
#endif
int sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags(Btree*,unsigned);
int sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(Btree*);
int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int nPagesize, int nReserve, int eFix);
int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree*);
................................................................................
char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(Btree*, int *aRoot, int nRoot, int, int*);
struct Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree*);

int sqlite3BtreePutData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*);
void sqlite3BtreeIncrblobCursor(BtCursor *);
void sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(BtCursor *);
int sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(Btree *pBt, int iVersion);

int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasHint(BtCursor*, unsigned int mask);

int sqlite3BtreeIsReadonly(Btree *pBt);
int sqlite3HeaderSizeBtree(void);

int sqlite3BtreeExclusiveLock(Btree *pBt);

#ifndef NDEBUG
int sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(BtCursor*);

  i64 nKey;                 /* Size of pKey, or last integer key */
  void *pKey;               /* Saved key that was cursor last known position */
  Pgno pgnoRoot;            /* The root page of this tree */
  int nOvflAlloc;           /* Allocated size of aOverflow[] array */
  int skipNext;    /* Prev() is noop if negative. Next() is noop if positive.
                   ** Error code if eState==CURSOR_FAULT */
  u8 curFlags;              /* zero or more BTCF_* flags defined below */
  u8 curPagerFlags;         /* Flags to send to sqlite3PagerAcquire() */
  u8 eState;                /* One of the CURSOR_XXX constants (see below) */
  u8 hints;                 /* As configured by CursorSetHints() */
  /* All fields above are zeroed when the cursor is allocated.  See
  ** sqlite3BtreeCursorZero().  Fields that follow must be manually
  ** initialized. */
  i8 iPage;                 /* Index of current page in apPage */
  u8 curIntKey;             /* Value of apPage[0]->intKey */

  i64 nKey;                 /* Size of pKey, or last integer key */
  void *pKey;               /* Saved key that was cursor last known position */
  Pgno pgnoRoot;            /* The root page of this tree */
  int nOvflAlloc;           /* Allocated size of aOverflow[] array */
  int skipNext;    /* Prev() is noop if negative. Next() is noop if positive.
                   ** Error code if eState==CURSOR_FAULT */
  u8 curFlags;              /* zero or more BTCF_* flags defined below */
  u8 curPagerFlags;         /* Flags to send to sqlite3PagerGet() */
  u8 eState;                /* One of the CURSOR_XXX constants (see below) */
  u8 hints;                 /* As configured by CursorSetHints() */
  /* All fields above are zeroed when the cursor is allocated.  See
  ** sqlite3BtreeCursorZero().  Fields that follow must be manually
  ** initialized. */
  i8 iPage;                 /* Index of current page in apPage */
  u8 curIntKey;             /* Value of apPage[0]->intKey */

  /* If an error occurs, we jump here */
begin_table_error:
  sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
  return;
}

/*
** This macro is used to compare two strings in a case-insensitive manner.
** It is slightly faster than calling sqlite3StrICmp() directly, but
** produces larger code.
**
** WARNING: This macro is not compatible with the strcmp() family. It
** returns true if the two strings are equal, otherwise false.
*/
#define STRICMP(x, y) (\
sqlite3UpperToLower[*(unsigned char *)(x)]==   \
sqlite3UpperToLower[*(unsigned char *)(y)]     \
&& sqlite3StrICmp((x)+1,(y)+1)==0 )


/*
** Add a new column to the table currently being constructed.
**
** The parser calls this routine once for each column declaration
** in a CREATE TABLE statement.  sqlite3StartTable() gets called
** first to get things going.  Then this routine is called for each
................................................................................
    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns on %s", p->zName);
    return;
  }
#endif
  z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
  if( z==0 ) return;
  for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++){
    if( STRICMP(z, p->aCol[i].zName) ){
      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "duplicate column name: %s", z);
      sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
      return;
    }
  }
  if( (p->nCol & 0x7)==0 ){
    Column *aNew;
................................................................................
      return;
    }
    p->aCol = aNew;
  }
  pCol = &p->aCol[p->nCol];
  memset(pCol, 0, sizeof(p->aCol[0]));
  pCol->zName = z;

 
  /* If there is no type specified, columns have the default affinity
  ** 'BLOB'. If there is a type specified, then sqlite3AddColumnType() will
  ** be called next to set pCol->affinity correctly.
  */
  pCol->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_BLOB;
  pCol->szEst = 1;
................................................................................
      sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zDflt);
      pCol->zDflt = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pSpan->zStart,
                                     (int)(pSpan->zEnd - pSpan->zStart));
    }
  }
  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pSpan->pExpr);
}

























/*
** Designate the PRIMARY KEY for the table.  pList is a list of names 
** of columns that form the primary key.  If pList is NULL, then the
** most recently added column of the table is the primary key.
**
** A table can have at most one primary key.  If the table already has
................................................................................
    zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType;
    nTerm = 1;
  }else{
    nTerm = pList->nExpr;
    for(i=0; i<nTerm; i++){
      Expr *pCExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pList->a[i].pExpr);
      assert( pCExpr!=0 );

      if( pCExpr->op==TK_ID ){
        const char *zCName = pCExpr->u.zToken;
        for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++){
          if( sqlite3StrICmp(zCName, pTab->aCol[iCol].zName)==0 ){
            pTab->aCol[iCol].colFlags |= COLFLAG_PRIMKEY;
            zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType;
            break;
................................................................................
    p->nColumn = nCol;
    p->nKeyCol = nCol - 1;
    *ppExtra = ((char*)p) + nByte;
  }
  return p;
}

/*
** Backwards Compatibility Hack:
** 
** Historical versions of SQLite accepted strings as column names in
** indexes and PRIMARY KEY constraints and in UNIQUE constraints.  Example:
**
**     CREATE TABLE xyz(a,b,c,d,e,PRIMARY KEY('a'),UNIQUE('b','c' COLLATE trim)
**     CREATE INDEX abc ON xyz('c','d' DESC,'e' COLLATE nocase DESC);
**
** This is goofy.  But to preserve backwards compatibility we continue to
** accept it.  This routine does the necessary conversion.  It converts
** the expression given in its argument from a TK_STRING into a TK_ID
** if the expression is just a TK_STRING with an optional COLLATE clause.
** If the epxression is anything other than TK_STRING, the expression is
** unchanged.
*/
static void sqlite3StringToId(Expr *p){
  if( p->op==TK_STRING ){
    p->op = TK_ID;
  }else if( p->op==TK_COLLATE && p->pLeft->op==TK_STRING ){
    p->pLeft->op = TK_ID;
  }
}

/*
** Create a new index for an SQL table.  pName1.pName2 is the name of the index 
** and pTblList is the name of the table that is to be indexed.  Both will 
** be NULL for a primary key or an index that is created to satisfy a
** UNIQUE constraint.  If pTable and pIndex are NULL, use pParse->pNewTable
** as the table to be indexed.  pParse->pNewTable is a table that is
** currently being constructed by a CREATE TABLE statement.

  /* If an error occurs, we jump here */
begin_table_error:
  sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
  return;
}

/* Set properties of a table column based on the (magical)
** name of the column.
*/
void sqlite3ColumnPropertiesFromName(Table *pTab, Column *pCol){
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_HIDDEN_COLUMNS
  if( sqlite3_strnicmp(pCol->zName, "__hidden__", 10)==0 ){
    pCol->colFlags |= COLFLAG_HIDDEN;
  }else if( pTab && pCol!=pTab->aCol && (pCol[-1].colFlags & COLFLAG_HIDDEN) ){
    pTab->tabFlags |= TF_OOOHidden;
  }
#endif
}


/*
** Add a new column to the table currently being constructed.
**
** The parser calls this routine once for each column declaration
** in a CREATE TABLE statement.  sqlite3StartTable() gets called
** first to get things going.  Then this routine is called for each
................................................................................
    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns on %s", p->zName);
    return;
  }
#endif
  z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
  if( z==0 ) return;
  for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++){
    if( sqlite3_stricmp(z, p->aCol[i].zName)==0 ){
      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "duplicate column name: %s", z);
      sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
      return;
    }
  }
  if( (p->nCol & 0x7)==0 ){
    Column *aNew;
................................................................................
      return;
    }
    p->aCol = aNew;
  }
  pCol = &p->aCol[p->nCol];
  memset(pCol, 0, sizeof(p->aCol[0]));
  pCol->zName = z;
  sqlite3ColumnPropertiesFromName(p, pCol);
 
  /* If there is no type specified, columns have the default affinity
  ** 'BLOB'. If there is a type specified, then sqlite3AddColumnType() will
  ** be called next to set pCol->affinity correctly.
  */
  pCol->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_BLOB;
  pCol->szEst = 1;
................................................................................
      sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zDflt);
      pCol->zDflt = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pSpan->zStart,
                                     (int)(pSpan->zEnd - pSpan->zStart));
    }
  }
  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pSpan->pExpr);
}

/*
** Backwards Compatibility Hack:
** 
** Historical versions of SQLite accepted strings as column names in
** indexes and PRIMARY KEY constraints and in UNIQUE constraints.  Example:
**
**     CREATE TABLE xyz(a,b,c,d,e,PRIMARY KEY('a'),UNIQUE('b','c' COLLATE trim)
**     CREATE INDEX abc ON xyz('c','d' DESC,'e' COLLATE nocase DESC);
**
** This is goofy.  But to preserve backwards compatibility we continue to
** accept it.  This routine does the necessary conversion.  It converts
** the expression given in its argument from a TK_STRING into a TK_ID
** if the expression is just a TK_STRING with an optional COLLATE clause.
** If the epxression is anything other than TK_STRING, the expression is
** unchanged.
*/
static void sqlite3StringToId(Expr *p){
  if( p->op==TK_STRING ){
    p->op = TK_ID;
  }else if( p->op==TK_COLLATE && p->pLeft->op==TK_STRING ){
    p->pLeft->op = TK_ID;
  }
}

/*
** Designate the PRIMARY KEY for the table.  pList is a list of names 
** of columns that form the primary key.  If pList is NULL, then the
** most recently added column of the table is the primary key.
**
** A table can have at most one primary key.  If the table already has
................................................................................
    zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType;
    nTerm = 1;
  }else{
    nTerm = pList->nExpr;
    for(i=0; i<nTerm; i++){
      Expr *pCExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pList->a[i].pExpr);
      assert( pCExpr!=0 );
      sqlite3StringToId(pCExpr);
      if( pCExpr->op==TK_ID ){
        const char *zCName = pCExpr->u.zToken;
        for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++){
          if( sqlite3StrICmp(zCName, pTab->aCol[iCol].zName)==0 ){
            pTab->aCol[iCol].colFlags |= COLFLAG_PRIMKEY;
            zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType;
            break;
................................................................................
    p->nColumn = nCol;
    p->nKeyCol = nCol - 1;
    *ppExtra = ((char*)p) + nByte;
  }
  return p;
}

























/*
** Create a new index for an SQL table.  pName1.pName2 is the name of the index 
** and pTblList is the name of the table that is to be indexed.  Both will 
** be NULL for a primary key or an index that is created to satisfy a
** UNIQUE constraint.  If pTable and pIndex are NULL, use pParse->pNewTable
** as the table to be indexed.  pParse->pNewTable is a table that is
** currently being constructed by a CREATE TABLE statement.

          pCell->aOvfl = sqlite3_malloc64(sizeof(u32)*nOvfl);
          if( pCell->aOvfl==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
          pCell->aOvfl[0] = sqlite3Get4byte(&aData[iOff+nLocal]);
          for(j=1; j<nOvfl; j++){
            int rc;
            u32 iPrev = pCell->aOvfl[j-1];
            DbPage *pPg = 0;
            rc = sqlite3PagerGet(sqlite3BtreePager(pBt), iPrev, &pPg);
            if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
              assert( pPg==0 );
              return rc;
            } 
            pCell->aOvfl[j] = sqlite3Get4byte(sqlite3PagerGetData(pPg));
            sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg);
          }
................................................................................
      int nPage;
      u32 iRoot = (u32)sqlite3_column_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 1);
      sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
      if( nPage==0 ){
        pCsr->isEof = 1;
        return sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt);
      }
      rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, iRoot, &pCsr->aPage[0].pPg);
      pCsr->aPage[0].iPgno = iRoot;
      pCsr->aPage[0].iCell = 0;
      pCsr->aPage[0].zPath = z = sqlite3_mprintf("/");
      pCsr->iPage = 0;
      if( z==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }else{
      pCsr->isEof = 1;
................................................................................
    assert( p==&pCsr->aPage[pCsr->iPage-1] );

    if( p->iCell==p->nCell ){
      p[1].iPgno = p->iRightChildPg;
    }else{
      p[1].iPgno = p->aCell[p->iCell].iChildPg;
    }
    rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, p[1].iPgno, &p[1].pPg);
    p[1].iCell = 0;
    p[1].zPath = z = sqlite3_mprintf("%s%.3x/", p->zPath, p->iCell);
    p->iCell++;
    if( z==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }

          pCell->aOvfl = sqlite3_malloc64(sizeof(u32)*nOvfl);
          if( pCell->aOvfl==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
          pCell->aOvfl[0] = sqlite3Get4byte(&aData[iOff+nLocal]);
          for(j=1; j<nOvfl; j++){
            int rc;
            u32 iPrev = pCell->aOvfl[j-1];
            DbPage *pPg = 0;
            rc = sqlite3PagerGet(sqlite3BtreePager(pBt), iPrev, &pPg, 0);
            if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
              assert( pPg==0 );
              return rc;
            } 
            pCell->aOvfl[j] = sqlite3Get4byte(sqlite3PagerGetData(pPg));
            sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg);
          }
................................................................................
      int nPage;
      u32 iRoot = (u32)sqlite3_column_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 1);
      sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
      if( nPage==0 ){
        pCsr->isEof = 1;
        return sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt);
      }
      rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, iRoot, &pCsr->aPage[0].pPg, 0);
      pCsr->aPage[0].iPgno = iRoot;
      pCsr->aPage[0].iCell = 0;
      pCsr->aPage[0].zPath = z = sqlite3_mprintf("/");
      pCsr->iPage = 0;
      if( z==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }else{
      pCsr->isEof = 1;
................................................................................
    assert( p==&pCsr->aPage[pCsr->iPage-1] );

    if( p->iCell==p->nCell ){
      p[1].iPgno = p->iRightChildPg;
    }else{
      p[1].iPgno = p->aCell[p->iCell].iChildPg;
    }
    rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, p[1].iPgno, &p[1].pPg, 0);
    p[1].iCell = 0;
    p[1].zPath = z = sqlite3_mprintf("%s%.3x/", p->zPath, p->iCell);
    p->iCell++;
    if( z==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }

  if( pFrom ){
    assert( pFrom->nSrc==1 );
    pFrom->a[0].zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pView->zName);
    pFrom->a[0].zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
    assert( pFrom->a[0].pOn==0 );
    assert( pFrom->a[0].pUsing==0 );
  }
  pSel = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 0, pFrom, pWhere, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0);

  sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_EphemTab, iCur);
  sqlite3Select(pParse, pSel, &dest);
  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSel);
}
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */

#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)

  if( pFrom ){
    assert( pFrom->nSrc==1 );
    pFrom->a[0].zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pView->zName);
    pFrom->a[0].zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
    assert( pFrom->a[0].pOn==0 );
    assert( pFrom->a[0].pUsing==0 );
  }
  pSel = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 0, pFrom, pWhere, 0, 0, 0, 
                          SF_IncludeHidden, 0, 0);
  sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_EphemTab, iCur);
  sqlite3Select(pParse, pSel, &dest);
  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSel);
}
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */

#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)

  if( pColumn==0 && nColumn>0 ){
    ipkColumn = pTab->iPKey;
  }

  /* Make sure the number of columns in the source data matches the number
  ** of columns to be inserted into the table.
  */
  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
    for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
      nHidden += (IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i]) ? 1 : 0);
    }
  }
  if( pColumn==0 && nColumn && nColumn!=(pTab->nCol-nHidden) ){
    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
       "table %S has %d columns but %d values were supplied",
       pTabList, 0, pTab->nCol-nHidden, nColumn);
    goto insert_cleanup;
  }
................................................................................
    /* Cannot have triggers on a virtual table. If it were possible,
    ** this block would have to account for hidden column.
    */
    assert( !IsVirtual(pTab) );

    /* Create the new column data
    */
    for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
      if( pColumn==0 ){
        j = i;
      }else{
        for(j=0; j<pColumn->nId; j++){
          if( pColumn->a[j].idx==i ) break;
        }
      }
      if( (!useTempTable && !pList) || (pColumn && j>=pColumn->nId) ){

        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, regCols+i+1);
      }else if( useTempTable ){
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j, regCols+i+1); 
      }else{
        assert( pSelect==0 ); /* Otherwise useTempTable is true */
        sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(pParse, pList->a[j].pExpr, regCols+i+1);
      }

    }

    /* If this is an INSERT on a view with an INSTEAD OF INSERT trigger,
    ** do not attempt any conversions before assembling the record.
    ** If this is a real table, attempt conversions as required by the
    ** table column affinities.
    */
................................................................................
        ** taking up data space with information that will never be used.
        ** As there may be shallow copies of this value, make it a soft-NULL */
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_SoftNull, iRegStore);
        continue;
      }
      if( pColumn==0 ){
        if( IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i]) ){
          assert( IsVirtual(pTab) );
          j = -1;
          nHidden++;
        }else{
          j = i - nHidden;
        }
      }else{
        for(j=0; j<pColumn->nId; j++){
................................................................................
  }
  pEList = pSelect->pEList;
  assert( pEList!=0 );
  if( pEList->nExpr!=1 ){
    return 0;   /* The result set must have exactly one column */
  }
  assert( pEList->a[0].pExpr );
  if( pEList->a[0].pExpr->op!=TK_ALL ){
    return 0;   /* The result set must be the special operator "*" */
  }

  /* At this point we have established that the statement is of the
  ** correct syntactic form to participate in this optimization.  Now
  ** we have to check the semantics.
  */
................................................................................
  }
  if( pDest->iPKey!=pSrc->iPKey ){
    return 0;   /* Both tables must have the same INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */
  }
  for(i=0; i<pDest->nCol; i++){
    Column *pDestCol = &pDest->aCol[i];
    Column *pSrcCol = &pSrc->aCol[i];







    if( pDestCol->affinity!=pSrcCol->affinity ){
      return 0;    /* Affinity must be the same on all columns */
    }
    if( !xferCompatibleCollation(pDestCol->zColl, pSrcCol->zColl) ){
      return 0;    /* Collating sequence must be the same on all columns */
    }
    if( pDestCol->notNull && !pSrcCol->notNull ){

  if( pColumn==0 && nColumn>0 ){
    ipkColumn = pTab->iPKey;
  }

  /* Make sure the number of columns in the source data matches the number
  ** of columns to be inserted into the table.
  */

  for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
    nHidden += (IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i]) ? 1 : 0);

  }
  if( pColumn==0 && nColumn && nColumn!=(pTab->nCol-nHidden) ){
    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
       "table %S has %d columns but %d values were supplied",
       pTabList, 0, pTab->nCol-nHidden, nColumn);
    goto insert_cleanup;
  }
................................................................................
    /* Cannot have triggers on a virtual table. If it were possible,
    ** this block would have to account for hidden column.
    */
    assert( !IsVirtual(pTab) );

    /* Create the new column data
    */
    for(i=j=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
      if( pColumn ){


        for(j=0; j<pColumn->nId; j++){
          if( pColumn->a[j].idx==i ) break;
        }
      }
      if( (!useTempTable && !pList) || (pColumn && j>=pColumn->nId)
            || (pColumn==0 && IsOrdinaryHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i])) ){
        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, regCols+i+1);
      }else if( useTempTable ){
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j, regCols+i+1); 
      }else{
        assert( pSelect==0 ); /* Otherwise useTempTable is true */
        sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(pParse, pList->a[j].pExpr, regCols+i+1);
      }
      if( pColumn==0 && !IsOrdinaryHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i]) ) j++;
    }

    /* If this is an INSERT on a view with an INSTEAD OF INSERT trigger,
    ** do not attempt any conversions before assembling the record.
    ** If this is a real table, attempt conversions as required by the
    ** table column affinities.
    */
................................................................................
        ** taking up data space with information that will never be used.
        ** As there may be shallow copies of this value, make it a soft-NULL */
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_SoftNull, iRegStore);
        continue;
      }
      if( pColumn==0 ){
        if( IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i]) ){

          j = -1;
          nHidden++;
        }else{
          j = i - nHidden;
        }
      }else{
        for(j=0; j<pColumn->nId; j++){
................................................................................
  }
  pEList = pSelect->pEList;
  assert( pEList!=0 );
  if( pEList->nExpr!=1 ){
    return 0;   /* The result set must have exactly one column */
  }
  assert( pEList->a[0].pExpr );
  if( pEList->a[0].pExpr->op!=TK_ASTERISK ){
    return 0;   /* The result set must be the special operator "*" */
  }

  /* At this point we have established that the statement is of the
  ** correct syntactic form to participate in this optimization.  Now
  ** we have to check the semantics.
  */
................................................................................
  }
  if( pDest->iPKey!=pSrc->iPKey ){
    return 0;   /* Both tables must have the same INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */
  }
  for(i=0; i<pDest->nCol; i++){
    Column *pDestCol = &pDest->aCol[i];
    Column *pSrcCol = &pSrc->aCol[i];
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_HIDDEN_COLUMNS
    if( (db->flags & SQLITE_Vacuum)==0 
     && (pDestCol->colFlags | pSrcCol->colFlags) & COLFLAG_HIDDEN 
    ){
      return 0;    /* Neither table may have __hidden__ columns */
    }
#endif
    if( pDestCol->affinity!=pSrcCol->affinity ){
      return 0;    /* Affinity must be the same on all columns */
    }
    if( !xferCompatibleCollation(pDestCol->zColl, pSrcCol->zColl) ){
      return 0;    /* Collating sequence must be the same on all columns */
    }
    if( pDestCol->notNull && !pSrcCol->notNull ){

/* Driver template for the LEMON parser generator.
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.
**
** This version of "lempar.c" is modified, slightly, for use by SQLite.
** The only modifications are the addition of a couple of NEVER()
** macros to disable tests that are needed in the case of a general
** LALR(1) grammar but which are always false in the
** specific grammar used by SQLite.
*/
/* First off, code is included that follows the "include" declaration
** in the input grammar file. */
#include <stdio.h>
%%
/* Next is all token values, in a form suitable for use by makeheaders.
** This section will be null unless lemon is run with the -m switch.
*/
/* 
** These constants (all generated automatically by the parser generator)
** specify the various kinds of tokens (terminals) that the parser
** understands. 
**
** Each symbol here is a terminal symbol in the grammar.
*/
%%
/* Make sure the INTERFACE macro is defined.
*/
#ifndef INTERFACE
# define INTERFACE 1
#endif
/* The next thing included is series of defines which control
** various aspects of the generated parser.
**    YYCODETYPE         is the data type used for storing terminal
**                       and nonterminal numbers.  "unsigned char" is
**                       used if there are fewer than 250 terminals
**                       and nonterminals.  "int" is used otherwise.
**    YYNOCODE           is a number of type YYCODETYPE which corresponds
**                       to no legal terminal or nonterminal number.  This
**                       number is used to fill in empty slots of the hash 
**                       table.
**    YYFALLBACK         If defined, this indicates that one or more tokens
**                       have fall-back values which should be used if the
**                       original value of the token will not parse.
**    YYACTIONTYPE       is the data type used for storing terminal
**                       and nonterminal numbers.  "unsigned char" is
**                       used if there are fewer than 250 rules and
**                       states combined.  "int" is used otherwise.
**    ParseTOKENTYPE     is the data type used for minor tokens given 
**                       directly to the parser from the tokenizer.
**    YYMINORTYPE        is the data type used for all minor tokens.
**                       This is typically a union of many types, one of
**                       which is ParseTOKENTYPE.  The entry in the union
**                       for base tokens is called "yy0".
**    YYSTACKDEPTH       is the maximum depth of the parser's stack.  If
**                       zero the stack is dynamically sized using realloc()
**    ParseARG_SDECL     A static variable declaration for the %extra_argument
**    ParseARG_PDECL     A parameter declaration for the %extra_argument
**    ParseARG_STORE     Code to store %extra_argument into yypParser
**    ParseARG_FETCH     Code to extract %extra_argument from yypParser
**    YYERRORSYMBOL      is the code number of the error symbol.  If not
**                       defined, then do no error processing.
**    YYNSTATE           the combined number of states.
**    YYNRULE            the number of rules in the grammar
**    YY_MAX_SHIFT       Maximum value for shift actions
**    YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE Minimum value for shift-reduce actions
**    YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE Maximum value for shift-reduce actions
**    YY_MIN_REDUCE      Maximum value for reduce actions
**    YY_ERROR_ACTION    The yy_action[] code for syntax error
**    YY_ACCEPT_ACTION   The yy_action[] code for accept
**    YY_NO_ACTION       The yy_action[] code for no-op
*/
%%

/* The yyzerominor constant is used to initialize instances of
** YYMINORTYPE objects to zero. */
static const YYMINORTYPE yyzerominor = { 0 };

/* Define the yytestcase() macro to be a no-op if is not already defined
** otherwise.
**
** Applications can choose to define yytestcase() in the %include section
** to a macro that can assist in verifying code coverage.  For production
** code the yytestcase() macro should be turned off.  But it is useful
** for testing.
*/
#ifndef yytestcase
# define yytestcase(X)
#endif


/* Next are the tables used to determine what action to take based on the
** current state and lookahead token.  These tables are used to implement
** functions that take a state number and lookahead value and return an
** action integer.  
**
** Suppose the action integer is N.  Then the action is determined as
** follows
**
**   0 <= N <= YY_MAX_SHIFT             Shift N.  That is, push the lookahead
**                                      token onto the stack and goto state N.
**
**   N between YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE       Shift to an arbitrary state then
**     and YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE           reduce by rule N-YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE.
**
**   N between YY_MIN_REDUCE            Reduce by rule N-YY_MIN_REDUCE
**     and YY_MAX_REDUCE

**   N == YY_ERROR_ACTION               A syntax error has occurred.
**
**   N == YY_ACCEPT_ACTION              The parser accepts its input.
**
**   N == YY_NO_ACTION                  No such action.  Denotes unused
**                                      slots in the yy_action[] table.
**
** The action table is constructed as a single large table named yy_action[].
** Given state S and lookahead X, the action is computed as
**
**      yy_action[ yy_shift_ofst[S] + X ]
**
** If the index value yy_shift_ofst[S]+X is out of range or if the value
** yy_lookahead[yy_shift_ofst[S]+X] is not equal to X or if yy_shift_ofst[S]
** is equal to YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT, it means that the action is not in the table
** and that yy_default[S] should be used instead.  
**
** The formula above is for computing the action when the lookahead is
** a terminal symbol.  If the lookahead is a non-terminal (as occurs after
** a reduce action) then the yy_reduce_ofst[] array is used in place of
** the yy_shift_ofst[] array and YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT is used in place of
** YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT.
**
** The following are the tables generated in this section:
**
**  yy_action[]        A single table containing all actions.
**  yy_lookahead[]     A table containing the lookahead for each entry in
**                     yy_action.  Used to detect hash collisions.
**  yy_shift_ofst[]    For each state, the offset into yy_action for
**                     shifting terminals.
**  yy_reduce_ofst[]   For each state, the offset into yy_action for
**                     shifting non-terminals after a reduce.
**  yy_default[]       Default action for each state.
*/
%%

/* The next table maps tokens into fallback tokens.  If a construct
** like the following:
** 
**      %fallback ID X Y Z.
**
** appears in the grammar, then ID becomes a fallback token for X, Y,
** and Z.  Whenever one of the tokens X, Y, or Z is input to the parser
** but it does not parse, the type of the token is changed to ID and
** the parse is retried before an error is thrown.
*/
#ifdef YYFALLBACK
static const YYCODETYPE yyFallback[] = {
%%
};
#endif /* YYFALLBACK */

/* The following structure represents a single element of the
** parser's stack.  Information stored includes:
**
**   +  The state number for the parser at this level of the stack.
**
**   +  The value of the token stored at this level of the stack.
**      (In other words, the "major" token.)
**
**   +  The semantic value stored at this level of the stack.  This is
**      the information used by the action routines in the grammar.
**      It is sometimes called the "minor" token.
**
** After the "shift" half of a SHIFTREDUCE action, the stateno field
** actually contains the reduce action for the second half of the
** SHIFTREDUCE.
*/
struct yyStackEntry {
  YYACTIONTYPE stateno;  /* The state-number, or reduce action in SHIFTREDUCE */
  YYCODETYPE major;      /* The major token value.  This is the code
                         ** number for the token at this stack level */
  YYMINORTYPE minor;     /* The user-supplied minor token value.  This
                         ** is the value of the token  */
};
typedef struct yyStackEntry yyStackEntry;

/* The state of the parser is completely contained in an instance of
** the following structure */
struct yyParser {
  int yyidx;                    /* Index of top element in stack */
#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
  int yyidxMax;                 /* Maximum value of yyidx */
#endif
  int yyerrcnt;                 /* Shifts left before out of the error */
  ParseARG_SDECL                /* A place to hold %extra_argument */
#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
  int yystksz;                  /* Current side of the stack */
  yyStackEntry *yystack;        /* The parser's stack */
#else
  yyStackEntry yystack[YYSTACKDEPTH];  /* The parser's stack */
#endif
};
typedef struct yyParser yyParser;

#ifndef NDEBUG
#include <stdio.h>
static FILE *yyTraceFILE = 0;
static char *yyTracePrompt = 0;
#endif /* NDEBUG */

#ifndef NDEBUG
/* 
** Turn parser tracing on by giving a stream to which to write the trace
** and a prompt to preface each trace message.  Tracing is turned off
** by making either argument NULL 
**
** Inputs:
** <ul>
** <li> A FILE* to which trace output should be written.
**      If NULL, then tracing is turned off.
** <li> A prefix string written at the beginning of every
**      line of trace output.  If NULL, then tracing is
**      turned off.
** </ul>
**
** Outputs:
** None.
*/
void ParseTrace(FILE *TraceFILE, char *zTracePrompt){
  yyTraceFILE = TraceFILE;
  yyTracePrompt = zTracePrompt;
  if( yyTraceFILE==0 ) yyTracePrompt = 0;
  else if( yyTracePrompt==0 ) yyTraceFILE = 0;
}
#endif /* NDEBUG */

#ifndef NDEBUG
/* For tracing shifts, the names of all terminals and nonterminals
** are required.  The following table supplies these names */
static const char *const yyTokenName[] = { 
%%
};
#endif /* NDEBUG */

#ifndef NDEBUG
/* For tracing reduce actions, the names of all rules are required.
*/
static const char *const yyRuleName[] = {
%%
};
#endif /* NDEBUG */


#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
/*
** Try to increase the size of the parser stack.
*/
static void yyGrowStack(yyParser *p){
  int newSize;
  yyStackEntry *pNew;

  newSize = p->yystksz*2 + 100;
  pNew = realloc(p->yystack, newSize*sizeof(pNew[0]));
  if( pNew ){
    p->yystack = pNew;
    p->yystksz = newSize;
#ifndef NDEBUG
    if( yyTraceFILE ){
      fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack grows to %d entries!\n",
              yyTracePrompt, p->yystksz);
    }
#endif
  }
}
#endif

/* 
** This function allocates a new parser.
** The only argument is a pointer to a function which works like
** malloc.
**
** Inputs:
** A pointer to the function used to allocate memory.
**
** Outputs:
** A pointer to a parser.  This pointer is used in subsequent calls
** to Parse and ParseFree.
*/
void *ParseAlloc(void *(*mallocProc)(u64)){
  yyParser *pParser;
  pParser = (yyParser*)(*mallocProc)( (u64)sizeof(yyParser) );
  if( pParser ){
    pParser->yyidx = -1;
#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
    pParser->yyidxMax = 0;
#endif
#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
    pParser->yystack = NULL;
    pParser->yystksz = 0;
    yyGrowStack(pParser);
#endif
  }
  return pParser;
}

/* The following function deletes the value associated with a
** symbol.  The symbol can be either a terminal or nonterminal.
** "yymajor" is the symbol code, and "yypminor" is a pointer to
** the value.
*/
static void yy_destructor(
  yyParser *yypParser,    /* The parser */
  YYCODETYPE yymajor,     /* Type code for object to destroy */
  YYMINORTYPE *yypminor   /* The object to be destroyed */
){
  ParseARG_FETCH;
  switch( yymajor ){
    /* Here is inserted the actions which take place when a
    ** terminal or non-terminal is destroyed.  This can happen
    ** when the symbol is popped from the stack during a
    ** reduce or during error processing or when a parser is 
    ** being destroyed before it is finished parsing.
    **
    ** Note: during a reduce, the only symbols destroyed are those
    ** which appear on the RHS of the rule, but which are not used
    ** inside the C code.
    */
%%
    default:  break;   /* If no destructor action specified: do nothing */
  }
}

/*
** Pop the parser's stack once.
**
** If there is a destructor routine associated with the token which
** is popped from the stack, then call it.
**
** Return the major token number for the symbol popped.
*/
static int yy_pop_parser_stack(yyParser *pParser){
  YYCODETYPE yymajor;
  yyStackEntry *yytos = &pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx];

  /* There is no mechanism by which the parser stack can be popped below
  ** empty in SQLite.  */
  assert( pParser->yyidx>=0 );
#ifndef NDEBUG
  if( yyTraceFILE && pParser->yyidx>=0 ){
    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sPopping %s\n",
      yyTracePrompt,
      yyTokenName[yytos->major]);
  }
#endif
  yymajor = yytos->major;
  yy_destructor(pParser, yymajor, &yytos->minor);
  pParser->yyidx--;
  return yymajor;
}

/* 
** Deallocate and destroy a parser.  Destructors are all called for
** all stack elements before shutting the parser down.
**
** Inputs:
** <ul>
** <li>  A pointer to the parser.  This should be a pointer
**       obtained from ParseAlloc.
** <li>  A pointer to a function used to reclaim memory obtained
**       from malloc.
** </ul>
*/
void ParseFree(
  void *p,                    /* The parser to be deleted */
  void (*freeProc)(void*)     /* Function used to reclaim memory */
){
  yyParser *pParser = (yyParser*)p;
  /* In SQLite, we never try to destroy a parser that was not successfully
  ** created in the first place. */
  if( NEVER(pParser==0) ) return;
  while( pParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(pParser);
#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
  free(pParser->yystack);
#endif
  (*freeProc)((void*)pParser);
}

/*
** Return the peak depth of the stack for a parser.
*/
#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
int ParseStackPeak(void *p){
  yyParser *pParser = (yyParser*)p;
  return pParser->yyidxMax;
}
#endif

/*
** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the terminal
** look-ahead token iLookAhead.
**
** If the look-ahead token is YYNOCODE, then check to see if the action is
** independent of the look-ahead.  If it is, return the action, otherwise
** return YY_NO_ACTION.
*/
static int yy_find_shift_action(
  yyParser *pParser,        /* The parser */
  YYCODETYPE iLookAhead     /* The look-ahead token */
){
  int i;
  int stateno = pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx].stateno;
 
  if( stateno>=YY_MIN_REDUCE ) return stateno;
  assert( stateno <= YY_SHIFT_COUNT );
  i = yy_shift_ofst[stateno];
  if( i==YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT ) return yy_default[stateno];
  assert( iLookAhead!=YYNOCODE );
  i += iLookAhead;
  if( i<0 || i>=YY_ACTTAB_COUNT || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){
    if( iLookAhead>0 ){
#ifdef YYFALLBACK
      YYCODETYPE iFallback;            /* Fallback token */
      if( iLookAhead<sizeof(yyFallback)/sizeof(yyFallback[0])
             && (iFallback = yyFallback[iLookAhead])!=0 ){
#ifndef NDEBUG
        if( yyTraceFILE ){
          fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sFALLBACK %s => %s\n",
             yyTracePrompt, yyTokenName[iLookAhead], yyTokenName[iFallback]);
        }
#endif
        return yy_find_shift_action(pParser, iFallback);
      }
#endif
#ifdef YYWILDCARD
      {
        int j = i - iLookAhead + YYWILDCARD;
        if( 
#if YY_SHIFT_MIN+YYWILDCARD<0
          j>=0 &&
#endif
#if YY_SHIFT_MAX+YYWILDCARD>=YY_ACTTAB_COUNT
          j<YY_ACTTAB_COUNT &&
#endif
          yy_lookahead[j]==YYWILDCARD
        ){
#ifndef NDEBUG
          if( yyTraceFILE ){
            fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sWILDCARD %s => %s\n",
               yyTracePrompt, yyTokenName[iLookAhead], yyTokenName[YYWILDCARD]);
          }
#endif /* NDEBUG */
          return yy_action[j];
        }
      }
#endif /* YYWILDCARD */
    }
    return yy_default[stateno];
  }else{
    return yy_action[i];
  }
}

/*
** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the non-terminal
** look-ahead token iLookAhead.
**
** If the look-ahead token is YYNOCODE, then check to see if the action is
** independent of the look-ahead.  If it is, return the action, otherwise
** return YY_NO_ACTION.
*/
static int yy_find_reduce_action(
  int stateno,              /* Current state number */
  YYCODETYPE iLookAhead     /* The look-ahead token */
){
  int i;
#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
  if( stateno>YY_REDUCE_COUNT ){
    return yy_default[stateno];
  }
#else
  assert( stateno<=YY_REDUCE_COUNT );
#endif
  i = yy_reduce_ofst[stateno];
  assert( i!=YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT );
  assert( iLookAhead!=YYNOCODE );
  i += iLookAhead;
#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
  if( i<0 || i>=YY_ACTTAB_COUNT || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){
    return yy_default[stateno];
  }
#else
  assert( i>=0 && i<YY_ACTTAB_COUNT );
  assert( yy_lookahead[i]==iLookAhead );
#endif
  return yy_action[i];
}

/*
** The following routine is called if the stack overflows.
*/
static void yyStackOverflow(yyParser *yypParser, YYMINORTYPE *yypMinor){
   ParseARG_FETCH;
   yypParser->yyidx--;
#ifndef NDEBUG
   if( yyTraceFILE ){
     fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack Overflow!\n",yyTracePrompt);
   }
#endif
   while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
   /* Here code is inserted which will execute if the parser
   ** stack every overflows */
%%
   ParseARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument var */
}

/*
** Print tracing information for a SHIFT action
*/
#ifndef NDEBUG
static void yyTraceShift(yyParser *yypParser, int yyNewState){
  if( yyTraceFILE ){
    int i;
    if( yyNewState<YYNSTATE ){
      fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sShift %d\n",yyTracePrompt,yyNewState);
      fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack:",yyTracePrompt);
      for(i=1; i<=yypParser->yyidx; i++)
        fprintf(yyTraceFILE," %s",yyTokenName[yypParser->yystack[i].major]);
      fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"\n");
    }else{
      fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sShift *\n",yyTracePrompt);
    }
  }
}
#else
# define yyTraceShift(X,Y)
#endif

/*
** Perform a shift action.  Return the number of errors.
*/
static void yy_shift(
  yyParser *yypParser,          /* The parser to be shifted */
  int yyNewState,               /* The new state to shift in */
  int yyMajor,                  /* The major token to shift in */
  YYMINORTYPE *yypMinor         /* Pointer to the minor token to shift in */
){
  yyStackEntry *yytos;
  yypParser->yyidx++;
#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
  if( yypParser->yyidx>yypParser->yyidxMax ){
    yypParser->yyidxMax = yypParser->yyidx;
  }
#endif
#if YYSTACKDEPTH>0 
  if( yypParser->yyidx>=YYSTACKDEPTH ){
    yyStackOverflow(yypParser, yypMinor);
    return;
  }
#else
  if( yypParser->yyidx>=yypParser->yystksz ){
    yyGrowStack(yypParser);
    if( yypParser->yyidx>=yypParser->yystksz ){
      yyStackOverflow(yypParser, yypMinor);
      return;
    }
  }
#endif
  yytos = &yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx];
  yytos->stateno = (YYACTIONTYPE)yyNewState;
  yytos->major = (YYCODETYPE)yyMajor;
  yytos->minor = *yypMinor;
  yyTraceShift(yypParser, yyNewState);
}

/* The following table contains information about every rule that
** is used during the reduce.
*/
static const struct {
  YYCODETYPE lhs;         /* Symbol on the left-hand side of the rule */
  unsigned char nrhs;     /* Number of right-hand side symbols in the rule */
} yyRuleInfo[] = {
%%
};

static void yy_accept(yyParser*);  /* Forward Declaration */

/*
** Perform a reduce action and the shift that must immediately
** follow the reduce.
*/
static void yy_reduce(
  yyParser *yypParser,         /* The parser */
  int yyruleno                 /* Number of the rule by which to reduce */
){
  int yygoto;                     /* The next state */
  int yyact;                      /* The next action */
  YYMINORTYPE yygotominor;        /* The LHS of the rule reduced */
  yyStackEntry *yymsp;            /* The top of the parser's stack */
  int yysize;                     /* Amount to pop the stack */
  ParseARG_FETCH;
  yymsp = &yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx];
#ifndef NDEBUG
  if( yyTraceFILE && yyruleno>=0 
        && yyruleno<(int)(sizeof(yyRuleName)/sizeof(yyRuleName[0])) ){
    yysize = yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].nrhs;
    fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sReduce [%s] -> state %d.\n", yyTracePrompt,
      yyRuleName[yyruleno], yymsp[-yysize].stateno);
  }
#endif /* NDEBUG */

  /* Silence complaints from purify about yygotominor being uninitialized
  ** in some cases when it is copied into the stack after the following
  ** switch.  yygotominor is uninitialized when a rule reduces that does
  ** not set the value of its left-hand side nonterminal.  Leaving the
  ** value of the nonterminal uninitialized is utterly harmless as long
  ** as the value is never used.  So really the only thing this code
  ** accomplishes is to quieten purify.  
  **
  ** 2007-01-16:  The wireshark project (www.wireshark.org) reports that
  ** without this code, their parser segfaults.  I'm not sure what there
  ** parser is doing to make this happen.  This is the second bug report
  ** from wireshark this week.  Clearly they are stressing Lemon in ways
  ** that it has not been previously stressed...  (SQLite ticket #2172)
  */
  /*memset(&yygotominor, 0, sizeof(yygotominor));*/
  yygotominor = yyzerominor;


  switch( yyruleno ){
  /* Beginning here are the reduction cases.  A typical example
  ** follows:
  **   case 0:
  **  #line <lineno> <grammarfile>
  **     { ... }           // User supplied code
  **  #line <lineno> <thisfile>
  **     break;
  */
%%
  };
  assert( yyruleno>=0 && yyruleno<sizeof(yyRuleInfo)/sizeof(yyRuleInfo[0]) );
  yygoto = yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].lhs;
  yysize = yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].nrhs;
  yypParser->yyidx -= yysize;
  yyact = yy_find_reduce_action(yymsp[-yysize].stateno,(YYCODETYPE)yygoto);
  if( yyact <= YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE ){
    if( yyact>YY_MAX_SHIFT ) yyact += YY_MIN_REDUCE - YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE;
    /* If the reduce action popped at least
    ** one element off the stack, then we can push the new element back
    ** onto the stack here, and skip the stack overflow test in yy_shift().
    ** That gives a significant speed improvement. */
    if( yysize ){
      yypParser->yyidx++;
      yymsp -= yysize-1;
      yymsp->stateno = (YYACTIONTYPE)yyact;
      yymsp->major = (YYCODETYPE)yygoto;
      yymsp->minor = yygotominor;
      yyTraceShift(yypParser, yyact);
    }else{
      yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,yygoto,&yygotominor);
    }
  }else{
    assert( yyact == YY_ACCEPT_ACTION );
    yy_accept(yypParser);
  }
}

/*
** The following code executes when the parse fails
*/
#ifndef YYNOERRORRECOVERY
static void yy_parse_failed(
  yyParser *yypParser           /* The parser */
){
  ParseARG_FETCH;
#ifndef NDEBUG
  if( yyTraceFILE ){
    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sFail!\n",yyTracePrompt);
  }
#endif
  while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
  /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the
  ** parser fails */
%%
  ParseARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
}
#endif /* YYNOERRORRECOVERY */

/*
** The following code executes when a syntax error first occurs.
*/
static void yy_syntax_error(
  yyParser *yypParser,           /* The parser */
  int yymajor,                   /* The major type of the error token */
  YYMINORTYPE yyminor            /* The minor type of the error token */
){
  ParseARG_FETCH;
#define TOKEN (yyminor.yy0)
%%
  ParseARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
}

/*
** The following is executed when the parser accepts
*/
static void yy_accept(
  yyParser *yypParser           /* The parser */
){
  ParseARG_FETCH;
#ifndef NDEBUG
  if( yyTraceFILE ){
    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sAccept!\n",yyTracePrompt);
  }
#endif
  while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
  /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the
  ** parser accepts */
%%
  ParseARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
}

/* The main parser program.
** The first argument is a pointer to a structure obtained from
** "ParseAlloc" which describes the current state of the parser.
** The second argument is the major token number.  The third is
** the minor token.  The fourth optional argument is whatever the
** user wants (and specified in the grammar) and is available for
** use by the action routines.
**
** Inputs:
** <ul>
** <li> A pointer to the parser (an opaque structure.)
** <li> The major token number.
** <li> The minor token number.
** <li> An option argument of a grammar-specified type.
** </ul>
**
** Outputs:
** None.
*/
void Parse(
  void *yyp,                   /* The parser */
  int yymajor,                 /* The major token code number */
  ParseTOKENTYPE yyminor       /* The value for the token */
  ParseARG_PDECL               /* Optional %extra_argument parameter */
){
  YYMINORTYPE yyminorunion;
  int yyact;            /* The parser action. */
#if !defined(YYERRORSYMBOL) && !defined(YYNOERRORRECOVERY)
  int yyendofinput;     /* True if we are at the end of input */
#endif
#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
  int yyerrorhit = 0;   /* True if yymajor has invoked an error */
#endif
  yyParser *yypParser;  /* The parser */

  /* (re)initialize the parser, if necessary */
  yypParser = (yyParser*)yyp;
  if( yypParser->yyidx<0 ){
#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
    if( yypParser->yystksz <=0 ){
      /*memset(&yyminorunion, 0, sizeof(yyminorunion));*/
      yyminorunion = yyzerominor;
      yyStackOverflow(yypParser, &yyminorunion);
      return;
    }
#endif
    yypParser->yyidx = 0;
    yypParser->yyerrcnt = -1;
    yypParser->yystack[0].stateno = 0;
    yypParser->yystack[0].major = 0;
  }
  yyminorunion.yy0 = yyminor;
#if !defined(YYERRORSYMBOL) && !defined(YYNOERRORRECOVERY)
  yyendofinput = (yymajor==0);
#endif
  ParseARG_STORE;

#ifndef NDEBUG
  if( yyTraceFILE ){
    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sInput %s\n",yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]);
  }
#endif

  do{
    yyact = yy_find_shift_action(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor);
    if( yyact <= YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE ){
      if( yyact > YY_MAX_SHIFT ) yyact += YY_MIN_REDUCE - YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE;
      yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,yymajor,&yyminorunion);
      yypParser->yyerrcnt--;
      yymajor = YYNOCODE;
    }else if( yyact <= YY_MAX_REDUCE ){
      yy_reduce(yypParser,yyact-YY_MIN_REDUCE);
    }else{
      assert( yyact == YY_ERROR_ACTION );
#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
      int yymx;
#endif
#ifndef NDEBUG
      if( yyTraceFILE ){
        fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sSyntax Error!\n",yyTracePrompt);
      }
#endif
#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
      /* A syntax error has occurred.
      ** The response to an error depends upon whether or not the
      ** grammar defines an error token "ERROR".  
      **
      ** This is what we do if the grammar does define ERROR:
      **
      **  * Call the %syntax_error function.
      **
      **  * Begin popping the stack until we enter a state where
      **    it is legal to shift the error symbol, then shift
      **    the error symbol.
      **
      **  * Set the error count to three.
      **
      **  * Begin accepting and shifting new tokens.  No new error
      **    processing will occur until three tokens have been
      **    shifted successfully.
      **
      */
      if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<0 ){
        yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion);
      }
      yymx = yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx].major;
      if( yymx==YYERRORSYMBOL || yyerrorhit ){
#ifndef NDEBUG
        if( yyTraceFILE ){
          fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sDiscard input token %s\n",
             yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]);
        }
#endif
        yy_destructor(yypParser, (YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion);
        yymajor = YYNOCODE;
      }else{
         while(
          yypParser->yyidx >= 0 &&
          yymx != YYERRORSYMBOL &&
          (yyact = yy_find_reduce_action(
                        yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx].stateno,
                        YYERRORSYMBOL)) >= YY_MIN_REDUCE
        ){
          yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
        }
        if( yypParser->yyidx < 0 || yymajor==0 ){
          yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion);
          yy_parse_failed(yypParser);
          yymajor = YYNOCODE;
        }else if( yymx!=YYERRORSYMBOL ){
          YYMINORTYPE u2;
          u2.YYERRSYMDT = 0;
          yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,YYERRORSYMBOL,&u2);
        }
      }
      yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3;
      yyerrorhit = 1;
#elif defined(YYNOERRORRECOVERY)
      /* If the YYNOERRORRECOVERY macro is defined, then do not attempt to
      ** do any kind of error recovery.  Instead, simply invoke the syntax
      ** error routine and continue going as if nothing had happened.
      **
      ** Applications can set this macro (for example inside %include) if
      ** they intend to abandon the parse upon the first syntax error seen.
      */
      yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion);
      yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion);
      yymajor = YYNOCODE;
      
#else  /* YYERRORSYMBOL is not defined */
      /* This is what we do if the grammar does not define ERROR:
      **
      **  * Report an error message, and throw away the input token.
      **
      **  * If the input token is $, then fail the parse.
      **
      ** As before, subsequent error messages are suppressed until
      ** three input tokens have been successfully shifted.
      */
      if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<=0 ){
        yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion);
      }
      yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3;
      yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion);
      if( yyendofinput ){
        yy_parse_failed(yypParser);
      }
      yymajor = YYNOCODE;
#endif
    }
  }while( yymajor!=YYNOCODE && yypParser->yyidx>=0 );
#ifndef NDEBUG
  if( yyTraceFILE ){
    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sReturn\n",yyTracePrompt);
  }
#endif
  return;
}

  ** methods.  The sqlite3_pcache_methods.xInit() all is embedded in the
  ** call to sqlite3PcacheInitialize().
  */
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex);
  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit==0 && sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress==0 ){
    FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions);
    sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress = 1;






    memset(pHash, 0, sizeof(sqlite3GlobalFunctions));
    sqlite3RegisterGlobalFunctions();
    if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit==0 ){
      rc = sqlite3PcacheInitialize();
    }
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit = 1;

  ** methods.  The sqlite3_pcache_methods.xInit() all is embedded in the
  ** call to sqlite3PcacheInitialize().
  */
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex);
  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit==0 && sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress==0 ){
    FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions);
    sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress = 1;
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG
    {
      extern void sqlite3_init_sqllog(void);
      sqlite3_init_sqllog();
    }
#endif
    memset(pHash, 0, sizeof(sqlite3GlobalFunctions));
    sqlite3RegisterGlobalFunctions();
    if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit==0 ){
      rc = sqlite3PcacheInitialize();
    }
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit = 1;

#else
  { "mremap",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0,               0 },
#endif
#define osMremap ((void*(*)(void*,size_t,size_t,int,...))aSyscall[23].pCurrent)
  { "getpagesize",  (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)unixGetpagesize, 0 },
#define osGetpagesize ((int(*)(void))aSyscall[24].pCurrent)




#endif

}; /* End of the overrideable system calls */

/*
** This is the xSetSystemCall() method of sqlite3_vfs for all of the
** "unix" VFSes.  Return SQLITE_OK opon successfully updating the
................................................................................
      if( rc!=4 || memcmp(oldCntr, &((char*)pBuf)[24-offset], 4)!=0 ){
        pFile->transCntrChng = 1;  /* The transaction counter has changed */
      }
    }
  }
#endif

#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
  /* Deal with as much of this write request as possible by transfering
  ** data from the memory mapping using memcpy().  */
  if( offset<pFile->mmapSize ){
    if( offset+amt <= pFile->mmapSize ){
      memcpy(&((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], pBuf, amt);
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }else{
................................................................................
  assert( pFd->nFetchOut==0 );
  assert( nNew>pFd->mmapSize );
  assert( nNew<=pFd->mmapSizeMax );
  assert( nNew>0 );
  assert( pFd->mmapSizeActual>=pFd->mmapSize );
  assert( MAP_FAILED!=0 );


  if( (pFd->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_RDONLY)==0 ) flags |= PROT_WRITE;


  if( pOrig ){
#if HAVE_MREMAP
    i64 nReuse = pFd->mmapSize;
#else
    const int szSyspage = osGetpagesize();
    i64 nReuse = (pFd->mmapSize & ~(szSyspage-1));
................................................................................
*/
static int unixFullPathname(
  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,            /* Pointer to vfs object */
  const char *zPath,            /* Possibly relative input path */
  int nOut,                     /* Size of output buffer in bytes */
  char *zOut                    /* Output buffer */
){


  /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just
  ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this
  ** function failing. This function could fail if, for example, the
  ** current working directory has been unlinked.
  */
  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR );

  assert( pVfs->mxPathname==MAX_PATHNAME );
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);











  zOut[nOut-1] = '\0';
  if( zPath[0]=='/' ){
    sqlite3_snprintf(nOut, zOut, "%s", zPath);

  }else{




















    int nCwd;



    if( osGetcwd(zOut, nOut-1)==0 ){
      return unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "getcwd", zPath);
    }
    nCwd = (int)strlen(zOut);
    sqlite3_snprintf(nOut-nCwd, &zOut[nCwd], "/%s", zPath);




  }

  return SQLITE_OK;
}


#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
/*
** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points
................................................................................
    UNIXVFS("unix-proxy",    proxyIoFinder ),
#endif
  };
  unsigned int i;          /* Loop counter */

  /* Double-check that the aSyscall[] array has been constructed
  ** correctly.  See ticket [bb3a86e890c8e96ab] */
  assert( ArraySize(aSyscall)==25 );

  /* Register all VFSes defined in the aVfs[] array */
  for(i=0; i<(sizeof(aVfs)/sizeof(sqlite3_vfs)); i++){
    sqlite3_vfs_register(&aVfs[i], i==0);
  }
  return SQLITE_OK; 
}

#else
  { "mremap",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0,               0 },
#endif
#define osMremap ((void*(*)(void*,size_t,size_t,int,...))aSyscall[23].pCurrent)
  { "getpagesize",  (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)unixGetpagesize, 0 },
#define osGetpagesize ((int(*)(void))aSyscall[24].pCurrent)

  { "readlink",     (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)readlink,        0 },
#define osReadlink ((ssize_t(*)(const char*,char*,size_t))aSyscall[25].pCurrent)

#endif

}; /* End of the overrideable system calls */

/*
** This is the xSetSystemCall() method of sqlite3_vfs for all of the
** "unix" VFSes.  Return SQLITE_OK opon successfully updating the
................................................................................
      if( rc!=4 || memcmp(oldCntr, &((char*)pBuf)[24-offset], 4)!=0 ){
        pFile->transCntrChng = 1;  /* The transaction counter has changed */
      }
    }
  }
#endif

#if defined(SQLITE_MMAP_READWRITE) && SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
  /* Deal with as much of this write request as possible by transfering
  ** data from the memory mapping using memcpy().  */
  if( offset<pFile->mmapSize ){
    if( offset+amt <= pFile->mmapSize ){
      memcpy(&((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], pBuf, amt);
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }else{
................................................................................
  assert( pFd->nFetchOut==0 );
  assert( nNew>pFd->mmapSize );
  assert( nNew<=pFd->mmapSizeMax );
  assert( nNew>0 );
  assert( pFd->mmapSizeActual>=pFd->mmapSize );
  assert( MAP_FAILED!=0 );

#ifdef SQLITE_MMAP_READWRITE
  if( (pFd->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_RDONLY)==0 ) flags |= PROT_WRITE;
#endif

  if( pOrig ){
#if HAVE_MREMAP
    i64 nReuse = pFd->mmapSize;
#else
    const int szSyspage = osGetpagesize();
    i64 nReuse = (pFd->mmapSize & ~(szSyspage-1));
................................................................................
*/
static int unixFullPathname(
  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,            /* Pointer to vfs object */
  const char *zPath,            /* Possibly relative input path */
  int nOut,                     /* Size of output buffer in bytes */
  char *zOut                    /* Output buffer */
){
  int nByte;

  /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just
  ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this
  ** function failing. This function could fail if, for example, the
  ** current working directory has been unlinked.
  */
  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR );

  assert( pVfs->mxPathname==MAX_PATHNAME );
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);

  /* Attempt to resolve the path as if it were a symbolic link. If it is
  ** a symbolic link, the resolved path is stored in buffer zOut[]. Or, if
  ** the identified file is not a symbolic link or does not exist, then
  ** zPath is copied directly into zOut. Either way, nByte is left set to
  ** the size of the string copied into zOut[] in bytes.  */
  nByte = osReadlink(zPath, zOut, nOut-1);
  if( nByte<0 ){
    if( errno!=EINVAL && errno!=ENOENT ){
      return unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "readlink", zPath);
    }
    zOut[nOut-1] = '\0';

    sqlite3_snprintf(nOut-1, zOut, "%s", zPath);
    nByte = sqlite3Strlen30(zOut);
  }else{
    zOut[nByte] = '\0';
  }

  /* If buffer zOut[] now contains an absolute path there is nothing more
  ** to do. If it contains a relative path, do the following:
  **
  **   * move the relative path string so that it is at the end of th
  **     zOut[] buffer.
  **   * Call getcwd() to read the path of the current working directory 
  **     into the start of the zOut[] buffer.
  **   * Append a '/' character to the cwd string and move the 
  **     relative path back within the buffer so that it immediately 
  **     follows the '/'.
  **
  ** This code is written so that if the combination of the CWD and relative
  ** path are larger than the allocated size of zOut[] the CWD is silently
  ** truncated to make it fit. This is Ok, as SQLite refuses to open any
  ** file for which this function returns a full path larger than (nOut-8)
  ** bytes in size.  */
  if( zOut[0]!='/' ){
    int nCwd;
    int nRem = nOut-nByte-1;
    memmove(&zOut[nRem], zOut, nByte+1);
    zOut[nRem-1] = '\0';
    if( osGetcwd(zOut, nRem-1)==0 ){
      return unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "getcwd", zPath);
    }


    nCwd = sqlite3Strlen30(zOut);
    assert( nCwd<=nRem-1 );
    zOut[nCwd] = '/';
    memmove(&zOut[nCwd+1], &zOut[nRem], nByte+1);
  }

  return SQLITE_OK;
}


#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
/*
** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points
................................................................................
    UNIXVFS("unix-proxy",    proxyIoFinder ),
#endif
  };
  unsigned int i;          /* Loop counter */

  /* Double-check that the aSyscall[] array has been constructed
  ** correctly.  See ticket [bb3a86e890c8e96ab] */
  assert( ArraySize(aSyscall)==26 );

  /* Register all VFSes defined in the aVfs[] array */
  for(i=0; i<(sizeof(aVfs)/sizeof(sqlite3_vfs)); i++){
    sqlite3_vfs_register(&aVfs[i], i==0);
  }
  return SQLITE_OK; 
}

  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE);
  SimulateDiskfullError(return SQLITE_FULL);

  OSTRACE(("WRITE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, buffer=%p, amount=%d, "
           "offset=%lld, lock=%d\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile,
           pFile->h, pBuf, amt, offset, pFile->locktype));

#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
  /* Deal with as much of this write request as possible by transfering
  ** data from the memory mapping using memcpy().  */
  if( offset<pFile->mmapSize ){
    if( offset+amt <= pFile->mmapSize ){
      memcpy(&((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], pBuf, amt);
      OSTRACE(("WRITE-MMAP pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n",
               osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h));
................................................................................
  }
  if( nMap!=pFd->mmapSize ){
    void *pNew = 0;
    DWORD protect = PAGE_READONLY;
    DWORD flags = FILE_MAP_READ;

    winUnmapfile(pFd);

    if( (pFd->ctrlFlags & WINFILE_RDONLY)==0 ){
      protect = PAGE_READWRITE;
      flags |= FILE_MAP_WRITE;
    }

#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
    pFd->hMap = osCreateFileMappingFromApp(pFd->h, NULL, protect, nMap, NULL);
#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
    pFd->hMap = osCreateFileMappingW(pFd->h, NULL, protect,
                                (DWORD)((nMap>>32) & 0xffffffff),
                                (DWORD)(nMap & 0xffffffff), NULL);
#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)

  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE);
  SimulateDiskfullError(return SQLITE_FULL);

  OSTRACE(("WRITE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, buffer=%p, amount=%d, "
           "offset=%lld, lock=%d\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile,
           pFile->h, pBuf, amt, offset, pFile->locktype));

#if defined(SQLITE_MMAP_READWRITE) && SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
  /* Deal with as much of this write request as possible by transfering
  ** data from the memory mapping using memcpy().  */
  if( offset<pFile->mmapSize ){
    if( offset+amt <= pFile->mmapSize ){
      memcpy(&((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], pBuf, amt);
      OSTRACE(("WRITE-MMAP pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n",
               osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h));
................................................................................
  }
  if( nMap!=pFd->mmapSize ){
    void *pNew = 0;
    DWORD protect = PAGE_READONLY;
    DWORD flags = FILE_MAP_READ;

    winUnmapfile(pFd);
#ifdef SQLITE_MMAP_READWRITE
    if( (pFd->ctrlFlags & WINFILE_RDONLY)==0 ){
      protect = PAGE_READWRITE;
      flags |= FILE_MAP_WRITE;
    }
#endif
#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
    pFd->hMap = osCreateFileMappingFromApp(pFd->h, NULL, protect, nMap, NULL);
#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE)
    pFd->hMap = osCreateFileMappingW(pFd->h, NULL, protect,
                                (DWORD)((nMap>>32) & 0xffffffff),
                                (DWORD)(nMap & 0xffffffff), NULL);
#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI)

    ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty 
    ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as 
    ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written.
    */
    assert( isSavepnt );
    assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)==0 );
    pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
    rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1);
    assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)!=0 );
    pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
    pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_READ;
    sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
  }
  if( pPg ){
................................................................................
    pPager->journalOff = szJ;
  }

  return rc;
}

/*
** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed.

*/
void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
  sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
}









/*
** Invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE based on the current value of szMmap.
*/
static void pagerFixMaplimit(Pager *pPager){
#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
  sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd;
................................................................................
  }

  return rc;
}

/*
** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file.
** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerAcquire() until after this function
** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when
** this function is called, it is a no-op.
**
** The following operations are also performed by this function.
**
**   1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held
**      on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a
................................................................................
** to find a page in the in-memory cache first.  If the page is not already
** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup()
** just returns 0.  This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it
** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary.
** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks
** or journal files.
*/
int sqlite3PagerAcquire(
  Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
  Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
  DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
  int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  PgHdr *pPg = 0;
................................................................................
  assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno);

  for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
    Pgno pg = pg1+ii;
    PgHdr *pPage;
    if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){
      if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
        rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage);
        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
          rc = pager_write(pPage);
          if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
            needSync = 1;
          }
          sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
        }
................................................................................

  if( !pPager->changeCountDone && ALWAYS(pPager->dbSize>0) ){
    PgHdr *pPgHdr;                /* Reference to page 1 */

    assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) );

    /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */
    rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr);
    assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );

    /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not
    ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable.  When not in 
    ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet()
    ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK.
    */
................................................................................
  }else{
    if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
      PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
      PgHdr *pPageOne = 0;
      if( pList==0 ){
        /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag.
        ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */
        rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne);
        pList = pPageOne;
        pList->pDirty = 0;
      }
      assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
      if( ALWAYS(pList) ){
        rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1);
      }
................................................................................
    ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[]
    ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in
    ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before
    ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in
    ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem.
    */
    PgHdr *pPgHdr;
    rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
        assert( pPager->pTmpSpace!=0 );
        sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno, pPager->pTmpSpace);
      }
      return rc;
    }

    ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty 
    ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as 
    ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written.
    */
    assert( isSavepnt );
    assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)==0 );
    pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
    rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1);
    assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)!=0 );
    pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
    pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_READ;
    sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
  }
  if( pPg ){
................................................................................
    pPager->journalOff = szJ;
  }

  return rc;
}

/*
** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed
** before attempting to recycle clean and unused pages.
*/
void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
  sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
}

/*
** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed
** before attempting to spill pages to journal.
*/
int sqlite3PagerSetSpillsize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
  return sqlite3PcacheSetSpillsize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
}

/*
** Invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE based on the current value of szMmap.
*/
static void pagerFixMaplimit(Pager *pPager){
#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
  sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd;
................................................................................
  }

  return rc;
}

/*
** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file.
** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerGet() until after this function
** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when
** this function is called, it is a no-op.
**
** The following operations are also performed by this function.
**
**   1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held
**      on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a
................................................................................
** to find a page in the in-memory cache first.  If the page is not already
** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup()
** just returns 0.  This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it
** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary.
** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks
** or journal files.
*/
int sqlite3PagerGet(
  Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
  Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
  DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
  int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  PgHdr *pPg = 0;
................................................................................
  assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno);

  for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
    Pgno pg = pg1+ii;
    PgHdr *pPage;
    if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){
      if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
        rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage, 0);
        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
          rc = pager_write(pPage);
          if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
            needSync = 1;
          }
          sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
        }
................................................................................

  if( !pPager->changeCountDone && ALWAYS(pPager->dbSize>0) ){
    PgHdr *pPgHdr;                /* Reference to page 1 */

    assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) );

    /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */
    rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr, 0);
    assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );

    /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not
    ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable.  When not in 
    ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet()
    ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK.
    */
................................................................................
  }else{
    if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
      PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
      PgHdr *pPageOne = 0;
      if( pList==0 ){
        /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag.
        ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */
        rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne, 0);
        pList = pPageOne;
        pList->pDirty = 0;
      }
      assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
      if( ALWAYS(pList) ){
        rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1);
      }
................................................................................
    ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[]
    ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in
    ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before
    ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in
    ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem.
    */
    PgHdr *pPgHdr;
    rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr, 0);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
        assert( pPager->pTmpSpace!=0 );
        sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno, pPager->pTmpSpace);
      }
      return rc;
    }

#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST     1   /* Commit by zeroing journal header */
#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF         2   /* Journal omitted.  */
#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE    3   /* Commit by truncating journal */
#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY      4   /* In-memory journal file */
#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL         5   /* Use write-ahead logging */

/*
** Flags that make up the mask passed to sqlite3PagerAcquire().
*/
#define PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT     0x01  /* Do not load data from disk */
#define PAGER_GET_READONLY      0x02  /* Read-only page is acceptable */

/*
** Flags for sqlite3PagerSetFlags()
*/
................................................................................
void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(Pager*, int(*)(void *), void *);
int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager*, u32*, int);
#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
void sqlite3PagerAlignReserve(Pager*,Pager*);
#endif
int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager*, int);
void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager*, int);

void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *, sqlite3_int64);
void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager*);
void sqlite3PagerSetFlags(Pager*,unsigned);
int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *, int);
int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *, int);
int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager*);
int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager*);
i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *, i64);
sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager*);
int sqlite3PagerFlush(Pager*);

/* Functions used to obtain and release page references. */ 
int sqlite3PagerAcquire(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, DbPage **ppPage, int clrFlag);
#define sqlite3PagerGet(A,B,C) sqlite3PagerAcquire(A,B,C,0)
DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno);
void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage*);
void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage*);
void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage*);

/* Operations on page references. */
int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage*);

#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST     1   /* Commit by zeroing journal header */
#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF         2   /* Journal omitted.  */
#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE    3   /* Commit by truncating journal */
#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY      4   /* In-memory journal file */
#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL         5   /* Use write-ahead logging */

/*
** Flags that make up the mask passed to sqlite3PagerGet().
*/
#define PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT     0x01  /* Do not load data from disk */
#define PAGER_GET_READONLY      0x02  /* Read-only page is acceptable */

/*
** Flags for sqlite3PagerSetFlags()
*/
................................................................................
void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(Pager*, int(*)(void *), void *);
int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager*, u32*, int);
#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
void sqlite3PagerAlignReserve(Pager*,Pager*);
#endif
int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager*, int);
void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager*, int);
int sqlite3PagerSetSpillsize(Pager*, int);
void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *, sqlite3_int64);
void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager*);
void sqlite3PagerSetFlags(Pager*,unsigned);
int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *, int);
int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *, int);
int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager*);
int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager*);
i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *, i64);
sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager*);
int sqlite3PagerFlush(Pager*);

/* Functions used to obtain and release page references. */ 
int sqlite3PagerGet(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, DbPage **ppPage, int clrFlag);

DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno);
void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage*);
void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage*);
void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage*);

/* Operations on page references. */
int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage*);

#define YYNOERRORRECOVERY 1

/*
** Make yytestcase() the same as testcase()
*/
#define yytestcase(X) testcase(X)













/*
** An instance of this structure holds information about the
** LIMIT clause of a SELECT statement.
*/
struct LimitVal {
  Expr *pLimit;    /* The LIMIT expression.  NULL if there is no limit */
  Expr *pOffset;   /* The OFFSET expression.  NULL if there is none */
................................................................................
create_table_args ::= LP columnlist conslist_opt(X) RP(E) table_options(F). {
  sqlite3EndTable(pParse,&X,&E,F,0);
}
create_table_args ::= AS select(S). {
  sqlite3EndTable(pParse,0,0,0,S);
  sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, S);
}
%type table_options {u8}
table_options(A) ::= .    {A = 0;}
table_options(A) ::= WITHOUT nm(X). {
  if( X.n==5 && sqlite3_strnicmp(X.z,"rowid",5)==0 ){
    A = TF_WithoutRowid | TF_NoVisibleRowid;
  }else{
    A = 0;
    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown table option: %.*s", X.n, X.z);
................................................................................
defer_subclause_opt(A) ::= .                    {A = 0;}
defer_subclause_opt(A) ::= defer_subclause(X).  {A = X;}

// The following is a non-standard extension that allows us to declare the
// default behavior when there is a constraint conflict.
//
%type onconf {int}
%type orconf {u8}
%type resolvetype {int}
onconf(A) ::= .                              {A = OE_Default;}
onconf(A) ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype(X).    {A = X;}
orconf(A) ::= .                              {A = OE_Default;}
orconf(A) ::= OR resolvetype(X).             {A = (u8)X;}
resolvetype(A) ::= raisetype(X).             {A = X;}
resolvetype(A) ::= IGNORE.                   {A = OE_Ignore;}
resolvetype(A) ::= REPLACE.                  {A = OE_Replace;}

////////////////////////// The DROP TABLE /////////////////////////////////////
//
cmd ::= DROP TABLE ifexists(E) fullname(X). {
................................................................................
    A = pLeft;
  }
}

// The "distinct" nonterminal is true (1) if the DISTINCT keyword is
// present and false (0) if it is not.
//
%type distinct {u16}
distinct(A) ::= DISTINCT.   {A = SF_Distinct;}
distinct(A) ::= ALL.        {A = SF_All;}
distinct(A) ::= .           {A = 0;}

// selcollist is a list of expressions that are to become the return
// values of the SELECT statement.  The "*" in statements like
// "SELECT * FROM ..." is encoded as a special expression with an
// opcode of TK_ALL.
//
%type selcollist {ExprList*}
%destructor selcollist {sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, $$);}
%type sclp {ExprList*}
%destructor sclp {sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, $$);}
sclp(A) ::= selcollist(X) COMMA.             {A = X;}
sclp(A) ::= .                                {A = 0;}
selcollist(A) ::= sclp(P) expr(X) as(Y).     {
   A = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, P, X.pExpr);
   if( Y.n>0 ) sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, A, &Y, 1);
   sqlite3ExprListSetSpan(pParse,A,&X);
}
selcollist(A) ::= sclp(P) STAR. {
  Expr *p = sqlite3Expr(pParse->db, TK_ALL, 0);
  A = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, P, p);
}
selcollist(A) ::= sclp(P) nm(X) DOT STAR(Y). {
  Expr *pRight = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ALL, 0, 0, &Y);
  Expr *pLeft = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &X);
  Expr *pDot = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pLeft, pRight, 0);
  A = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,P, pDot);
}

// An option "AS <id>" phrase that can follow one of the expressions that
// define the result set, or one of the tables in the FROM clause.
................................................................................
dbnm(A) ::= DOT nm(X). {A = X;}

%type fullname {SrcList*}
%destructor fullname {sqlite3SrcListDelete(pParse->db, $$);}
fullname(A) ::= nm(X) dbnm(Y).  {A = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db,0,&X,&Y);}

%type joinop {int}
%type joinop2 {int}
joinop(X) ::= COMMA|JOIN.              { X = JT_INNER; }
joinop(X) ::= JOIN_KW(A) JOIN.         { X = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&A,0,0); }
joinop(X) ::= JOIN_KW(A) nm(B) JOIN.   { X = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&A,&B,0); }
joinop(X) ::= JOIN_KW(A) nm(B) nm(C) JOIN.
                                       { X = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&A,&B,&C); }

%type on_opt {Expr*}
................................................................................
}
cmd ::= with(W) insert_cmd(R) INTO fullname(X) idlist_opt(F) DEFAULT VALUES.
{
  sqlite3WithPush(pParse, W, 1);
  sqlite3Insert(pParse, X, 0, F, R);
}

%type insert_cmd {u8}
insert_cmd(A) ::= INSERT orconf(R).   {A = R;}
insert_cmd(A) ::= REPLACE.            {A = OE_Replace;}

%type idlist_opt {IdList*}
%destructor idlist_opt {sqlite3IdListDelete(pParse->db, $$);}
%type idlist {IdList*}
%destructor idlist {sqlite3IdListDelete(pParse->db, $$);}

#define YYNOERRORRECOVERY 1

/*
** Make yytestcase() the same as testcase()
*/
#define yytestcase(X) testcase(X)

/*
** Indicate that sqlite3ParserFree() will never be called with a null
** pointer.
*/
#define YYPARSEFREENEVERNULL 1

/*
** Alternative datatype for the argument to the malloc() routine passed
** into sqlite3ParserAlloc().  The default is size_t.
*/
#define YYMALLOCARGTYPE  u64

/*
** An instance of this structure holds information about the
** LIMIT clause of a SELECT statement.
*/
struct LimitVal {
  Expr *pLimit;    /* The LIMIT expression.  NULL if there is no limit */
  Expr *pOffset;   /* The OFFSET expression.  NULL if there is none */
................................................................................
create_table_args ::= LP columnlist conslist_opt(X) RP(E) table_options(F). {
  sqlite3EndTable(pParse,&X,&E,F,0);
}
create_table_args ::= AS select(S). {
  sqlite3EndTable(pParse,0,0,0,S);
  sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, S);
}
%type table_options {int}
table_options(A) ::= .    {A = 0;}
table_options(A) ::= WITHOUT nm(X). {
  if( X.n==5 && sqlite3_strnicmp(X.z,"rowid",5)==0 ){
    A = TF_WithoutRowid | TF_NoVisibleRowid;
  }else{
    A = 0;
    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown table option: %.*s", X.n, X.z);
................................................................................
defer_subclause_opt(A) ::= .                    {A = 0;}
defer_subclause_opt(A) ::= defer_subclause(X).  {A = X;}

// The following is a non-standard extension that allows us to declare the
// default behavior when there is a constraint conflict.
//
%type onconf {int}
%type orconf {int}
%type resolvetype {int}
onconf(A) ::= .                              {A = OE_Default;}
onconf(A) ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype(X).    {A = X;}
orconf(A) ::= .                              {A = OE_Default;}
orconf(A) ::= OR resolvetype(X).             {A = X;}
resolvetype(A) ::= raisetype(X).             {A = X;}
resolvetype(A) ::= IGNORE.                   {A = OE_Ignore;}
resolvetype(A) ::= REPLACE.                  {A = OE_Replace;}

////////////////////////// The DROP TABLE /////////////////////////////////////
//
cmd ::= DROP TABLE ifexists(E) fullname(X). {
................................................................................
    A = pLeft;
  }
}

// The "distinct" nonterminal is true (1) if the DISTINCT keyword is
// present and false (0) if it is not.
//
%type distinct {int}
distinct(A) ::= DISTINCT.   {A = SF_Distinct;}
distinct(A) ::= ALL.        {A = SF_All;}
distinct(A) ::= .           {A = 0;}

// selcollist is a list of expressions that are to become the return
// values of the SELECT statement.  The "*" in statements like
// "SELECT * FROM ..." is encoded as a special expression with an
// opcode of TK_ASTERISK.
//
%type selcollist {ExprList*}
%destructor selcollist {sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, $$);}
%type sclp {ExprList*}
%destructor sclp {sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, $$);}
sclp(A) ::= selcollist(X) COMMA.             {A = X;}
sclp(A) ::= .                                {A = 0;}
selcollist(A) ::= sclp(P) expr(X) as(Y).     {
   A = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, P, X.pExpr);
   if( Y.n>0 ) sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, A, &Y, 1);
   sqlite3ExprListSetSpan(pParse,A,&X);
}
selcollist(A) ::= sclp(P) STAR. {
  Expr *p = sqlite3Expr(pParse->db, TK_ASTERISK, 0);
  A = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, P, p);
}
selcollist(A) ::= sclp(P) nm(X) DOT STAR(Y). {
  Expr *pRight = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ASTERISK, 0, 0, &Y);
  Expr *pLeft = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &X);
  Expr *pDot = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pLeft, pRight, 0);
  A = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,P, pDot);
}

// An option "AS <id>" phrase that can follow one of the expressions that
// define the result set, or one of the tables in the FROM clause.
................................................................................
dbnm(A) ::= DOT nm(X). {A = X;}

%type fullname {SrcList*}
%destructor fullname {sqlite3SrcListDelete(pParse->db, $$);}
fullname(A) ::= nm(X) dbnm(Y).  {A = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db,0,&X,&Y);}

%type joinop {int}

joinop(X) ::= COMMA|JOIN.              { X = JT_INNER; }
joinop(X) ::= JOIN_KW(A) JOIN.         { X = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&A,0,0); }
joinop(X) ::= JOIN_KW(A) nm(B) JOIN.   { X = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&A,&B,0); }
joinop(X) ::= JOIN_KW(A) nm(B) nm(C) JOIN.
                                       { X = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&A,&B,&C); }

%type on_opt {Expr*}
................................................................................
}
cmd ::= with(W) insert_cmd(R) INTO fullname(X) idlist_opt(F) DEFAULT VALUES.
{
  sqlite3WithPush(pParse, W, 1);
  sqlite3Insert(pParse, X, 0, F, R);
}

%type insert_cmd {int}
insert_cmd(A) ::= INSERT orconf(R).   {A = R;}
insert_cmd(A) ::= REPLACE.            {A = OE_Replace;}

%type idlist_opt {IdList*}
%destructor idlist_opt {sqlite3IdListDelete(pParse->db, $$);}
%type idlist {IdList*}
%destructor idlist {sqlite3IdListDelete(pParse->db, $$);}

** A complete page cache is an instance of this structure.
*/
struct PCache {
  PgHdr *pDirty, *pDirtyTail;         /* List of dirty pages in LRU order */
  PgHdr *pSynced;                     /* Last synced page in dirty page list */
  int nRefSum;                        /* Sum of ref counts over all pages */
  int szCache;                        /* Configured cache size */

  int szPage;                         /* Size of every page in this cache */
  int szExtra;                        /* Size of extra space for each page */
  u8 bPurgeable;                      /* True if pages are on backing store */
  u8 eCreate;                         /* eCreate value for for xFetch() */
  int (*xStress)(void*,PgHdr*);       /* Call to try make a page clean */
  void *pStress;                      /* Argument to xStress */
  sqlite3_pcache *pCache;             /* Pluggable cache module */
................................................................................
static void pcacheUnpin(PgHdr *p){
  if( p->pCache->bPurgeable ){
    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xUnpin(p->pCache->pCache, p->pPage, 0);
  }
}

/*
** Compute the number of pages of cache requested.  p->szCache is the
** cache size requested by the "PRAGMA cache_size" statement.
**
**
*/
static int numberOfCachePages(PCache *p){
  if( p->szCache>=0 ){
    /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-42059-47211 If the argument N is positive then the
    ** suggested cache size is set to N. */
    return p->szCache;
  }else{
................................................................................
  p->szPage = 1;
  p->szExtra = szExtra;
  p->bPurgeable = bPurgeable;
  p->eCreate = 2;
  p->xStress = xStress;
  p->pStress = pStress;
  p->szCache = 100;

  return sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(p, szPage);
}

/*
** Change the page size for PCache object. The caller must ensure that there
** are no outstanding page references when this function is called.
*/
................................................................................
  PCache *pCache,                 /* Obtain the page from this cache */
  Pgno pgno,                      /* Page number to obtain */
  sqlite3_pcache_page **ppPage    /* Write result here */
){
  PgHdr *pPg;
  if( pCache->eCreate==2 ) return 0;



  /* Find a dirty page to write-out and recycle. First try to find a 
  ** page that does not require a journal-sync (one with PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
  ** cleared), but if that is not possible settle for any other 
  ** unreferenced dirty page.
  */
  for(pPg=pCache->pSynced; 
      pPg && (pPg->nRef || (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)); 
      pPg=pPg->pDirtyPrev
  );
  pCache->pSynced = pPg;
  if( !pPg ){
    for(pPg=pCache->pDirtyTail; pPg && pPg->nRef; pPg=pPg->pDirtyPrev);
  }
  if( pPg ){
    int rc;
#ifdef SQLITE_LOG_CACHE_SPILL
    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_FULL, 
                "spill page %d making room for %d - cache used: %d/%d",
                pPg->pgno, pgno,
                sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xPagecount(pCache->pCache),
                numberOfCachePages(pCache));
#endif
    rc = pCache->xStress(pCache->pStress, pPg);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
      return rc;

    }
  }
  *ppPage = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xFetch(pCache->pCache, pgno, 2);
  return *ppPage==0 ? SQLITE_NOMEM : SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
................................................................................
*/
void sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(PCache *pCache, int mxPage){
  assert( pCache->pCache!=0 );
  pCache->szCache = mxPage;
  sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xCachesize(pCache->pCache,
                                         numberOfCachePages(pCache));
}




















/*
** Free up as much memory as possible from the page cache.
*/
void sqlite3PcacheShrink(PCache *pCache){
  assert( pCache->pCache!=0 );
  sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xShrink(pCache->pCache);

** A complete page cache is an instance of this structure.
*/
struct PCache {
  PgHdr *pDirty, *pDirtyTail;         /* List of dirty pages in LRU order */
  PgHdr *pSynced;                     /* Last synced page in dirty page list */
  int nRefSum;                        /* Sum of ref counts over all pages */
  int szCache;                        /* Configured cache size */
  int szSpill;                        /* Size before spilling occurs */
  int szPage;                         /* Size of every page in this cache */
  int szExtra;                        /* Size of extra space for each page */
  u8 bPurgeable;                      /* True if pages are on backing store */
  u8 eCreate;                         /* eCreate value for for xFetch() */
  int (*xStress)(void*,PgHdr*);       /* Call to try make a page clean */
  void *pStress;                      /* Argument to xStress */
  sqlite3_pcache *pCache;             /* Pluggable cache module */
................................................................................
static void pcacheUnpin(PgHdr *p){
  if( p->pCache->bPurgeable ){
    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xUnpin(p->pCache->pCache, p->pPage, 0);
  }
}

/*
** Compute the number of pages of cache requested.   p->szCache is the
** cache size requested by the "PRAGMA cache_size" statement.


*/
static int numberOfCachePages(PCache *p){
  if( p->szCache>=0 ){
    /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-42059-47211 If the argument N is positive then the
    ** suggested cache size is set to N. */
    return p->szCache;
  }else{
................................................................................
  p->szPage = 1;
  p->szExtra = szExtra;
  p->bPurgeable = bPurgeable;
  p->eCreate = 2;
  p->xStress = xStress;
  p->pStress = pStress;
  p->szCache = 100;
  p->szSpill = 1;
  return sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(p, szPage);
}

/*
** Change the page size for PCache object. The caller must ensure that there
** are no outstanding page references when this function is called.
*/
................................................................................
  PCache *pCache,                 /* Obtain the page from this cache */
  Pgno pgno,                      /* Page number to obtain */
  sqlite3_pcache_page **ppPage    /* Write result here */
){
  PgHdr *pPg;
  if( pCache->eCreate==2 ) return 0;


  if( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pCache)>pCache->szSpill ){
    /* Find a dirty page to write-out and recycle. First try to find a 
    ** page that does not require a journal-sync (one with PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
    ** cleared), but if that is not possible settle for any other 
    ** unreferenced dirty page.
    */
    for(pPg=pCache->pSynced; 
        pPg && (pPg->nRef || (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)); 
        pPg=pPg->pDirtyPrev
    );
    pCache->pSynced = pPg;
    if( !pPg ){
      for(pPg=pCache->pDirtyTail; pPg && pPg->nRef; pPg=pPg->pDirtyPrev);
    }
    if( pPg ){
      int rc;
#ifdef SQLITE_LOG_CACHE_SPILL
      sqlite3_log(SQLITE_FULL, 
                  "spill page %d making room for %d - cache used: %d/%d",
                  pPg->pgno, pgno,
                  sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xPagecount(pCache->pCache),
                numberOfCachePages(pCache));
#endif
      rc = pCache->xStress(pCache->pStress, pPg);
      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
        return rc;
      }
    }
  }
  *ppPage = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xFetch(pCache->pCache, pgno, 2);
  return *ppPage==0 ? SQLITE_NOMEM : SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
................................................................................
*/
void sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(PCache *pCache, int mxPage){
  assert( pCache->pCache!=0 );
  pCache->szCache = mxPage;
  sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xCachesize(pCache->pCache,
                                         numberOfCachePages(pCache));
}

/*
** Set the suggested cache-spill value.  Make no changes if if the
** argument is zero.  Return the effective cache-spill size, which will
** be the larger of the szSpill and szCache.
*/
int sqlite3PcacheSetSpillsize(PCache *p, int mxPage){
  int res;
  assert( p->pCache!=0 );
  if( mxPage ){
    if( mxPage<0 ){
      mxPage = (int)((-1024*(i64)mxPage)/(p->szPage+p->szExtra));
    }
    p->szSpill = mxPage;
  }
  res = numberOfCachePages(p);
  if( res<p->szSpill ) res = p->szSpill; 
  return res;
}

/*
** Free up as much memory as possible from the page cache.
*/
void sqlite3PcacheShrink(PCache *pCache){
  assert( pCache->pCache!=0 );
  sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xShrink(pCache->pCache);

** the total number of pages cached by purgeable pager-caches to the sum
** of the suggested cache-sizes.
*/
void sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(PCache *, int);
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
int sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(PCache *);
#endif








/* Free up as much memory as possible from the page cache */
void sqlite3PcacheShrink(PCache*);

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
/* Try to return memory used by the pcache module to the main memory heap */
int sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(int);

** the total number of pages cached by purgeable pager-caches to the sum
** of the suggested cache-sizes.
*/
void sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(PCache *, int);
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
int sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(PCache *);
#endif

/* Set or get the suggested spill-size for the specified pager-cache.
**
** The spill-size is the minimum number of pages in cache before the cache
** will attempt to spill dirty pages by calling xStress.
*/
int sqlite3PcacheSetSpillsize(PCache *, int);

/* Free up as much memory as possible from the page cache */
void sqlite3PcacheShrink(PCache*);

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
/* Try to return memory used by the pcache module to the main memory heap */
int sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(int);

}

/*
** Process a pragma statement.  
**
** Pragmas are of this form:
**
**      PRAGMA [database.]id [= value]
**
** The identifier might also be a string.  The value is a string, and
** identifier, or a number.  If minusFlag is true, then the value is
** a number that was preceded by a minus sign.
**
** If the left side is "database.id" then pId1 is the database name
** and pId2 is the id.  If the left side is just "id" then pId1 is the
** id and pId2 is any empty string.
*/
void sqlite3Pragma(
  Parse *pParse, 
  Token *pId1,        /* First part of [database.]id field */
  Token *pId2,        /* Second part of [database.]id field, or NULL */
  Token *pValue,      /* Token for <value>, or NULL */
  int minusFlag       /* True if a '-' sign preceded <value> */
){
  char *zLeft = 0;       /* Nul-terminated UTF-8 string <id> */
  char *zRight = 0;      /* Nul-terminated UTF-8 string <value>, or NULL */
  const char *zDb = 0;   /* The database name */
  Token *pId;            /* Pointer to <id> token */
................................................................................
  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);  /* Prepared statement */
  const struct sPragmaNames *pPragma;

  if( v==0 ) return;
  sqlite3VdbeRunOnlyOnce(v);
  pParse->nMem = 2;

  /* Interpret the [database.] part of the pragma statement. iDb is the
  ** index of the database this pragma is being applied to in db.aDb[]. */
  iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pId1, pId2, &pId);
  if( iDb<0 ) return;
  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];

  /* If the temp database has been explicitly named as part of the 
  ** pragma, make sure it is open. 
................................................................................
  }

  /* Jump to the appropriate pragma handler */
  switch( pPragma->ePragTyp ){
  
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED)
  /*
  **  PRAGMA [database.]default_cache_size
  **  PRAGMA [database.]default_cache_size=N
  **
  ** The first form reports the current persistent setting for the
  ** page cache size.  The value returned is the maximum number of
  ** pages in the page cache.  The second form sets both the current
  ** page cache size value and the persistent page cache size value
  ** stored in the database file.
  **
................................................................................
    }
    break;
  }
#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS && !SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED */

#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS)
  /*
  **  PRAGMA [database.]page_size
  **  PRAGMA [database.]page_size=N
  **
  ** The first form reports the current setting for the
  ** database page size in bytes.  The second form sets the
  ** database page size value.  The value can only be set if
  ** the database has not yet been created.
  */
  case PragTyp_PAGE_SIZE: {
................................................................................
        db->mallocFailed = 1;
      }
    }
    break;
  }

  /*
  **  PRAGMA [database.]secure_delete
  **  PRAGMA [database.]secure_delete=ON/OFF
  **
  ** The first form reports the current setting for the
  ** secure_delete flag.  The second form changes the secure_delete
  ** flag setting and reports thenew value.
  */
  case PragTyp_SECURE_DELETE: {
    Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt;
................................................................................
    }
    b = sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(pBt, b);
    returnSingleInt(v, "secure_delete", b);
    break;
  }

  /*
  **  PRAGMA [database.]max_page_count
  **  PRAGMA [database.]max_page_count=N
  **
  ** The first form reports the current setting for the
  ** maximum number of pages in the database file.  The 
  ** second form attempts to change this setting.  Both
  ** forms return the current setting.
  **
  ** The absolute value of N is used.  This is undocumented and might
  ** change.  The only purpose is to provide an easy way to test
  ** the sqlite3AbsInt32() function.
  **
  **  PRAGMA [database.]page_count
  **
  ** Return the number of pages in the specified database.
  */
  case PragTyp_PAGE_COUNT: {
    int iReg;
    sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
    iReg = ++pParse->nMem;
................................................................................
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, iReg, 1);
    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLeft, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
    break;
  }

  /*
  **  PRAGMA [database.]locking_mode
  **  PRAGMA [database.]locking_mode = (normal|exclusive)
  */
  case PragTyp_LOCKING_MODE: {
    const char *zRet = "normal";
    int eMode = getLockingMode(zRight);

    if( pId2->n==0 && eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY ){
      /* Simple "PRAGMA locking_mode;" statement. This is a query for
................................................................................
      zRet = "exclusive";
    }
    returnSingleText(v, "locking_mode", zRet);
    break;
  }

  /*
  **  PRAGMA [database.]journal_mode
  **  PRAGMA [database.]journal_mode =
  **                      (delete|persist|off|truncate|memory|wal|off)
  */
  case PragTyp_JOURNAL_MODE: {
    int eMode;        /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_XXX symbols */
    int ii;           /* Loop counter */

    setOneColumnName(v, "journal_mode");
................................................................................
      }
    }
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1);
    break;
  }

  /*
  **  PRAGMA [database.]journal_size_limit
  **  PRAGMA [database.]journal_size_limit=N
  **
  ** Get or set the size limit on rollback journal files.
  */
  case PragTyp_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT: {
    Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt);
    i64 iLimit = -2;
    if( zRight ){
................................................................................
    returnSingleInt(v, "journal_size_limit", iLimit);
    break;
  }

#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */

  /*
  **  PRAGMA [database.]auto_vacuum
  **  PRAGMA [database.]auto_vacuum=N
  **
  ** Get or set the value of the database 'auto-vacuum' parameter.
  ** The value is one of:  0 NONE 1 FULL 2 INCREMENTAL
  */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
  case PragTyp_AUTO_VACUUM: {
    Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt;
................................................................................
      }
    }
    break;
  }
#endif

  /*
  **  PRAGMA [database.]incremental_vacuum(N)
  **
  ** Do N steps of incremental vacuuming on a database.
  */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
  case PragTyp_INCREMENTAL_VACUUM: {
    int iLimit, addr;
    if( zRight==0 || !sqlite3GetInt32(zRight, &iLimit) || iLimit<=0 ){
................................................................................
    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
    break;
  }
#endif

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
  /*
  **  PRAGMA [database.]cache_size
  **  PRAGMA [database.]cache_size=N
  **
  ** The first form reports the current local setting for the
  ** page cache size. The second form sets the local
  ** page cache size value.  If N is positive then that is the
  ** number of pages in the cache.  If N is negative, then the
  ** number of pages is adjusted so that the cache uses -N kibibytes
  ** of memory.
  */
  case PragTyp_CACHE_SIZE: {
    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
    if( !zRight ){
      if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
      returnSingleInt(v, "cache_size", pDb->pSchema->cache_size);
    }else{
      int size = sqlite3Atoi(zRight);
      pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size;
      sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size);
      if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
    }
    break;
  }

  /*











































  **  PRAGMA [database.]mmap_size(N)
  **
  ** Used to set mapping size limit. The mapping size limit is
  ** used to limit the aggregate size of all memory mapped regions of the
  ** database file. If this parameter is set to zero, then memory mapping
  ** is not used at all.  If N is negative, then the default memory map
  ** limit determined by sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE) is set.
  ** The parameter N is measured in bytes.
................................................................................
    }
    break;
  }
#endif

#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
  /*
  **   PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file
  **   PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file = ":auto:"|"lock_file_path"
  **
  ** Return or set the value of the lock_proxy_file flag.  Changing
  ** the value sets a specific file to be used for database access locks.
  **
  */
  case PragTyp_LOCK_PROXY_FILE: {
    if( !zRight ){
................................................................................
      }
    }
    break;
  }
#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */      
    
  /*
  **   PRAGMA [database.]synchronous
  **   PRAGMA [database.]synchronous=OFF|ON|NORMAL|FULL
  **
  ** Return or set the local value of the synchronous flag.  Changing
  ** the local value does not make changes to the disk file and the
  ** default value will be restored the next time the database is
  ** opened.
  */
  case PragTyp_SYNCHRONOUS: {
................................................................................
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) */

#ifndef NDEBUG
  case PragTyp_PARSER_TRACE: {
    if( zRight ){
      if( sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight, 0) ){
        sqlite3ParserTrace(stderr, "parser: ");
      }else{
        sqlite3ParserTrace(0, 0);
      }
    }
  }
  break;
#endif
................................................................................
    }
  }
  break;
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS
  /*
  **   PRAGMA [database.]schema_version
  **   PRAGMA [database.]schema_version = <integer>
  **
  **   PRAGMA [database.]user_version
  **   PRAGMA [database.]user_version = <integer>
  **
  **   PRAGMA [database.]freelist_count = <integer>
  **
  **   PRAGMA [database.]application_id
  **   PRAGMA [database.]application_id = <integer>
  **
  ** The pragma's schema_version and user_version are used to set or get
  ** the value of the schema-version and user-version, respectively. Both
  ** the schema-version and the user-version are 32-bit signed integers
  ** stored in the database header.
  **
  ** The schema-cookie is usually only manipulated internally by SQLite. It
................................................................................
    }
  }
  break;
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
  /*
  **   PRAGMA [database.]wal_checkpoint = passive|full|restart|truncate
  **
  ** Checkpoint the database.
  */
  case PragTyp_WAL_CHECKPOINT: {
    static const char *azCol[] = { "busy", "log", "checkpointed" };
    int iBt = (pId2->z?iDb:SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED);
    int eMode = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE;

}

/*
** Process a pragma statement.  
**
** Pragmas are of this form:
**
**      PRAGMA [schema.]id [= value]
**
** The identifier might also be a string.  The value is a string, and
** identifier, or a number.  If minusFlag is true, then the value is
** a number that was preceded by a minus sign.
**
** If the left side is "database.id" then pId1 is the database name
** and pId2 is the id.  If the left side is just "id" then pId1 is the
** id and pId2 is any empty string.
*/
void sqlite3Pragma(
  Parse *pParse, 
  Token *pId1,        /* First part of [schema.]id field */
  Token *pId2,        /* Second part of [schema.]id field, or NULL */
  Token *pValue,      /* Token for <value>, or NULL */
  int minusFlag       /* True if a '-' sign preceded <value> */
){
  char *zLeft = 0;       /* Nul-terminated UTF-8 string <id> */
  char *zRight = 0;      /* Nul-terminated UTF-8 string <value>, or NULL */
  const char *zDb = 0;   /* The database name */
  Token *pId;            /* Pointer to <id> token */
................................................................................
  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);  /* Prepared statement */
  const struct sPragmaNames *pPragma;

  if( v==0 ) return;
  sqlite3VdbeRunOnlyOnce(v);
  pParse->nMem = 2;

  /* Interpret the [schema.] part of the pragma statement. iDb is the
  ** index of the database this pragma is being applied to in db.aDb[]. */
  iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pId1, pId2, &pId);
  if( iDb<0 ) return;
  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];

  /* If the temp database has been explicitly named as part of the 
  ** pragma, make sure it is open. 
................................................................................
  }

  /* Jump to the appropriate pragma handler */
  switch( pPragma->ePragTyp ){
  
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED)
  /*
  **  PRAGMA [schema.]default_cache_size
  **  PRAGMA [schema.]default_cache_size=N
  **
  ** The first form reports the current persistent setting for the
  ** page cache size.  The value returned is the maximum number of
  ** pages in the page cache.  The second form sets both the current
  ** page cache size value and the persistent page cache size value
  ** stored in the database file.
  **
................................................................................
    }
    break;
  }
#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS && !SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED */

#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS)
  /*
  **  PRAGMA [schema.]page_size
  **  PRAGMA [schema.]page_size=N
  **
  ** The first form reports the current setting for the
  ** database page size in bytes.  The second form sets the
  ** database page size value.  The value can only be set if
  ** the database has not yet been created.
  */
  case PragTyp_PAGE_SIZE: {
................................................................................
        db->mallocFailed = 1;
      }
    }
    break;
  }

  /*
  **  PRAGMA [schema.]secure_delete
  **  PRAGMA [schema.]secure_delete=ON/OFF
  **
  ** The first form reports the current setting for the
  ** secure_delete flag.  The second form changes the secure_delete
  ** flag setting and reports thenew value.
  */
  case PragTyp_SECURE_DELETE: {
    Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt;
................................................................................
    }
    b = sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(pBt, b);
    returnSingleInt(v, "secure_delete", b);
    break;
  }

  /*
  **  PRAGMA [schema.]max_page_count
  **  PRAGMA [schema.]max_page_count=N
  **
  ** The first form reports the current setting for the
  ** maximum number of pages in the database file.  The 
  ** second form attempts to change this setting.  Both
  ** forms return the current setting.
  **
  ** The absolute value of N is used.  This is undocumented and might
  ** change.  The only purpose is to provide an easy way to test
  ** the sqlite3AbsInt32() function.
  **
  **  PRAGMA [schema.]page_count
  **
  ** Return the number of pages in the specified database.
  */
  case PragTyp_PAGE_COUNT: {
    int iReg;
    sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
    iReg = ++pParse->nMem;
................................................................................
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, iReg, 1);
    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLeft, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
    break;
  }

  /*
  **  PRAGMA [schema.]locking_mode
  **  PRAGMA [schema.]locking_mode = (normal|exclusive)
  */
  case PragTyp_LOCKING_MODE: {
    const char *zRet = "normal";
    int eMode = getLockingMode(zRight);

    if( pId2->n==0 && eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY ){
      /* Simple "PRAGMA locking_mode;" statement. This is a query for
................................................................................
      zRet = "exclusive";
    }
    returnSingleText(v, "locking_mode", zRet);
    break;
  }

  /*
  **  PRAGMA [schema.]journal_mode
  **  PRAGMA [schema.]journal_mode =
  **                      (delete|persist|off|truncate|memory|wal|off)
  */
  case PragTyp_JOURNAL_MODE: {
    int eMode;        /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_XXX symbols */
    int ii;           /* Loop counter */

    setOneColumnName(v, "journal_mode");
................................................................................
      }
    }
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1);
    break;
  }

  /*
  **  PRAGMA [schema.]journal_size_limit
  **  PRAGMA [schema.]journal_size_limit=N
  **
  ** Get or set the size limit on rollback journal files.
  */
  case PragTyp_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT: {
    Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt);
    i64 iLimit = -2;
    if( zRight ){
................................................................................
    returnSingleInt(v, "journal_size_limit", iLimit);
    break;
  }

#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */

  /*
  **  PRAGMA [schema.]auto_vacuum
  **  PRAGMA [schema.]auto_vacuum=N
  **
  ** Get or set the value of the database 'auto-vacuum' parameter.
  ** The value is one of:  0 NONE 1 FULL 2 INCREMENTAL
  */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
  case PragTyp_AUTO_VACUUM: {
    Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt;
................................................................................
      }
    }
    break;
  }
#endif

  /*
  **  PRAGMA [schema.]incremental_vacuum(N)
  **
  ** Do N steps of incremental vacuuming on a database.
  */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
  case PragTyp_INCREMENTAL_VACUUM: {
    int iLimit, addr;
    if( zRight==0 || !sqlite3GetInt32(zRight, &iLimit) || iLimit<=0 ){
................................................................................
    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
    break;
  }
#endif

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
  /*
  **  PRAGMA [schema.]cache_size
  **  PRAGMA [schema.]cache_size=N
  **
  ** The first form reports the current local setting for the
  ** page cache size. The second form sets the local
  ** page cache size value.  If N is positive then that is the
  ** number of pages in the cache.  If N is negative, then the
  ** number of pages is adjusted so that the cache uses -N kibibytes
  ** of memory.
  */
  case PragTyp_CACHE_SIZE: {
    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
    if( !zRight ){

      returnSingleInt(v, "cache_size", pDb->pSchema->cache_size);
    }else{
      int size = sqlite3Atoi(zRight);
      pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size;
      sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size);

    }
    break;
  }

  /*
  **  PRAGMA [schema.]cache_spill
  **  PRAGMA cache_spill=BOOLEAN
  **  PRAGMA [schema.]cache_spill=N
  **
  ** The first form reports the current local setting for the
  ** page cache spill size. The second form turns cache spill on
  ** or off.  When turnning cache spill on, the size is set to the
  ** current cache_size.  The third form sets a spill size that
  ** may be different form the cache size.
  ** If N is positive then that is the
  ** number of pages in the cache.  If N is negative, then the
  ** number of pages is adjusted so that the cache uses -N kibibytes
  ** of memory.
  **
  ** If the number of cache_spill pages is less then the number of
  ** cache_size pages, no spilling occurs until the page count exceeds
  ** the number of cache_size pages.
  **
  ** The cache_spill=BOOLEAN setting applies to all attached schemas,
  ** not just the schema specified.
  */
  case PragTyp_CACHE_SPILL: {
    assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
    if( !zRight ){
      returnSingleInt(v, "cache_spill", 
         (db->flags & SQLITE_CacheSpill)==0 ? 0 : 
            sqlite3BtreeSetSpillSize(pDb->pBt,0));
    }else{
      int size = 1;
      if( sqlite3GetInt32(zRight, &size) ){
        sqlite3BtreeSetSpillSize(pDb->pBt, size);
      }
      if( sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight, size!=0) ){
        db->flags |= SQLITE_CacheSpill;
      }else{
        db->flags &= ~SQLITE_CacheSpill;
      }
      setAllPagerFlags(db);
    }
    break;
  }

  /*
  **  PRAGMA [schema.]mmap_size(N)
  **
  ** Used to set mapping size limit. The mapping size limit is
  ** used to limit the aggregate size of all memory mapped regions of the
  ** database file. If this parameter is set to zero, then memory mapping
  ** is not used at all.  If N is negative, then the default memory map
  ** limit determined by sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE) is set.
  ** The parameter N is measured in bytes.
................................................................................
    }
    break;
  }
#endif

#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
  /*
  **   PRAGMA [schema.]lock_proxy_file
  **   PRAGMA [schema.]lock_proxy_file = ":auto:"|"lock_file_path"
  **
  ** Return or set the value of the lock_proxy_file flag.  Changing
  ** the value sets a specific file to be used for database access locks.
  **
  */
  case PragTyp_LOCK_PROXY_FILE: {
    if( !zRight ){
................................................................................
      }
    }
    break;
  }
#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */      
    
  /*
  **   PRAGMA [schema.]synchronous
  **   PRAGMA [schema.]synchronous=OFF|ON|NORMAL|FULL
  **
  ** Return or set the local value of the synchronous flag.  Changing
  ** the local value does not make changes to the disk file and the
  ** default value will be restored the next time the database is
  ** opened.
  */
  case PragTyp_SYNCHRONOUS: {
................................................................................
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) */

#ifndef NDEBUG
  case PragTyp_PARSER_TRACE: {
    if( zRight ){
      if( sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight, 0) ){
        sqlite3ParserTrace(stdout, "parser: ");
      }else{
        sqlite3ParserTrace(0, 0);
      }
    }
  }
  break;
#endif
................................................................................
    }
  }
  break;
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS
  /*
  **   PRAGMA [schema.]schema_version
  **   PRAGMA [schema.]schema_version = <integer>
  **
  **   PRAGMA [schema.]user_version
  **   PRAGMA [schema.]user_version = <integer>
  **
  **   PRAGMA [schema.]freelist_count = <integer>
  **
  **   PRAGMA [schema.]application_id
  **   PRAGMA [schema.]application_id = <integer>
  **
  ** The pragma's schema_version and user_version are used to set or get
  ** the value of the schema-version and user-version, respectively. Both
  ** the schema-version and the user-version are 32-bit signed integers
  ** stored in the database header.
  **
  ** The schema-cookie is usually only manipulated internally by SQLite. It
................................................................................
    }
  }
  break;
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
  /*
  **   PRAGMA [schema.]wal_checkpoint = passive|full|restart|truncate
  **
  ** Checkpoint the database.
  */
  case PragTyp_WAL_CHECKPOINT: {
    static const char *azCol[] = { "busy", "log", "checkpointed" };
    int iBt = (pId2->z?iDb:SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED);
    int eMode = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE;

** that script and rerun it.
*/
#define PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE                   0
#define PragTyp_AUTO_VACUUM                    1
#define PragTyp_FLAG                           2
#define PragTyp_BUSY_TIMEOUT                   3
#define PragTyp_CACHE_SIZE                     4

#define PragTyp_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE            5
#define PragTyp_COLLATION_LIST                 6
#define PragTyp_COMPILE_OPTIONS                7
#define PragTyp_DATA_STORE_DIRECTORY           8
#define PragTyp_DATABASE_LIST                  9
#define PragTyp_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE            10
#define PragTyp_ENCODING                      11
#define PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_CHECK             12
#define PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_LIST              13
#define PragTyp_INCREMENTAL_VACUUM            14
#define PragTyp_INDEX_INFO                    15
#define PragTyp_INDEX_LIST                    16
#define PragTyp_INTEGRITY_CHECK               17
#define PragTyp_JOURNAL_MODE                  18
#define PragTyp_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT            19
#define PragTyp_LOCK_PROXY_FILE               20
#define PragTyp_LOCKING_MODE                  21
#define PragTyp_PAGE_COUNT                    22
#define PragTyp_MMAP_SIZE                     23
#define PragTyp_PAGE_SIZE                     24
#define PragTyp_SECURE_DELETE                 25
#define PragTyp_SHRINK_MEMORY                 26
#define PragTyp_SOFT_HEAP_LIMIT               27
#define PragTyp_STATS                         28
#define PragTyp_SYNCHRONOUS                   29
#define PragTyp_TABLE_INFO                    30
#define PragTyp_TEMP_STORE                    31
#define PragTyp_TEMP_STORE_DIRECTORY          32
#define PragTyp_THREADS                       33
#define PragTyp_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT            34
#define PragTyp_WAL_CHECKPOINT                35
#define PragTyp_ACTIVATE_EXTENSIONS           36
#define PragTyp_HEXKEY                        37
#define PragTyp_KEY                           38
#define PragTyp_REKEY                         39
#define PragTyp_LOCK_STATUS                   40
#define PragTyp_PARSER_TRACE                  41
#define PragFlag_NeedSchema           0x01
#define PragFlag_ReadOnly             0x02
static const struct sPragmaNames {
  const char *const zName;  /* Name of pragma */
  u8 ePragTyp;              /* PragTyp_XXX value */
  u8 mPragFlag;             /* Zero or more PragFlag_XXX values */
  u32 iArg;                 /* Extra argument */
................................................................................
  { /* zName:     */ "busy_timeout",
    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_BUSY_TIMEOUT,
    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS)
  { /* zName:     */ "cache_size",
    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_CACHE_SIZE,
    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
#endif
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
  { /* zName:     */ "cache_spill",
    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_CacheSpill },
#endif
  { /* zName:     */ "case_sensitive_like",
    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE,
    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
  { /* zName:     */ "cell_size_check",
    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,

** that script and rerun it.
*/
#define PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE                   0
#define PragTyp_AUTO_VACUUM                    1
#define PragTyp_FLAG                           2
#define PragTyp_BUSY_TIMEOUT                   3
#define PragTyp_CACHE_SIZE                     4
#define PragTyp_CACHE_SPILL                    5
#define PragTyp_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE            6
#define PragTyp_COLLATION_LIST                 7
#define PragTyp_COMPILE_OPTIONS                8
#define PragTyp_DATA_STORE_DIRECTORY           9
#define PragTyp_DATABASE_LIST                 10
#define PragTyp_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE            11
#define PragTyp_ENCODING                      12
#define PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_CHECK             13
#define PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_LIST              14
#define PragTyp_INCREMENTAL_VACUUM            15
#define PragTyp_INDEX_INFO                    16
#define PragTyp_INDEX_LIST                    17
#define PragTyp_INTEGRITY_CHECK               18
#define PragTyp_JOURNAL_MODE                  19
#define PragTyp_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT            20
#define PragTyp_LOCK_PROXY_FILE               21
#define PragTyp_LOCKING_MODE                  22
#define PragTyp_PAGE_COUNT                    23
#define PragTyp_MMAP_SIZE                     24
#define PragTyp_PAGE_SIZE                     25
#define PragTyp_SECURE_DELETE                 26
#define PragTyp_SHRINK_MEMORY                 27
#define PragTyp_SOFT_HEAP_LIMIT               28
#define PragTyp_STATS                         29
#define PragTyp_SYNCHRONOUS                   30
#define PragTyp_TABLE_INFO                    31
#define PragTyp_TEMP_STORE                    32
#define PragTyp_TEMP_STORE_DIRECTORY          33
#define PragTyp_THREADS                       34
#define PragTyp_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT            35
#define PragTyp_WAL_CHECKPOINT                36
#define PragTyp_ACTIVATE_EXTENSIONS           37
#define PragTyp_HEXKEY                        38
#define PragTyp_KEY                           39
#define PragTyp_REKEY                         40
#define PragTyp_LOCK_STATUS                   41
#define PragTyp_PARSER_TRACE                  42
#define PragFlag_NeedSchema           0x01
#define PragFlag_ReadOnly             0x02
static const struct sPragmaNames {
  const char *const zName;  /* Name of pragma */
  u8 ePragTyp;              /* PragTyp_XXX value */
  u8 mPragFlag;             /* Zero or more PragFlag_XXX values */
  u32 iArg;                 /* Extra argument */
................................................................................
  { /* zName:     */ "busy_timeout",
    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_BUSY_TIMEOUT,
    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS)
  { /* zName:     */ "cache_size",
    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_CACHE_SIZE,
    /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
#endif
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
  { /* zName:     */ "cache_spill",
    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_CACHE_SPILL,
    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
#endif
  { /* zName:     */ "case_sensitive_like",
    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE,
    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
  { /* zName:     */ "cell_size_check",
    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,

    */
    width -= length;
    if( width>0 && !flag_leftjustify ) sqlite3AppendChar(pAccum, width, ' ');
    sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, bufpt, length);
    if( width>0 && flag_leftjustify ) sqlite3AppendChar(pAccum, width, ' ');

    if( zExtra ){
      sqlite3_free(zExtra);
      zExtra = 0;
    }
  }/* End for loop over the format string */
} /* End of function */

/*
** Enlarge the memory allocation on a StrAccum object so that it is

    */
    width -= length;
    if( width>0 && !flag_leftjustify ) sqlite3AppendChar(pAccum, width, ' ');
    sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, bufpt, length);
    if( width>0 && flag_leftjustify ) sqlite3AppendChar(pAccum, width, ' ');

    if( zExtra ){
      sqlite3DbFree(pAccum->db, zExtra);
      zExtra = 0;
    }
  }/* End for loop over the format string */
} /* End of function */

/*
** Enlarge the memory allocation on a StrAccum object so that it is

  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pNew) );
  if( pNew==0 ){
    assert( db->mallocFailed );
    pNew = &standin;
    memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(*pNew));
  }
  if( pEList==0 ){
    pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, sqlite3Expr(db,TK_ALL,0));
  }
  pNew->pEList = pEList;
  if( pSrc==0 ) pSrc = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pSrc));
  pNew->pSrc = pSrc;
  pNew->pWhere = pWhere;
  pNew->pGroupBy = pGroupBy;
  pNew->pHaving = pHaving;
................................................................................
  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
  ExprList *pEList,       /* Expr list from which to derive column names */
  i16 *pnCol,             /* Write the number of columns here */
  Column **paCol          /* Write the new column list here */
){
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;   /* Database connection */
  int i, j;                   /* Loop counters */
  int cnt;                    /* Index added to make the name unique */
  Column *aCol, *pCol;        /* For looping over result columns */
  int nCol;                   /* Number of columns in the result set */
  Expr *p;                    /* Expression for a single result column */
  char *zName;                /* Column name */
  int nName;                  /* Size of name in zName[] */



  if( pEList ){
    nCol = pEList->nExpr;
    aCol = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(aCol[0])*nCol);
    testcase( aCol==0 );
  }else{
    nCol = 0;
    aCol = 0;
  }
  *pnCol = nCol;
  *paCol = aCol;

  for(i=0, pCol=aCol; i<nCol; i++, pCol++){
    /* Get an appropriate name for the column
    */
    p = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pEList->a[i].pExpr);
    if( (zName = pEList->a[i].zName)!=0 ){
      /* If the column contains an "AS <name>" phrase, use <name> as the name */
      zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName);
    }else{
      Expr *pColExpr = p;  /* The expression that is the result column name */
      Table *pTab;         /* Table associated with this expression */
      while( pColExpr->op==TK_DOT ){
        pColExpr = pColExpr->pRight;
        assert( pColExpr!=0 );
      }
      if( pColExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && ALWAYS(pColExpr->pTab!=0) ){
        /* For columns use the column name name */
        int iCol = pColExpr->iColumn;
        pTab = pColExpr->pTab;
        if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey;
        zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s",
                 iCol>=0 ? pTab->aCol[iCol].zName : "rowid");
      }else if( pColExpr->op==TK_ID ){
        assert( !ExprHasProperty(pColExpr, EP_IntValue) );
        zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", pColExpr->u.zToken);
      }else{
        /* Use the original text of the column expression as its name */
        zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", pEList->a[i].zSpan);
      }
    }
    if( db->mallocFailed ){
      sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
      break;
    }


    /* Make sure the column name is unique.  If the name is not unique,
    ** append an integer to the name so that it becomes unique.
    */


    nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
    for(j=cnt=0; j<i; j++){
      if( sqlite3StrICmp(aCol[j].zName, zName)==0 ){
        char *zNewName;
        int k;
        for(k=nName-1; k>1 && sqlite3Isdigit(zName[k]); k--){}
        if( k>=0 && zName[k]==':' ) nName = k;
        zName[nName] = 0;
        zNewName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s:%d", zName, ++cnt);
        sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
        zName = zNewName;
        j = -1;
        if( zName==0 ) break;
      }


    }
    pCol->zName = zName;



  }


  if( db->mallocFailed ){
    for(j=0; j<i; j++){
      sqlite3DbFree(db, aCol[j].zName);
    }
    sqlite3DbFree(db, aCol);
    *paCol = 0;
    *pnCol = 0;
................................................................................
  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pNew) );
  if( pNew==0 ) return WRC_Abort;
  memset(&dummy, 0, sizeof(dummy));
  pNewSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,0,0,0,&dummy,pNew,0,0);
  if( pNewSrc==0 ) return WRC_Abort;
  *pNew = *p;
  p->pSrc = pNewSrc;
  p->pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ALL, 0));
  p->op = TK_SELECT;
  p->pWhere = 0;
  pNew->pGroupBy = 0;
  pNew->pHaving = 0;
  pNew->pOrderBy = 0;
  p->pPrior = 0;
  p->pNext = 0;
................................................................................
** then return a pointer to the CTE definition for that table. Otherwise
** return NULL.
**
** If a non-NULL value is returned, set *ppContext to point to the With
** object that the returned CTE belongs to.
*/
static struct Cte *searchWith(
  With *pWith,                    /* Current outermost WITH clause */
  struct SrcList_item *pItem,     /* FROM clause element to resolve */
  With **ppContext                /* OUT: WITH clause return value belongs to */
){
  const char *zName;
  if( pItem->zDatabase==0 && (zName = pItem->zName)!=0 ){
    With *p;
    for(p=pWith; p; p=p->pOuter){
................................................................................
** onto the top of the stack. If argument bFree is true, then this
** WITH clause will never be popped from the stack. In this case it
** should be freed along with the Parse object. In other cases, when
** bFree==0, the With object will be freed along with the SELECT 
** statement with which it is associated.
*/
void sqlite3WithPush(Parse *pParse, With *pWith, u8 bFree){
  assert( bFree==0 || pParse->pWith==0 );
  if( pWith ){

    pWith->pOuter = pParse->pWith;
    pParse->pWith = pWith;
    pParse->bFreeWith = bFree;

  }
}

/*
** This function checks if argument pFrom refers to a CTE declared by 
** a WITH clause on the stack currently maintained by the parser. And,
** if currently processing a CTE expression, if it is a recursive
................................................................................
    }
    assert( pTab->nRef==1 || ((pSel->selFlags&SF_Recursive) && pTab->nRef==2 ));

    pCte->zCteErr = "circular reference: %s";
    pSavedWith = pParse->pWith;
    pParse->pWith = pWith;
    sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, bMayRecursive ? pSel->pPrior : pSel);


    for(pLeft=pSel; pLeft->pPrior; pLeft=pLeft->pPrior);
    pEList = pLeft->pEList;
    if( pCte->pCols ){
      if( pEList && pEList->nExpr!=pCte->pCols->nExpr ){
        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s has %d values for %d columns",
            pCte->zName, pEList->nExpr, pCte->pCols->nExpr
................................................................................
  if( db->mallocFailed || sqliteProcessJoin(pParse, p) ){
    return WRC_Abort;
  }

  /* For every "*" that occurs in the column list, insert the names of
  ** all columns in all tables.  And for every TABLE.* insert the names
  ** of all columns in TABLE.  The parser inserted a special expression
  ** with the TK_ALL operator for each "*" that it found in the column list.
  ** The following code just has to locate the TK_ALL expressions and expand
  ** each one to the list of all columns in all tables.

  **
  ** The first loop just checks to see if there are any "*" operators
  ** that need expanding.
  */
  for(k=0; k<pEList->nExpr; k++){
    pE = pEList->a[k].pExpr;
    if( pE->op==TK_ALL ) break;
    assert( pE->op!=TK_DOT || pE->pRight!=0 );
    assert( pE->op!=TK_DOT || (pE->pLeft!=0 && pE->pLeft->op==TK_ID) );
    if( pE->op==TK_DOT && pE->pRight->op==TK_ALL ) break;
  }
  if( k<pEList->nExpr ){
    /*
    ** If we get here it means the result set contains one or more "*"
    ** operators that need to be expanded.  Loop through each expression
    ** in the result set and expand them one by one.
    */
................................................................................
    int longNames = (flags & SQLITE_FullColNames)!=0
                      && (flags & SQLITE_ShortColNames)==0;

    for(k=0; k<pEList->nExpr; k++){
      pE = a[k].pExpr;
      pRight = pE->pRight;
      assert( pE->op!=TK_DOT || pRight!=0 );

      if( pE->op!=TK_ALL && (pE->op!=TK_DOT || pRight->op!=TK_ALL) ){

        /* This particular expression does not need to be expanded.
        */
        pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pNew, a[k].pExpr);
        if( pNew ){
          pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1].zName = a[k].zName;
          pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1].zSpan = a[k].zSpan;
          a[k].zName = 0;
................................................................................
            assert( zName );
            if( zTName && pSub
             && sqlite3MatchSpanName(pSub->pEList->a[j].zSpan, 0, zTName, 0)==0
            ){
              continue;
            }

            /* If a column is marked as 'hidden' (currently only possible
            ** for virtual tables), do not include it in the expanded
            ** result-set list.
            */
            if( IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[j]) ){
              assert(IsVirtual(pTab));

              continue;
            }
            tableSeen = 1;

            if( i>0 && zTName==0 ){
              if( (pFrom->fg.jointype & JT_NATURAL)!=0
                && tableAndColumnIndex(pTabList, i, zName, 0, 0)

  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pNew) );
  if( pNew==0 ){
    assert( db->mallocFailed );
    pNew = &standin;
    memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(*pNew));
  }
  if( pEList==0 ){
    pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, sqlite3Expr(db,TK_ASTERISK,0));
  }
  pNew->pEList = pEList;
  if( pSrc==0 ) pSrc = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pSrc));
  pNew->pSrc = pSrc;
  pNew->pWhere = pWhere;
  pNew->pGroupBy = pGroupBy;
  pNew->pHaving = pHaving;
................................................................................
  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
  ExprList *pEList,       /* Expr list from which to derive column names */
  i16 *pnCol,             /* Write the number of columns here */
  Column **paCol          /* Write the new column list here */
){
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;   /* Database connection */
  int i, j;                   /* Loop counters */
  u32 cnt;                    /* Index added to make the name unique */
  Column *aCol, *pCol;        /* For looping over result columns */
  int nCol;                   /* Number of columns in the result set */
  Expr *p;                    /* Expression for a single result column */
  char *zName;                /* Column name */
  int nName;                  /* Size of name in zName[] */
  Hash ht;                    /* Hash table of column names */

  sqlite3HashInit(&ht);
  if( pEList ){
    nCol = pEList->nExpr;
    aCol = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(aCol[0])*nCol);
    testcase( aCol==0 );
  }else{
    nCol = 0;
    aCol = 0;
  }
  *pnCol = nCol;
  *paCol = aCol;

  for(i=0, pCol=aCol; i<nCol && !db->mallocFailed; i++, pCol++){
    /* Get an appropriate name for the column
    */
    p = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pEList->a[i].pExpr);
    if( (zName = pEList->a[i].zName)!=0 ){
      /* If the column contains an "AS <name>" phrase, use <name> as the name */

    }else{
      Expr *pColExpr = p;  /* The expression that is the result column name */
      Table *pTab;         /* Table associated with this expression */
      while( pColExpr->op==TK_DOT ){
        pColExpr = pColExpr->pRight;
        assert( pColExpr!=0 );
      }
      if( pColExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && ALWAYS(pColExpr->pTab!=0) ){
        /* For columns use the column name name */
        int iCol = pColExpr->iColumn;
        pTab = pColExpr->pTab;
        if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey;

        zName = iCol>=0 ? pTab->aCol[iCol].zName : "rowid";
      }else if( pColExpr->op==TK_ID ){
        assert( !ExprHasProperty(pColExpr, EP_IntValue) );
        zName = pColExpr->u.zToken;
      }else{
        /* Use the original text of the column expression as its name */
        zName = pEList->a[i].zSpan;
      }
    }




    zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", zName);

    /* Make sure the column name is unique.  If the name is not unique,
    ** append an integer to the name so that it becomes unique.
    */
    cnt = 0;
    while( zName && sqlite3HashFind(&ht, zName)!=0 ){
      nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);


      if( nName>0 ){

        for(j=nName-1; j>0 && sqlite3Isdigit(zName[j]); j--){}
        if( zName[j]==':' ) nName = j;






      }
      zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%.*z:%u", nName, zName, ++cnt);
      if( cnt>3 ) sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(cnt), &cnt);
    }
    pCol->zName = zName;
    sqlite3ColumnPropertiesFromName(0, pCol);
    if( zName && sqlite3HashInsert(&ht, zName, pCol)==pCol ){
      db->mallocFailed = 1;
    }
  }
  sqlite3HashClear(&ht);
  if( db->mallocFailed ){
    for(j=0; j<i; j++){
      sqlite3DbFree(db, aCol[j].zName);
    }
    sqlite3DbFree(db, aCol);
    *paCol = 0;
    *pnCol = 0;
................................................................................
  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pNew) );
  if( pNew==0 ) return WRC_Abort;
  memset(&dummy, 0, sizeof(dummy));
  pNewSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,0,0,0,&dummy,pNew,0,0);
  if( pNewSrc==0 ) return WRC_Abort;
  *pNew = *p;
  p->pSrc = pNewSrc;
  p->pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ASTERISK, 0));
  p->op = TK_SELECT;
  p->pWhere = 0;
  pNew->pGroupBy = 0;
  pNew->pHaving = 0;
  pNew->pOrderBy = 0;
  p->pPrior = 0;
  p->pNext = 0;
................................................................................
** then return a pointer to the CTE definition for that table. Otherwise
** return NULL.
**
** If a non-NULL value is returned, set *ppContext to point to the With
** object that the returned CTE belongs to.
*/
static struct Cte *searchWith(
  With *pWith,                    /* Current innermost WITH clause */
  struct SrcList_item *pItem,     /* FROM clause element to resolve */
  With **ppContext                /* OUT: WITH clause return value belongs to */
){
  const char *zName;
  if( pItem->zDatabase==0 && (zName = pItem->zName)!=0 ){
    With *p;
    for(p=pWith; p; p=p->pOuter){
................................................................................
** onto the top of the stack. If argument bFree is true, then this
** WITH clause will never be popped from the stack. In this case it
** should be freed along with the Parse object. In other cases, when
** bFree==0, the With object will be freed along with the SELECT 
** statement with which it is associated.
*/
void sqlite3WithPush(Parse *pParse, With *pWith, u8 bFree){
  assert( bFree==0 || (pParse->pWith==0 && pParse->pWithToFree==0) );
  if( pWith ){
    assert( pParse->pWith!=pWith );
    pWith->pOuter = pParse->pWith;
    pParse->pWith = pWith;

    if( bFree ) pParse->pWithToFree = pWith;
  }
}

/*
** This function checks if argument pFrom refers to a CTE declared by 
** a WITH clause on the stack currently maintained by the parser. And,
** if currently processing a CTE expression, if it is a recursive
................................................................................
    }
    assert( pTab->nRef==1 || ((pSel->selFlags&SF_Recursive) && pTab->nRef==2 ));

    pCte->zCteErr = "circular reference: %s";
    pSavedWith = pParse->pWith;
    pParse->pWith = pWith;
    sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, bMayRecursive ? pSel->pPrior : pSel);
    pParse->pWith = pWith;

    for(pLeft=pSel; pLeft->pPrior; pLeft=pLeft->pPrior);
    pEList = pLeft->pEList;
    if( pCte->pCols ){
      if( pEList && pEList->nExpr!=pCte->pCols->nExpr ){
        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s has %d values for %d columns",
            pCte->zName, pEList->nExpr, pCte->pCols->nExpr
................................................................................
  if( db->mallocFailed || sqliteProcessJoin(pParse, p) ){
    return WRC_Abort;
  }

  /* For every "*" that occurs in the column list, insert the names of
  ** all columns in all tables.  And for every TABLE.* insert the names
  ** of all columns in TABLE.  The parser inserted a special expression
  ** with the TK_ASTERISK operator for each "*" that it found in the column
  ** list.  The following code just has to locate the TK_ASTERISK
  ** expressions and expand each one to the list of all columns in
  ** all tables.
  **
  ** The first loop just checks to see if there are any "*" operators
  ** that need expanding.
  */
  for(k=0; k<pEList->nExpr; k++){
    pE = pEList->a[k].pExpr;
    if( pE->op==TK_ASTERISK ) break;
    assert( pE->op!=TK_DOT || pE->pRight!=0 );
    assert( pE->op!=TK_DOT || (pE->pLeft!=0 && pE->pLeft->op==TK_ID) );
    if( pE->op==TK_DOT && pE->pRight->op==TK_ASTERISK ) break;
  }
  if( k<pEList->nExpr ){
    /*
    ** If we get here it means the result set contains one or more "*"
    ** operators that need to be expanded.  Loop through each expression
    ** in the result set and expand them one by one.
    */
................................................................................
    int longNames = (flags & SQLITE_FullColNames)!=0
                      && (flags & SQLITE_ShortColNames)==0;

    for(k=0; k<pEList->nExpr; k++){
      pE = a[k].pExpr;
      pRight = pE->pRight;
      assert( pE->op!=TK_DOT || pRight!=0 );
      if( pE->op!=TK_ASTERISK
       && (pE->op!=TK_DOT || pRight->op!=TK_ASTERISK)
      ){
        /* This particular expression does not need to be expanded.
        */
        pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pNew, a[k].pExpr);
        if( pNew ){
          pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1].zName = a[k].zName;
          pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1].zSpan = a[k].zSpan;
          a[k].zName = 0;
................................................................................
            assert( zName );
            if( zTName && pSub
             && sqlite3MatchSpanName(pSub->pEList->a[j].zSpan, 0, zTName, 0)==0
            ){
              continue;
            }

            /* If a column is marked as 'hidden', omit it from the expanded
            ** result-set list unless the SELECT has the SF_IncludeHidden
            ** bit set.
            */
            if( (p->selFlags & SF_IncludeHidden)==0
             && IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[j]) 
            ){
              continue;
            }
            tableSeen = 1;

            if( i>0 && zTName==0 ){
              if( (pFrom->fg.jointype & JT_NATURAL)!=0
                && tableAndColumnIndex(pTabList, i, zName, 0, 0)

static int enableTimer = 0;

/* Return the current wall-clock time */
static sqlite3_int64 timeOfDay(void){
  static sqlite3_vfs *clockVfs = 0;
  sqlite3_int64 t;
  if( clockVfs==0 ) clockVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(0);
  if( clockVfs->iVersion>=1 && clockVfs->xCurrentTimeInt64!=0 ){
    clockVfs->xCurrentTimeInt64(clockVfs, &t);
  }else{
    double r;
    clockVfs->xCurrentTime(clockVfs, &r);
    t = (sqlite3_int64)(r*86400000.0);
  }
  return t;
................................................................................
     { "number of triggers:",
       "SELECT count(*) FROM %s WHERE type='trigger'" },
     { "number of views:",
       "SELECT count(*) FROM %s WHERE type='view'" },
     { "schema size:",
       "SELECT total(length(sql)) FROM %s" },
  };
  sqlite3_file *pFile;
  int i;
  char *zSchemaTab;
  char *zDb = nArg>=2 ? azArg[1] : "main";
  unsigned char aHdr[100];
  open_db(p, 0);
  if( p->db==0 ) return 1;
  sqlite3_file_control(p->db, zDb, SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER, &pFile);
................................................................................
      if( n<1 ) n = 1;
      sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH, malloc(n*sz+1), sz, n);
      data.shellFlgs |= SHFLG_Scratch;
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-pagecache")==0 ){
      int n, sz;
      sz = (int)integerValue(cmdline_option_value(argc,argv,++i));
      if( sz>70000 ) sz = 70000;
      if( sz<800 ) sz = 800;
      n = (int)integerValue(cmdline_option_value(argc,argv,++i));
      if( n<10 ) n = 10;
      sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE, malloc(n*sz+1), sz, n);

      data.shellFlgs |= SHFLG_Pagecache;
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-lookaside")==0 ){
      int n, sz;
      sz = (int)integerValue(cmdline_option_value(argc,argv,++i));
      if( sz<0 ) sz = 0;
      n = (int)integerValue(cmdline_option_value(argc,argv,++i));
      if( n<0 ) n = 0;

static int enableTimer = 0;

/* Return the current wall-clock time */
static sqlite3_int64 timeOfDay(void){
  static sqlite3_vfs *clockVfs = 0;
  sqlite3_int64 t;
  if( clockVfs==0 ) clockVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(0);
  if( clockVfs->iVersion>=2 && clockVfs->xCurrentTimeInt64!=0 ){
    clockVfs->xCurrentTimeInt64(clockVfs, &t);
  }else{
    double r;
    clockVfs->xCurrentTime(clockVfs, &r);
    t = (sqlite3_int64)(r*86400000.0);
  }
  return t;
................................................................................
     { "number of triggers:",
       "SELECT count(*) FROM %s WHERE type='trigger'" },
     { "number of views:",
       "SELECT count(*) FROM %s WHERE type='view'" },
     { "schema size:",
       "SELECT total(length(sql)) FROM %s" },
  };
  sqlite3_file *pFile = 0;
  int i;
  char *zSchemaTab;
  char *zDb = nArg>=2 ? azArg[1] : "main";
  unsigned char aHdr[100];
  open_db(p, 0);
  if( p->db==0 ) return 1;
  sqlite3_file_control(p->db, zDb, SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER, &pFile);
................................................................................
      if( n<1 ) n = 1;
      sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH, malloc(n*sz+1), sz, n);
      data.shellFlgs |= SHFLG_Scratch;
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-pagecache")==0 ){
      int n, sz;
      sz = (int)integerValue(cmdline_option_value(argc,argv,++i));
      if( sz>70000 ) sz = 70000;
      if( sz<0 ) sz = 0;
      n = (int)integerValue(cmdline_option_value(argc,argv,++i));

      sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE,
                    (n>0 && sz>0) ? malloc(n*sz) : 0, sz, n);
      data.shellFlgs |= SHFLG_Pagecache;
    }else if( strcmp(z,"-lookaside")==0 ){
      int n, sz;
      sz = (int)integerValue(cmdline_option_value(argc,argv,++i));
      if( sz<0 ) sz = 0;
      n = (int)integerValue(cmdline_option_value(argc,argv,++i));
      if( n<0 ) n = 0;

** SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH, SQLite avoids unnecessary large
** [sqlite3_malloc|heap allocations].
** This can help [Robson proof|prevent memory allocation failures] due to heap
** fragmentation in low-memory embedded systems.
** </dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE</dt>
** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE option specifies a static memory buffer
** that SQLite can use for the database page cache with the default page
** cache implementation.  
** This configuration should not be used if an application-define page
** cache implementation is loaded using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2]
** configuration option.
** ^There are three arguments to SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE: A pointer to
** 8-byte aligned
** memory, the size of each page buffer (sz), and the number of pages (N).

** The sz argument should be the size of the largest database page
** (a power of two between 512 and 65536) plus some extra bytes for each
** page header.  ^The number of extra bytes needed by the page header
** can be determined using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ] option 
** to [sqlite3_config()].
** ^It is harmless, apart from the wasted memory,
** for the sz parameter to be larger than necessary.  The first

** argument should pointer to an 8-byte aligned block of memory that
** is at least sz*N bytes of memory, otherwise subsequent behavior is
** undefined.
** ^SQLite will use the memory provided by the first argument to satisfy its
** memory needs for the first N pages that it adds to cache.  ^If additional





** page cache memory is needed beyond what is provided by this option, then
** SQLite goes to [sqlite3_malloc()] for the additional storage space.</dd>

**
** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP</dt>
** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP option specifies a static memory buffer 
** that SQLite will use for all of its dynamic memory allocation needs
** beyond those provided for by [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and
** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE].
** ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP option is only available if SQLite is compiled

** SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH, SQLite avoids unnecessary large
** [sqlite3_malloc|heap allocations].
** This can help [Robson proof|prevent memory allocation failures] due to heap
** fragmentation in low-memory embedded systems.
** </dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE</dt>
** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE option specifies a memory pool
** that SQLite can use for the database page cache with the default page
** cache implementation.  
** This configuration option is a no-op if an application-define page
** cache implementation is loaded using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2].

** ^There are three arguments to SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE: A pointer to
** 8-byte aligned memory (pMem), the size of each page cache line (sz),

** and the number of cache lines (N).
** The sz argument should be the size of the largest database page
** (a power of two between 512 and 65536) plus some extra bytes for each
** page header.  ^The number of extra bytes needed by the page header
** can be determined using [SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ].

** ^It is harmless, apart from the wasted memory,
** for the sz parameter to be larger than necessary.  The pMem
** argument must be either a NULL pointer or a pointer to an 8-byte
** aligned block of memory of at least sz*N bytes, otherwise
** subsequent behavior is undefined.
** ^When pMem is not NULL, SQLite will strive to use the memory provided
** to satisfy page cache needs, falling back to [sqlite3_malloc()] if
** a page cache line is larger than sz bytes or if all of the pMem buffer
** is exhausted.
** ^If pMem is NULL and N is non-zero, then each database connection
** does an initial bulk allocation for page cache memory
** from [sqlite3_malloc()] sufficient for N cache lines if N is positive or
** of -1024*N bytes if N is negative, . ^If additional
** page cache memory is needed beyond what is provided by the initial
** allocation, then SQLite goes to [sqlite3_malloc()] separately for each
** additional cache line. </dd>
**
** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP</dt>
** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP option specifies a static memory buffer 
** that SQLite will use for all of its dynamic memory allocation needs
** beyond those provided for by [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and
** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE].
** ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP option is only available if SQLite is compiled

** number of pages.  A negative number N translations means that a buffer
** of -1024*N bytes is allocated and used for as many pages as it will hold.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PCACHE_INITSZ
# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PCACHE_INITSZ 100
#endif


/*
** GCC does not define the offsetof() macro so we'll have to do it
** ourselves.
*/
#ifndef offsetof
#define offsetof(STRUCTURE,FIELD) ((int)((char*)&((STRUCTURE*)0)->FIELD))
#endif
................................................................................
  int nRef;
  void (*xDestroy)(void *);
  void *pUserData;
};

/*
** Possible values for FuncDef.flags.  Note that the _LENGTH and _TYPEOF
** values must correspond to OPFLAG_LENGTHARG and OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG.  There

** are assert() statements in the code to verify this.
*/
#define SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK  0x0003 /* SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16BE or UTF16LE */
#define SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE     0x0004 /* Candidate for the LIKE optimization */
#define SQLITE_FUNC_CASE     0x0008 /* Case-sensitive LIKE-type function */
#define SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM    0x0010 /* Ephemeral.  Delete with VDBE */
#define SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL 0x0020 /* sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq() might be called*/
................................................................................
  Schema *pSchema;     /* Schema that contains this table */
  Table *pNextZombie;  /* Next on the Parse.pZombieTab list */
};

/*
** Allowed values for Table.tabFlags.
**
** TF_OOOHidden applies to virtual tables that have hidden columns that are
** followed by non-hidden columns.  Example:  "CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE x USING
** vtab1(a HIDDEN, b);".  Since "b" is a non-hidden column but "a" is hidden,
** the TF_OOOHidden attribute would apply in this case.  Such tables require
** special handling during INSERT processing.
*/
#define TF_Readonly        0x01    /* Read-only system table */
#define TF_Ephemeral       0x02    /* An ephemeral table */
................................................................................
/*
** Test to see whether or not a table is a virtual table.  This is
** done as a macro so that it will be optimized out when virtual
** table support is omitted from the build.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
#  define IsVirtual(X)      (((X)->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0)
#  define IsHiddenColumn(X) (((X)->colFlags & COLFLAG_HIDDEN)!=0)
#else
#  define IsVirtual(X)      0















#  define IsHiddenColumn(X) 0

#endif


/* Does the table have a rowid */
#define HasRowid(X)     (((X)->tabFlags & TF_WithoutRowid)==0)
#define VisibleRowid(X) (((X)->tabFlags & TF_NoVisibleRowid)==0)

/*
** Each foreign key constraint is an instance of the following structure.
................................................................................
  u16 nXField;        /* Number of columns beyond the key columns */
  sqlite3 *db;        /* The database connection */
  u8 *aSortOrder;     /* Sort order for each column. */
  CollSeq *aColl[1];  /* Collating sequence for each term of the key */
};

/*
** An instance of the following structure holds information about a
** single index record that has already been parsed out into individual
** values.
**
** A record is an object that contains one or more fields of data.
** Records are used to store the content of a table row and to store
** the key of an index.  A blob encoding of a record is created by
** the OP_MakeRecord opcode of the VDBE and is disassembled by the
** OP_Column opcode.
**
** This structure holds a record that has already been disassembled
** into its constituent fields.



**
** The r1 and r2 member variables are only used by the optimized comparison
** functions vdbeRecordCompareInt() and vdbeRecordCompareString().


















*/
struct UnpackedRecord {
  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;  /* Collation and sort-order information */

  u16 nField;         /* Number of entries in apMem[] */
  i8 default_rc;      /* Comparison result if keys are equal */
  u8 errCode;         /* Error detected by xRecordCompare (CORRUPT or NOMEM) */
  Mem *aMem;          /* Values */
  int r1;             /* Value to return if (lhs > rhs) */
  int r2;             /* Value to return if (rhs < lhs) */
};


/*
** Each SQL index is represented in memory by an
** instance of the following structure.
**
................................................................................
#define SF_Values          0x0100  /* Synthesized from VALUES clause */
#define SF_MultiValue      0x0200  /* Single VALUES term with multiple rows */
#define SF_NestedFrom      0x0400  /* Part of a parenthesized FROM clause */
#define SF_MaybeConvert    0x0800  /* Need convertCompoundSelectToSubquery() */
#define SF_MinMaxAgg       0x1000  /* Aggregate containing min() or max() */
#define SF_Recursive       0x2000  /* The recursive part of a recursive CTE */
#define SF_Converted       0x4000  /* By convertCompoundSelectToSubquery() */



/*
** The results of a SELECT can be distributed in several ways, as defined
** by one of the following macros.  The "SRT" prefix means "SELECT Result
** Type".
**
................................................................................
  ** using offsetof(Parse,nVar) so the nVar field must be the first field
  ** in the recursive region.
  ************************************************************************/

  int nVar;                 /* Number of '?' variables seen in the SQL so far */
  int nzVar;                /* Number of available slots in azVar[] */
  u8 iPkSortOrder;          /* ASC or DESC for INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */
  u8 bFreeWith;             /* True if pWith should be freed with parser */
  u8 explain;               /* True if the EXPLAIN flag is found on the query */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  u8 declareVtab;           /* True if inside sqlite3_declare_vtab() */
  int nVtabLock;            /* Number of virtual tables to lock */
#endif
  int nAlias;               /* Number of aliased result set columns */
  int nHeight;              /* Expression tree height of current sub-select */
................................................................................
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  Token sArg;               /* Complete text of a module argument */
  Table **apVtabLock;       /* Pointer to virtual tables needing locking */
#endif
  Table *pZombieTab;        /* List of Table objects to delete after code gen */
  TriggerPrg *pTriggerPrg;  /* Linked list of coded triggers */
  With *pWith;              /* Current WITH clause, or NULL */

};

/*
** Return true if currently inside an sqlite3_declare_vtab() call.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  #define IN_DECLARE_VTAB 0
................................................................................
  void *sqlite3TestTextToPtr(const char*);
#endif

#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
  void sqlite3TreeViewExpr(TreeView*, const Expr*, u8);
  void sqlite3TreeViewExprList(TreeView*, const ExprList*, u8, const char*);
  void sqlite3TreeViewSelect(TreeView*, const Select*, u8);

#endif


void sqlite3SetString(char **, sqlite3*, const char*);
void sqlite3ErrorMsg(Parse*, const char*, ...);
int sqlite3Dequote(char*);
int sqlite3KeywordCode(const unsigned char*, int);
................................................................................
void sqlite3DeleteColumnNames(sqlite3*,Table*);
int sqlite3ColumnsFromExprList(Parse*,ExprList*,i16*,Column**);
Table *sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(Parse*,Select*);
void sqlite3OpenMasterTable(Parse *, int);
Index *sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(Table*);
i16 sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(Index*, i16);
void sqlite3StartTable(Parse*,Token*,Token*,int,int,int,int);

void sqlite3AddColumn(Parse*,Token*);
void sqlite3AddNotNull(Parse*, int);
void sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(Parse*, ExprList*, int, int, int);
void sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(Parse*, Expr*);
void sqlite3AddColumnType(Parse*,Token*);
void sqlite3AddDefaultValue(Parse*,ExprSpan*);
void sqlite3AddCollateType(Parse*, Token*);

** number of pages.  A negative number N translations means that a buffer
** of -1024*N bytes is allocated and used for as many pages as it will hold.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PCACHE_INITSZ
# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PCACHE_INITSZ 100
#endif


/*
** GCC does not define the offsetof() macro so we'll have to do it
** ourselves.
*/
#ifndef offsetof
#define offsetof(STRUCTURE,FIELD) ((int)((char*)&((STRUCTURE*)0)->FIELD))
#endif
................................................................................
  int nRef;
  void (*xDestroy)(void *);
  void *pUserData;
};

/*
** Possible values for FuncDef.flags.  Note that the _LENGTH and _TYPEOF
** values must correspond to OPFLAG_LENGTHARG and OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG.  And
** SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT must be the same as SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC.  There
** are assert() statements in the code to verify this.
*/
#define SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK  0x0003 /* SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16BE or UTF16LE */
#define SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE     0x0004 /* Candidate for the LIKE optimization */
#define SQLITE_FUNC_CASE     0x0008 /* Case-sensitive LIKE-type function */
#define SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM    0x0010 /* Ephemeral.  Delete with VDBE */
#define SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL 0x0020 /* sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq() might be called*/
................................................................................
  Schema *pSchema;     /* Schema that contains this table */
  Table *pNextZombie;  /* Next on the Parse.pZombieTab list */
};

/*
** Allowed values for Table.tabFlags.
**
** TF_OOOHidden applies to tables or view that have hidden columns that are
** followed by non-hidden columns.  Example:  "CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE x USING
** vtab1(a HIDDEN, b);".  Since "b" is a non-hidden column but "a" is hidden,
** the TF_OOOHidden attribute would apply in this case.  Such tables require
** special handling during INSERT processing.
*/
#define TF_Readonly        0x01    /* Read-only system table */
#define TF_Ephemeral       0x02    /* An ephemeral table */
................................................................................
/*
** Test to see whether or not a table is a virtual table.  This is
** done as a macro so that it will be optimized out when virtual
** table support is omitted from the build.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
#  define IsVirtual(X)      (((X)->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0)

#else
#  define IsVirtual(X)      0
#endif

/*
** Macros to determine if a column is hidden.  IsOrdinaryHiddenColumn()
** only works for non-virtual tables (ordinary tables and views) and is
** always false unless SQLITE_ENABLE_HIDDEN_COLUMNS is defined.  The
** IsHiddenColumn() macro is general purpose.
*/
#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_HIDDEN_COLUMNS)
#  define IsHiddenColumn(X)         (((X)->colFlags & COLFLAG_HIDDEN)!=0)
#  define IsOrdinaryHiddenColumn(X) (((X)->colFlags & COLFLAG_HIDDEN)!=0)
#elif !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
#  define IsHiddenColumn(X)         (((X)->colFlags & COLFLAG_HIDDEN)!=0)
#  define IsOrdinaryHiddenColumn(X) 0
#else
#  define IsHiddenColumn(X)         0
#  define IsOrdinaryHiddenColumn(X) 0
#endif


/* Does the table have a rowid */
#define HasRowid(X)     (((X)->tabFlags & TF_WithoutRowid)==0)
#define VisibleRowid(X) (((X)->tabFlags & TF_NoVisibleRowid)==0)

/*
** Each foreign key constraint is an instance of the following structure.
................................................................................
  u16 nXField;        /* Number of columns beyond the key columns */
  sqlite3 *db;        /* The database connection */
  u8 *aSortOrder;     /* Sort order for each column. */
  CollSeq *aColl[1];  /* Collating sequence for each term of the key */
};

/*
** This object holds a record which has been parsed out into individual
** fields, for the purposes of doing a comparison.

**
** A record is an object that contains one or more fields of data.
** Records are used to store the content of a table row and to store
** the key of an index.  A blob encoding of a record is created by
** the OP_MakeRecord opcode of the VDBE and is disassembled by the
** OP_Column opcode.
**
** An instance of this object serves as a "key" for doing a search on
** an index b+tree. The goal of the search is to find the entry that
** is closed to the key described by this object.  This object might hold
** just a prefix of the key.  The number of fields is given by
** pKeyInfo->nField.
**


** The r1 and r2 fields are the values to return if this key is less than
** or greater than a key in the btree, respectively.  These are normally
** -1 and +1 respectively, but might be inverted to +1 and -1 if the b-tree
** is in DESC order.
**
** The key comparison functions actually return default_rc when they find
** an equals comparison.  default_rc can be -1, 0, or +1.  If there are
** multiple entries in the b-tree with the same key (when only looking
** at the first pKeyInfo->nFields,) then default_rc can be set to -1 to 
** cause the search to find the last match, or +1 to cause the search to
** find the first match.
**
** The key comparison functions will set eqSeen to true if they ever
** get and equal results when comparing this structure to a b-tree record.
** When default_rc!=0, the search might end up on the record immediately
** before the first match or immediately after the last match.  The
** eqSeen field will indicate whether or not an exact match exists in the
** b-tree.
*/
struct UnpackedRecord {
  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;  /* Collation and sort-order information */
  Mem *aMem;          /* Values */
  u16 nField;         /* Number of entries in apMem[] */
  i8 default_rc;      /* Comparison result if keys are equal */
  u8 errCode;         /* Error detected by xRecordCompare (CORRUPT or NOMEM) */
  i8 r1;              /* Value to return if (lhs > rhs) */
  i8 r2;              /* Value to return if (rhs < lhs) */
  u8 eqSeen;          /* True if an equality comparison has been seen */
};


/*
** Each SQL index is represented in memory by an
** instance of the following structure.
**
................................................................................
#define SF_Values          0x0100  /* Synthesized from VALUES clause */
#define SF_MultiValue      0x0200  /* Single VALUES term with multiple rows */
#define SF_NestedFrom      0x0400  /* Part of a parenthesized FROM clause */
#define SF_MaybeConvert    0x0800  /* Need convertCompoundSelectToSubquery() */
#define SF_MinMaxAgg       0x1000  /* Aggregate containing min() or max() */
#define SF_Recursive       0x2000  /* The recursive part of a recursive CTE */
#define SF_Converted       0x4000  /* By convertCompoundSelectToSubquery() */
#define SF_IncludeHidden   0x8000  /* Include hidden columns in output */


/*
** The results of a SELECT can be distributed in several ways, as defined
** by one of the following macros.  The "SRT" prefix means "SELECT Result
** Type".
**
................................................................................
  ** using offsetof(Parse,nVar) so the nVar field must be the first field
  ** in the recursive region.
  ************************************************************************/

  int nVar;                 /* Number of '?' variables seen in the SQL so far */
  int nzVar;                /* Number of available slots in azVar[] */
  u8 iPkSortOrder;          /* ASC or DESC for INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */

  u8 explain;               /* True if the EXPLAIN flag is found on the query */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  u8 declareVtab;           /* True if inside sqlite3_declare_vtab() */
  int nVtabLock;            /* Number of virtual tables to lock */
#endif
  int nAlias;               /* Number of aliased result set columns */
  int nHeight;              /* Expression tree height of current sub-select */
................................................................................
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  Token sArg;               /* Complete text of a module argument */
  Table **apVtabLock;       /* Pointer to virtual tables needing locking */
#endif
  Table *pZombieTab;        /* List of Table objects to delete after code gen */
  TriggerPrg *pTriggerPrg;  /* Linked list of coded triggers */
  With *pWith;              /* Current WITH clause, or NULL */
  With *pWithToFree;        /* Free this WITH object at the end of the parse */
};

/*
** Return true if currently inside an sqlite3_declare_vtab() call.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  #define IN_DECLARE_VTAB 0
................................................................................
  void *sqlite3TestTextToPtr(const char*);
#endif

#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
  void sqlite3TreeViewExpr(TreeView*, const Expr*, u8);
  void sqlite3TreeViewExprList(TreeView*, const ExprList*, u8, const char*);
  void sqlite3TreeViewSelect(TreeView*, const Select*, u8);
  void sqlite3TreeViewWith(TreeView*, const With*, u8);
#endif


void sqlite3SetString(char **, sqlite3*, const char*);
void sqlite3ErrorMsg(Parse*, const char*, ...);
int sqlite3Dequote(char*);
int sqlite3KeywordCode(const unsigned char*, int);
................................................................................
void sqlite3DeleteColumnNames(sqlite3*,Table*);
int sqlite3ColumnsFromExprList(Parse*,ExprList*,i16*,Column**);
Table *sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(Parse*,Select*);
void sqlite3OpenMasterTable(Parse *, int);
Index *sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(Table*);
i16 sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(Index*, i16);
void sqlite3StartTable(Parse*,Token*,Token*,int,int,int,int);
void sqlite3ColumnPropertiesFromName(Table*, Column*);
void sqlite3AddColumn(Parse*,Token*);
void sqlite3AddNotNull(Parse*, int);
void sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(Parse*, ExprList*, int, int, int);
void sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(Parse*, Expr*);
void sqlite3AddColumnType(Parse*,Token*);
void sqlite3AddDefaultValue(Parse*,ExprSpan*);
void sqlite3AddCollateType(Parse*, Token*);

    return TCL_ERROR;
  }
  if( getStmtPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
  sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus_reset(pStmt);
  return TCL_OK;
}
#endif












































/*
** Usage:  sqlite3_next_stmt  DB  STMT
**
** Return the next statment in sequence after STMT.
*/
static int test_next_stmt(
................................................................................
     { "sqlite3_user_change",       test_user_change,       0 },
     { "sqlite3_user_delete",       test_user_delete,       0 },
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS
     { "sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus",       test_stmt_scanstatus,   0 },
     { "sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus_reset", test_stmt_scanstatus_reset,   0 },
#endif





  };
  static int bitmask_size = sizeof(Bitmask)*8;

  int i;
  extern int sqlite3_sync_count, sqlite3_fullsync_count;
  extern int sqlite3_opentemp_count;
  extern int sqlite3_like_count;
  extern int sqlite3_xferopt_count;
  extern int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count;
  extern int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count;
................................................................................
      (char*)&sqlite_static_bind_nbyte, TCL_LINK_INT);
  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "sqlite_temp_directory",
      (char*)&sqlite3_temp_directory, TCL_LINK_STRING);
  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "sqlite_data_directory",
      (char*)&sqlite3_data_directory, TCL_LINK_STRING);
  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "bitmask_size",
      (char*)&bitmask_size, TCL_LINK_INT|TCL_LINK_READ_ONLY);


  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "sqlite_sync_count",
      (char*)&sqlite3_sync_count, TCL_LINK_INT);
  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "sqlite_fullsync_count",
      (char*)&sqlite3_fullsync_count, TCL_LINK_INT);
#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) && defined(SQLITE_TEST)
  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "sqlite_fts3_enable_parentheses",
      (char*)&sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses, TCL_LINK_INT);
#endif
  return TCL_OK;
}

    return TCL_ERROR;
  }
  if( getStmtPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
  sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus_reset(pStmt);
  return TCL_OK;
}
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG
/*
** Usage:  sqlite3_config_sqllog
**
** Zero the SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG configuration
*/
static int test_config_sqllog(
  void * clientData,
  Tcl_Interp *interp,
  int objc,
  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
){
  if( objc!=1 ){
    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "");
    return TCL_ERROR;
  }
  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG, 0, 0);
  return TCL_OK;
}
#endif

/*
** Usage: vfs_current_time_int64
**
** Return the value returned by the default VFS's xCurrentTimeInt64 method.
*/
static int vfsCurrentTimeInt64(
  void * clientData,
  Tcl_Interp *interp,
  int objc,
  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
){
  i64 t;
  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(0);
  if( objc!=1 ){
    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "");
    return TCL_ERROR;
  }
  pVfs->xCurrentTimeInt64(pVfs, &t);
  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(t));
  return TCL_OK;
}

/*
** Usage:  sqlite3_next_stmt  DB  STMT
**
** Return the next statment in sequence after STMT.
*/
static int test_next_stmt(
................................................................................
     { "sqlite3_user_change",       test_user_change,       0 },
     { "sqlite3_user_delete",       test_user_delete,       0 },
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS
     { "sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus",       test_stmt_scanstatus,   0 },
     { "sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus_reset", test_stmt_scanstatus_reset,   0 },
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG
     { "sqlite3_config_sqllog",         test_config_sqllog,   0 },
#endif
     { "vfs_current_time_int64",           vfsCurrentTimeInt64,   0 },
  };
  static int bitmask_size = sizeof(Bitmask)*8;
  static int longdouble_size = sizeof(LONGDOUBLE_TYPE);
  int i;
  extern int sqlite3_sync_count, sqlite3_fullsync_count;
  extern int sqlite3_opentemp_count;
  extern int sqlite3_like_count;
  extern int sqlite3_xferopt_count;
  extern int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count;
  extern int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count;
................................................................................
      (char*)&sqlite_static_bind_nbyte, TCL_LINK_INT);
  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "sqlite_temp_directory",
      (char*)&sqlite3_temp_directory, TCL_LINK_STRING);
  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "sqlite_data_directory",
      (char*)&sqlite3_data_directory, TCL_LINK_STRING);
  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "bitmask_size",
      (char*)&bitmask_size, TCL_LINK_INT|TCL_LINK_READ_ONLY);
  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "longdouble_size",
      (char*)&longdouble_size, TCL_LINK_INT|TCL_LINK_READ_ONLY);
  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "sqlite_sync_count",
      (char*)&sqlite3_sync_count, TCL_LINK_INT);
  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "sqlite_fullsync_count",
      (char*)&sqlite3_fullsync_count, TCL_LINK_INT);
#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) && defined(SQLITE_TEST)
  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "sqlite_fts3_enable_parentheses",
      (char*)&sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses, TCL_LINK_INT);
#endif
  return TCL_OK;
}

       " ID PGNO\"", 0);
    return TCL_ERROR;
  }
  pPager = sqlite3TestTextToPtr(argv[1]);
  if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], &pgno) ) return TCL_ERROR;
  rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pgno, &pPage);
  }
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, sqlite3ErrName(rc), 0);
    return TCL_ERROR;
  }
  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf),zBuf,"%p",pPage);
  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);

       " ID PGNO\"", 0);
    return TCL_ERROR;
  }
  pPager = sqlite3TestTextToPtr(argv[1]);
  if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], &pgno) ) return TCL_ERROR;
  rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pgno, &pPage, 0);
  }
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, sqlite3ErrName(rc), 0);
    return TCL_ERROR;
  }
  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf),zBuf,"%p",pPage);
  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);

  }
  pBt = sqlite3TestTextToPtr(argv[1]);
  if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], &iTable) ) return TCL_ERROR;
  if( Tcl_GetBoolean(interp, argv[3], &wrFlag) ) return TCL_ERROR;
  if( wrFlag ) wrFlag = BTREE_WRCSR;
  pCur = (BtCursor *)ckalloc(sqlite3BtreeCursorSize());
  memset(pCur, 0, sqlite3BtreeCursorSize());

  sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBt);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
  rc = sqlite3BtreeLockTable(pBt, iTable, !!wrFlag);
#endif
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pBt, iTable, wrFlag, 0, pCur);
  }
  sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBt);

  if( rc ){
    ckfree((char *)pCur);
    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, sqlite3ErrName(rc), 0);
    return TCL_ERROR;
  }
  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf,"%p", pCur);
  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
................................................................................
  if( argc!=2 ){
    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
       " ID\"", 0);
    return TCL_ERROR;
  }
  pCur = sqlite3TestTextToPtr(argv[1]);
  pBt = pCur->pBtree;

  sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBt);
  rc = sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pCur);
  sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBt);

  ckfree((char *)pCur);
  if( rc ){
    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, sqlite3ErrName(rc), 0);
    return TCL_ERROR;
  }
  return SQLITE_OK;
}
................................................................................
    if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &nKey) ) return TCL_ERROR;
    pData = (void*)Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(objv[3], &nData);
  }else{
    pKey = (void*)Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(objv[2], &nKey);
  }
  pCur = (BtCursor*)sqlite3TestTextToPtr(Tcl_GetString(objv[1]));


  sqlite3BtreeEnter(pCur->pBtree);
  rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(pCur, pKey, nKey, pData, nData, 0, 0, 0);
  sqlite3BtreeLeave(pCur->pBtree);


  Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
  if( rc ){
    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, sqlite3ErrName(rc), 0);
    return TCL_ERROR;
  }
  return TCL_OK;

  }
  pBt = sqlite3TestTextToPtr(argv[1]);
  if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], &iTable) ) return TCL_ERROR;
  if( Tcl_GetBoolean(interp, argv[3], &wrFlag) ) return TCL_ERROR;
  if( wrFlag ) wrFlag = BTREE_WRCSR;
  pCur = (BtCursor *)ckalloc(sqlite3BtreeCursorSize());
  memset(pCur, 0, sqlite3BtreeCursorSize());
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pBt->db->mutex);
  sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBt);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
  rc = sqlite3BtreeLockTable(pBt, iTable, !!wrFlag);
#endif
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pBt, iTable, wrFlag, 0, pCur);
  }
  sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBt);
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pBt->db->mutex);
  if( rc ){
    ckfree((char *)pCur);
    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, sqlite3ErrName(rc), 0);
    return TCL_ERROR;
  }
  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf,"%p", pCur);
  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
................................................................................
  if( argc!=2 ){
    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
       " ID\"", 0);
    return TCL_ERROR;
  }
  pCur = sqlite3TestTextToPtr(argv[1]);
  pBt = pCur->pBtree;
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pBt->db->mutex);
  sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBt);
  rc = sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pCur);
  sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBt);
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pBt->db->mutex);
  ckfree((char *)pCur);
  if( rc ){
    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, sqlite3ErrName(rc), 0);
    return TCL_ERROR;
  }
  return SQLITE_OK;
}
................................................................................
    if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &nKey) ) return TCL_ERROR;
    pData = (void*)Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(objv[3], &nData);
  }else{
    pKey = (void*)Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(objv[2], &nKey);
  }
  pCur = (BtCursor*)sqlite3TestTextToPtr(Tcl_GetString(objv[1]));

  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex);
  sqlite3BtreeEnter(pCur->pBtree);
  rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(pCur, pKey, nKey, pData, nData, 0, 0, 0);
  sqlite3BtreeLeave(pCur->pBtree);
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex);

  Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
  if( rc ){
    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, sqlite3ErrName(rc), 0);
    return TCL_ERROR;
  }
  return TCL_OK;

#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS
  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "cursorhints", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
#else
  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "cursorhints", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
#endif







#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3
  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "mem3", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
#else
  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "mem3", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
#endif

................................................................................
#endif

#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "yytrackmaxstackdepth", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
#else
  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "yytrackmaxstackdepth", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
#endif







#define LINKVAR(x) { \
    static const int cv_ ## x = SQLITE_ ## x; \
    Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "SQLITE_" #x, (char *)&(cv_ ## x), \
                TCL_LINK_INT | TCL_LINK_READ_ONLY); }

  LINKVAR( MAX_LENGTH );

#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS
  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "cursorhints", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
#else
  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "cursorhints", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_HIDDEN_COLUMNS
  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "hiddencolumns", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
#else
  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "hiddencolumns", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3
  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "mem3", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
#else
  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "mem3", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
#endif

................................................................................
#endif

#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "yytrackmaxstackdepth", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
#else
  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "yytrackmaxstackdepth", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG
  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "sqllog", "1", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
#else
  Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "sqlite_options", "sqllog", "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
#endif

#define LINKVAR(x) { \
    static const int cv_ ## x = SQLITE_ ## x; \
    Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "SQLITE_" #x, (char *)&(cv_ ## x), \
                TCL_LINK_INT | TCL_LINK_READ_ONLY); }

  LINKVAR( MAX_LENGTH );

**
**   Usually, if the application opens the same database file more than once
**   (either by attaching it or by using more than one database handle), only
**   a single copy is made. This behavior may be overridden (so that a 
**   separate copy is taken each time the database file is opened or attached)
**   by setting the environment variable SQLITE_SQLLOG_REUSE_FILES to 0.
**






** OUTPUT:
**
**   The SQLITE_SQLLOG_DIR is populated with three types of files:
**
**      sqllog_N.db   - Copies of database files. N may be any integer.
**
**      sqllog_N.sql  - A list of SQL statements executed by a single
................................................................................
  return (int)getpid();
#endif
}

/* Names of environment variables to be used */
#define ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE1_NAME "SQLITE_SQLLOG_DIR"
#define ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE2_NAME "SQLITE_SQLLOG_REUSE_FILES"


/* Assume that all database and database file names are shorted than this. */
#define SQLLOG_NAMESZ 512

/* Maximum number of simultaneous database connections the process may
** open (if any more are opened an error is logged using sqlite3_log()
** and processing is halted).
................................................................................
*/
static struct SLGlobal {
  /* Protected by MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER */
  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;           /* Recursive mutex */
  int nConn;                      /* Size of aConn[] array */

  /* Protected by SLGlobal.mutex */

  int bReuse;                     /* True to avoid extra copies of db files */
  char zPrefix[SQLLOG_NAMESZ];    /* Prefix for all created files */
  char zIdx[SQLLOG_NAMESZ];       /* Full path to *.idx file */
  int iNextLog;                   /* Used to allocate file names */
  int iNextDb;                    /* Used to allocate database file names */
  int bRec;                       /* True if testSqllog() is called rec. */
  int iClock;                     /* Clock value */
................................................................................
  }

  fclose(fd);
  return zRet;
}

static int sqllogFindAttached(
  struct SLConn *p,               /* Database connection */
  const char *zSearch,            /* Name to search for (or NULL) */
  char *zName,                    /* OUT: Name of attached database */
  char *zFile                     /* OUT: Name of attached file */
){
  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
  int rc;

  /* The "PRAGMA database_list" command returns a list of databases in the
  ** order that they were attached. So a newly attached database is 
  ** described by the last row returned.  */
  assert( sqllogglobal.bRec==0 );
  sqllogglobal.bRec = 1;
  rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, "PRAGMA database_list", -1, &pStmt, 0);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
      const char *zVal1; int nVal1;
      const char *zVal2; int nVal2;

      zVal1 = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 1);
      nVal1 = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 1);

      memcpy(zName, zVal1, nVal1+1);


      zVal2 = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 2);
      nVal2 = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 2);
      memcpy(zFile, zVal2, nVal2+1);

      if( zSearch && strlen(zSearch)==nVal1 
       && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zSearch, zVal1, nVal1)
................................................................................
static void sqllogCopydb(struct SLConn *p, const char *zSearch, int bLog){
  char zName[SQLLOG_NAMESZ];      /* Attached database name */
  char zFile[SQLLOG_NAMESZ];      /* Database file name */
  char *zFree;
  char *zInit = 0;
  int rc;

  rc = sqllogFindAttached(p, zSearch, zName, zFile);
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return;

  if( zFile[0]=='\0' ){
    zInit = sqlite3_mprintf("");
  }else{
    if( sqllogglobal.bReuse ){
      zInit = sqllogFindFile(zFile);
................................................................................
    /* Not an ATTACH statement. Write this directly to the log. */
    fprintf(p->fd, "%s; -- clock=%d\n", zSql, sqllogglobal.iClock++);
  }else{
    /* This is an ATTACH statement. Copy the database. */
    sqllogCopydb(p, 0, 1);
  }
}






























/*
** The SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG callback registered by sqlite3_init_sqllog().
**
** The eType parameter has the following values:
**
**    0:  Opening a new database connection.  zSql is the name of the
................................................................................

  /* This is a database open command. */
  if( eType==0 ){
    sqlite3_mutex_enter(master);
    if( sqllogglobal.mutex==0 ){
      sqllogglobal.mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE);
    }






    p = &sqllogglobal.aConn[sqllogglobal.nConn++];
    p->fd = 0;
    p->db = db;
    p->iLog = sqllogglobal.iNextLog++;
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(master);

    /* Open the log and take a copy of the main database file */
    sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqllogglobal.mutex);
    if( sqllogglobal.bRec==0 ){
      sqllogOpenlog(p);
      if( p->fd ) sqllogCopydb(p, "main", 0);
    }
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqllogglobal.mutex);
  }

  else{

    int i;
    for(i=0; i<sqllogglobal.nConn; i++){
      p = &sqllogglobal.aConn[i];
      if( p->db==db ) break;
    }
    if( i==sqllogglobal.nConn ) return;

    /* A database handle close command */
    if( eType==2 ){
      sqlite3_mutex_enter(master);

      if( p->fd ) fclose(p->fd);
      p->db = 0;
      p->fd = 0;

      sqllogglobal.nConn--;


      if( sqllogglobal.nConn==0 ){
        sqlite3_mutex_free(sqllogglobal.mutex);
        sqllogglobal.mutex = 0;
      }else{
        int nShift = &sqllogglobal.aConn[sqllogglobal.nConn] - p;
        if( nShift>0 ){
          memmove(p, &p[1], nShift*sizeof(struct SLConn));
        }
      }
      sqlite3_mutex_leave(master);

    /* An ordinary SQL command. */
    }else if( p->fd ){
      sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqllogglobal.mutex);
      if( sqllogglobal.bRec==0 ){
        testSqllogStmt(p, zSql);
      }
      sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqllogglobal.mutex);
    }
  }
................................................................................
** database activity.
*/
void sqlite3_init_sqllog(void){
  if( getenv(ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE1_NAME) ){
    if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG, testSqllog, 0) ){
      memset(&sqllogglobal, 0, sizeof(sqllogglobal));
      sqllogglobal.bReuse = 1;



    }
  }
}

**
**   Usually, if the application opens the same database file more than once
**   (either by attaching it or by using more than one database handle), only
**   a single copy is made. This behavior may be overridden (so that a 
**   separate copy is taken each time the database file is opened or attached)
**   by setting the environment variable SQLITE_SQLLOG_REUSE_FILES to 0.
**
**   If the environment variable SQLITE_SQLLOG_CONDITIONAL is defined, then
**   logging is only done for database connections if a file named
**   "<database>-sqllog" exists in the same directly as the main database
**   file when it is first opened ("<database>" is replaced by the actual 
**   name of the main database file).
**
** OUTPUT:
**
**   The SQLITE_SQLLOG_DIR is populated with three types of files:
**
**      sqllog_N.db   - Copies of database files. N may be any integer.
**
**      sqllog_N.sql  - A list of SQL statements executed by a single
................................................................................
  return (int)getpid();
#endif
}

/* Names of environment variables to be used */
#define ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE1_NAME "SQLITE_SQLLOG_DIR"
#define ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE2_NAME "SQLITE_SQLLOG_REUSE_FILES"
#define ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE3_NAME "SQLITE_SQLLOG_CONDITIONAL"

/* Assume that all database and database file names are shorted than this. */
#define SQLLOG_NAMESZ 512

/* Maximum number of simultaneous database connections the process may
** open (if any more are opened an error is logged using sqlite3_log()
** and processing is halted).
................................................................................
*/
static struct SLGlobal {
  /* Protected by MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER */
  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;           /* Recursive mutex */
  int nConn;                      /* Size of aConn[] array */

  /* Protected by SLGlobal.mutex */
  int bConditional;               /* Only trace if *-sqllog file is present */
  int bReuse;                     /* True to avoid extra copies of db files */
  char zPrefix[SQLLOG_NAMESZ];    /* Prefix for all created files */
  char zIdx[SQLLOG_NAMESZ];       /* Full path to *.idx file */
  int iNextLog;                   /* Used to allocate file names */
  int iNextDb;                    /* Used to allocate database file names */
  int bRec;                       /* True if testSqllog() is called rec. */
  int iClock;                     /* Clock value */
................................................................................
  }

  fclose(fd);
  return zRet;
}

static int sqllogFindAttached(
  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database connection */
  const char *zSearch,            /* Name to search for (or NULL) */
  char *zName,                    /* OUT: Name of attached database */
  char *zFile                     /* OUT: Name of attached file */
){
  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
  int rc;

  /* The "PRAGMA database_list" command returns a list of databases in the
  ** order that they were attached. So a newly attached database is 
  ** described by the last row returned.  */
  assert( sqllogglobal.bRec==0 );
  sqllogglobal.bRec = 1;
  rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, "PRAGMA database_list", -1, &pStmt, 0);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
      const char *zVal1; int nVal1;
      const char *zVal2; int nVal2;

      zVal1 = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 1);
      nVal1 = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 1);
      if( zName ){
        memcpy(zName, zVal1, nVal1+1);
      }

      zVal2 = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 2);
      nVal2 = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 2);
      memcpy(zFile, zVal2, nVal2+1);

      if( zSearch && strlen(zSearch)==nVal1 
       && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zSearch, zVal1, nVal1)
................................................................................
static void sqllogCopydb(struct SLConn *p, const char *zSearch, int bLog){
  char zName[SQLLOG_NAMESZ];      /* Attached database name */
  char zFile[SQLLOG_NAMESZ];      /* Database file name */
  char *zFree;
  char *zInit = 0;
  int rc;

  rc = sqllogFindAttached(p->db, zSearch, zName, zFile);
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return;

  if( zFile[0]=='\0' ){
    zInit = sqlite3_mprintf("");
  }else{
    if( sqllogglobal.bReuse ){
      zInit = sqllogFindFile(zFile);
................................................................................
    /* Not an ATTACH statement. Write this directly to the log. */
    fprintf(p->fd, "%s; -- clock=%d\n", zSql, sqllogglobal.iClock++);
  }else{
    /* This is an ATTACH statement. Copy the database. */
    sqllogCopydb(p, 0, 1);
  }
}

/*
** The database handle passed as the only argument has just been opened.
** Return true if this module should log initial databases and SQL 
** statements for this connection, or false otherwise.
**
** If an error occurs, sqlite3_log() is invoked to report it to the user
** and zero returned.
*/
static int sqllogTraceDb(sqlite3 *db){
  int bRet = 1;
  if( sqllogglobal.bConditional ){
    char zFile[SQLLOG_NAMESZ];      /* Attached database name */
    int rc = sqllogFindAttached(db, "main", 0, zFile);
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      int nFile = strlen(zFile);
      if( (SQLLOG_NAMESZ-nFile)<8 ){
        sqlite3_log(SQLITE_IOERR, 
            "sqllogTraceDb(): database name too long (%d bytes)", nFile
        );
        bRet = 0;
      }else{
        memcpy(&zFile[nFile], "-sqllog", 8);
        bRet = !access(zFile, F_OK);
      }
    }
  }
  return bRet;
}

/*
** The SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG callback registered by sqlite3_init_sqllog().
**
** The eType parameter has the following values:
**
**    0:  Opening a new database connection.  zSql is the name of the
................................................................................

  /* This is a database open command. */
  if( eType==0 ){
    sqlite3_mutex_enter(master);
    if( sqllogglobal.mutex==0 ){
      sqllogglobal.mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE);
    }
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(master);

    sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqllogglobal.mutex);
    if( sqllogglobal.bRec==0 && sqllogTraceDb(db) ){

      sqlite3_mutex_enter(master);
      p = &sqllogglobal.aConn[sqllogglobal.nConn++];
      p->fd = 0;
      p->db = db;
      p->iLog = sqllogglobal.iNextLog++;
      sqlite3_mutex_leave(master);

      /* Open the log and take a copy of the main database file */


      sqllogOpenlog(p);
      if( p->fd ) sqllogCopydb(p, "main", 0);
    }
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqllogglobal.mutex);
  }

  else{

    int i;
    for(i=0; i<sqllogglobal.nConn; i++){
      p = &sqllogglobal.aConn[i];
      if( p->db==db ) break;
    }


    /* A database handle close command */
    if( eType==2 ){
      sqlite3_mutex_enter(master);
      if( i<sqllogglobal.nConn ){
        if( p->fd ) fclose(p->fd);
        p->db = 0;
        p->fd = 0;

        sqllogglobal.nConn--;
      }

      if( sqllogglobal.nConn==0 ){
        sqlite3_mutex_free(sqllogglobal.mutex);
        sqllogglobal.mutex = 0;
      }else if( i<sqllogglobal.nConn ){
        int nShift = &sqllogglobal.aConn[sqllogglobal.nConn] - p;
        if( nShift>0 ){
          memmove(p, &p[1], nShift*sizeof(struct SLConn));
        }
      }
      sqlite3_mutex_leave(master);

    /* An ordinary SQL command. */
    }else if( i<sqllogglobal.nConn && p->fd ){
      sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqllogglobal.mutex);
      if( sqllogglobal.bRec==0 ){
        testSqllogStmt(p, zSql);
      }
      sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqllogglobal.mutex);
    }
  }
................................................................................
** database activity.
*/
void sqlite3_init_sqllog(void){
  if( getenv(ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE1_NAME) ){
    if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG, testSqllog, 0) ){
      memset(&sqllogglobal, 0, sizeof(sqllogglobal));
      sqllogglobal.bReuse = 1;
      if( getenv(ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE3_NAME) ){
        sqllogglobal.bConditional = 1;
      }
    }
  }
}

    }
#endif
    default: {
      if( !IdChar(*z) ){
        break;
      }
      for(i=1; IdChar(z[i]); i++){}
      *tokenType = keywordCode((char*)z, i);
      return i;
    }
  }
  *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
  return 1;
}

/*
................................................................................
  assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 );
  assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==0 );
  assert( pParse->nVar==0 );
  assert( pParse->nzVar==0 );
  assert( pParse->azVar==0 );
  enableLookaside = db->lookaside.bEnabled;
  if( db->lookaside.pStart ) db->lookaside.bEnabled = 1;
  while( !db->mallocFailed && zSql[i]!=0 ){
    assert( i>=0 );
    pParse->sLastToken.z = &zSql[i];
    pParse->sLastToken.n = sqlite3GetToken((unsigned char*)&zSql[i],&tokenType);
    i += pParse->sLastToken.n;
    if( i>mxSqlLen ){
      pParse->rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG;
      break;
    }
    switch( tokenType ){
      case TK_SPACE: {
        if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){
          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "interrupt");
          pParse->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
          goto abort_parse;
        }
        break;
      }
      case TK_ILLEGAL: {
        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unrecognized token: \"%T\"",
                        &pParse->sLastToken);
        goto abort_parse;

      }
      case TK_SEMI: {

        pParse->zTail = &zSql[i];
        /* Fall thru into the default case */
      }
      default: {
        sqlite3Parser(pEngine, tokenType, pParse->sLastToken, pParse);
        lastTokenParsed = tokenType;
        if( pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
          goto abort_parse;
        }
        break;
      }
    }
  }
abort_parse:
  assert( nErr==0 );
  if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK && db->mallocFailed==0 ){
    assert( zSql[i]==0 );
    if( lastTokenParsed!=TK_SEMI ){
      sqlite3Parser(pEngine, TK_SEMI, pParse->sLastToken, pParse);
      pParse->zTail = &zSql[i];
    }
................................................................................
    /* If the pParse->declareVtab flag is set, do not delete any table 
    ** structure built up in pParse->pNewTable. The calling code (see vtab.c)
    ** will take responsibility for freeing the Table structure.
    */
    sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pParse->pNewTable);
  }

  if( pParse->bFreeWith ) sqlite3WithDelete(db, pParse->pWith);
  sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pParse->pNewTrigger);
  for(i=pParse->nzVar-1; i>=0; i--) sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->azVar[i]);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->azVar);
  while( pParse->pAinc ){
    AutoincInfo *p = pParse->pAinc;
    pParse->pAinc = p->pNext;
    sqlite3DbFree(db, p);

    }
#endif
    default: {
      if( !IdChar(*z) ){
        break;
      }
      for(i=1; IdChar(z[i]); i++){}
      *tokenType = TK_ID;
      return keywordCode((char*)z, i, tokenType);
    }
  }
  *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
  return 1;
}

/*
................................................................................
  assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 );
  assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==0 );
  assert( pParse->nVar==0 );
  assert( pParse->nzVar==0 );
  assert( pParse->azVar==0 );
  enableLookaside = db->lookaside.bEnabled;
  if( db->lookaside.pStart ) db->lookaside.bEnabled = 1;
  while( zSql[i]!=0 ){
    assert( i>=0 );
    pParse->sLastToken.z = &zSql[i];
    pParse->sLastToken.n = sqlite3GetToken((unsigned char*)&zSql[i],&tokenType);
    i += pParse->sLastToken.n;
    if( i>mxSqlLen ){
      pParse->rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG;
      break;
    }
    if( tokenType>=TK_SPACE ){
      assert( tokenType==TK_SPACE || tokenType==TK_ILLEGAL );
      if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){
        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "interrupt");
        pParse->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;


        break;
      }
      if( tokenType==TK_ILLEGAL ){
        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unrecognized token: \"%T\"",
                        &pParse->sLastToken);

        break;
      }

    }else{
      if( tokenType==TK_SEMI ) pParse->zTail = &zSql[i];



      sqlite3Parser(pEngine, tokenType, pParse->sLastToken, pParse);
      lastTokenParsed = tokenType;
      if( pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK || db->mallocFailed ) break;

    }

  }



  assert( nErr==0 );
  if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK && db->mallocFailed==0 ){
    assert( zSql[i]==0 );
    if( lastTokenParsed!=TK_SEMI ){
      sqlite3Parser(pEngine, TK_SEMI, pParse->sLastToken, pParse);
      pParse->zTail = &zSql[i];
    }
................................................................................
    /* If the pParse->declareVtab flag is set, do not delete any table 
    ** structure built up in pParse->pNewTable. The calling code (see vtab.c)
    ** will take responsibility for freeing the Table structure.
    */
    sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pParse->pNewTable);
  }

  sqlite3WithDelete(db, pParse->pWithToFree);
  sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pParse->pNewTrigger);
  for(i=pParse->nzVar-1; i>=0; i--) sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->azVar[i]);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->azVar);
  while( pParse->pAinc ){
    AutoincInfo *p = pParse->pAinc;
    pParse->pAinc = p->pNext;
    sqlite3DbFree(db, p);

** Shorthand for starting a new tree item that consists of a single label
*/
static void sqlite3TreeViewItem(TreeView *p, const char *zLabel,u8 moreFollows){
  p = sqlite3TreeViewPush(p, moreFollows);
  sqlite3TreeViewLine(p, "%s", zLabel);
}









































/*
** Generate a human-readable description of a the Select object.
*/
void sqlite3TreeViewSelect(TreeView *pView, const Select *p, u8 moreToFollow){
  int n = 0;
  int cnt = 0;
  pView = sqlite3TreeViewPush(pView, moreToFollow);





  do{
    sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "SELECT%s%s (0x%p) selFlags=0x%x",
      ((p->selFlags & SF_Distinct) ? " DISTINCT" : ""),
      ((p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate) ? " agg_flag" : ""), p, p->selFlags
    );
    if( cnt++ ) sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView);
    if( p->pPrior ){

** Shorthand for starting a new tree item that consists of a single label
*/
static void sqlite3TreeViewItem(TreeView *p, const char *zLabel,u8 moreFollows){
  p = sqlite3TreeViewPush(p, moreFollows);
  sqlite3TreeViewLine(p, "%s", zLabel);
}

/*
** Generate a human-readable description of a WITH clause.
*/
void sqlite3TreeViewWith(TreeView *pView, const With *pWith, u8 moreToFollow){
  int i;
  if( pWith==0 ) return;
  if( pWith->nCte==0 ) return;
  if( pWith->pOuter ){
    sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "WITH (0x%p, pOuter=0x%p)",pWith,pWith->pOuter);
  }else{
    sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "WITH (0x%p)", pWith);
  }
  if( pWith->nCte>0 ){
    pView = sqlite3TreeViewPush(pView, 1);
    for(i=0; i<pWith->nCte; i++){
      StrAccum x;
      char zLine[1000];
      const struct Cte *pCte = &pWith->a[i];
      sqlite3StrAccumInit(&x, 0, zLine, sizeof(zLine), 0);
      sqlite3XPrintf(&x, 0, "%s", pCte->zName);
      if( pCte->pCols && pCte->pCols->nExpr>0 ){
        char cSep = '(';
        int j;
        for(j=0; j<pCte->pCols->nExpr; j++){
          sqlite3XPrintf(&x, 0, "%c%s", cSep, pCte->pCols->a[j].zName);
          cSep = ',';
        }
        sqlite3XPrintf(&x, 0, ")");
      }
      sqlite3XPrintf(&x, 0, " AS");
      sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&x);
      sqlite3TreeViewItem(pView, zLine, i<pWith->nCte-1);
      sqlite3TreeViewSelect(pView, pCte->pSelect, 0);
      sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView);
    }
    sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView);
  }
}


/*
** Generate a human-readable description of a the Select object.
*/
void sqlite3TreeViewSelect(TreeView *pView, const Select *p, u8 moreToFollow){
  int n = 0;
  int cnt = 0;
  pView = sqlite3TreeViewPush(pView, moreToFollow);
  if( p->pWith ){
    sqlite3TreeViewWith(pView, p->pWith, 1);
    cnt = 1;
    sqlite3TreeViewPush(pView, 1);
  }
  do{
    sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "SELECT%s%s (0x%p) selFlags=0x%x",
      ((p->selFlags & SF_Distinct) ? " DISTINCT" : ""),
      ((p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate) ? " agg_flag" : ""), p, p->selFlags
    );
    if( cnt++ ) sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView);
    if( p->pPrior ){

        VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3BtreeDataSize(pCrsr, &pC->payloadSize);
        assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );   /* DataSize() cannot fail */
        pC->aRow = sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(pCrsr, &avail);
      }
      assert( avail<=65536 );  /* Maximum page size is 64KiB */
      if( pC->payloadSize <= (u32)avail ){
        pC->szRow = pC->payloadSize;


      }else{
        pC->szRow = avail;
      }
      if( pC->payloadSize > (u32)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
        goto too_big;
      }
    }
    pC->cacheStatus = p->cacheCtr;
    pC->iHdrOffset = getVarint32(pC->aRow, offset);
    pC->nHdrParsed = 0;
    aOffset[0] = offset;


................................................................................
** use the value in register P3 as the key.  If cursor P1 refers 
** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers 
** that are used as an unpacked index key. 
**
** Reposition cursor P1 so that  it points to the smallest entry that 
** is greater than or equal to the key value. If there are no records 
** greater than or equal to the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.







**
** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in forward order,
** from the beginning toward the end.  In other words, the cursor is
** configured to use Next, not Prev.
**
** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekLt, SeekGt, SeekLe
*/
................................................................................
** is less than or equal to the key value. If there are no records 
** less than or equal to the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
**
** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in reverse order,
** from the end toward the beginning.  In other words, the cursor is
** configured to use Prev, not Next.
**







** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekGt, SeekGe, SeekLt
*/
case OP_SeekLT:         /* jump, in3 */
case OP_SeekLE:         /* jump, in3 */
case OP_SeekGE:         /* jump, in3 */
case OP_SeekGT: {       /* jump, in3 */
  int res;
  int oc;
  VdbeCursor *pC;
  UnpackedRecord r;
  int nField;
  i64 iKey;      /* The rowid we are to seek to */


  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  assert( pOp->p2!=0 );
  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( pC!=0 );
  assert( pC->pseudoTableReg==0 );
  assert( OP_SeekLE == OP_SeekLT+1 );
  assert( OP_SeekGE == OP_SeekLT+2 );
  assert( OP_SeekGT == OP_SeekLT+3 );
  assert( pC->isOrdered );
  assert( pC->pCursor!=0 );
  oc = pOp->opcode;

  pC->nullRow = 0;
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  pC->seekOp = pOp->opcode;
#endif

  /* For a cursor with the BTREE_SEEK_EQ hint, only the OP_SeekGE and
  ** OP_SeekLE opcodes are allowed, and these must be immediately followed
  ** by an OP_IdxGT or OP_IdxLT opcode, respectively, with the same key.
  */
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  if( sqlite3BtreeCursorHasHint(pC->pCursor, BTREE_SEEK_EQ) ){
    assert( pOp->opcode==OP_SeekGE || pOp->opcode==OP_SeekLE );
    assert( pOp[1].opcode==OP_IdxLT || pOp[1].opcode==OP_IdxGT );
    assert( pOp[1].p1==pOp[0].p1 );
    assert( pOp[1].p2==pOp[0].p2 );
    assert( pOp[1].p3==pOp[0].p3 );
    assert( pOp[1].p4.i==pOp[0].p4.i );
  }
#endif
 
  if( pC->isTable ){
    /* The input value in P3 might be of any type: integer, real, string,
    ** blob, or NULL.  But it needs to be an integer before we can do
    ** the seek, so convert it. */
    pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
    if( (pIn3->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Str))==MEM_Str ){
      applyNumericAffinity(pIn3, 0);
    }
................................................................................
    } 
    rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pC->pCursor, 0, (u64)iKey, 0, &res);
    pC->movetoTarget = iKey;  /* Used by OP_Delete */
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      goto abort_due_to_error;
    }
  }else{














    nField = pOp->p4.i;
    assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
    assert( nField>0 );
    r.pKeyInfo = pC->pKeyInfo;
    r.nField = (u16)nField;

    /* The next line of code computes as follows, only faster:
................................................................................
    assert( oc!=OP_SeekLT || r.default_rc==+1 );

    r.aMem = &aMem[pOp->p3];
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
    { int i; for(i=0; i<r.nField; i++) assert( memIsValid(&r.aMem[i]) ); }
#endif
    ExpandBlob(r.aMem);

    rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pC->pCursor, &r, 0, 0, &res);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      goto abort_due_to_error;




    }
  }
  pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
  pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
  sqlite3_search_count++;
#endif
................................................................................
    }else{
      /* res might be negative because the table is empty.  Check to
      ** see if this is the case.
      */
      res = sqlite3BtreeEof(pC->pCursor);
    }
  }

  assert( pOp->p2>0 );
  VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2);
  if( res ){
    goto jump_to_p2;



  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Seek P1 P2 * * *
** Synopsis:  intkey=r[P2]
**

        VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3BtreeDataSize(pCrsr, &pC->payloadSize);
        assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );   /* DataSize() cannot fail */
        pC->aRow = sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(pCrsr, &avail);
      }
      assert( avail<=65536 );  /* Maximum page size is 64KiB */
      if( pC->payloadSize <= (u32)avail ){
        pC->szRow = pC->payloadSize;
      }else if( pC->payloadSize > (u32)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
        goto too_big;
      }else{
        pC->szRow = avail;
      }



    }
    pC->cacheStatus = p->cacheCtr;
    pC->iHdrOffset = getVarint32(pC->aRow, offset);
    pC->nHdrParsed = 0;
    aOffset[0] = offset;


................................................................................
** use the value in register P3 as the key.  If cursor P1 refers 
** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers 
** that are used as an unpacked index key. 
**
** Reposition cursor P1 so that  it points to the smallest entry that 
** is greater than or equal to the key value. If there are no records 
** greater than or equal to the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
**
** If the cursor P1 was opened using the OPFLAG_SEEKEQ flag, then this
** opcode will always land on a record that equally equals the key, or
** else jump immediately to P2.  When the cursor is OPFLAG_SEEKEQ, this
** opcode must be followed by an IdxLE opcode with the same arguments.
** The IdxLE opcode will be skipped if this opcode succeeds, but the
** IdxLE opcode will be used on subsequent loop iterations.
**
** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in forward order,
** from the beginning toward the end.  In other words, the cursor is
** configured to use Next, not Prev.
**
** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekLt, SeekGt, SeekLe
*/
................................................................................
** is less than or equal to the key value. If there are no records 
** less than or equal to the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
**
** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in reverse order,
** from the end toward the beginning.  In other words, the cursor is
** configured to use Prev, not Next.
**
** If the cursor P1 was opened using the OPFLAG_SEEKEQ flag, then this
** opcode will always land on a record that equally equals the key, or
** else jump immediately to P2.  When the cursor is OPFLAG_SEEKEQ, this
** opcode must be followed by an IdxGE opcode with the same arguments.
** The IdxGE opcode will be skipped if this opcode succeeds, but the
** IdxGE opcode will be used on subsequent loop iterations.
**
** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekGt, SeekGe, SeekLt
*/
case OP_SeekLT:         /* jump, in3 */
case OP_SeekLE:         /* jump, in3 */
case OP_SeekGE:         /* jump, in3 */
case OP_SeekGT: {       /* jump, in3 */
  int res;           /* Comparison result */
  int oc;            /* Opcode */
  VdbeCursor *pC;    /* The cursor to seek */
  UnpackedRecord r;  /* The key to seek for */
  int nField;        /* Number of columns or fields in the key */
  i64 iKey;          /* The rowid we are to seek to */
  int eqOnly;        /* Only interested in == results */

  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  assert( pOp->p2!=0 );
  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( pC!=0 );
  assert( pC->pseudoTableReg==0 );
  assert( OP_SeekLE == OP_SeekLT+1 );
  assert( OP_SeekGE == OP_SeekLT+2 );
  assert( OP_SeekGT == OP_SeekLT+3 );
  assert( pC->isOrdered );
  assert( pC->pCursor!=0 );
  oc = pOp->opcode;
  eqOnly = 0;
  pC->nullRow = 0;
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  pC->seekOp = pOp->opcode;
#endif

  if( pC->isTable ){
    /* The BTREE_SEEK_EQ flag is only set on index cursors */



    assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorHasHint(pC->pCursor, BTREE_SEEK_EQ)==0 );










    /* The input value in P3 might be of any type: integer, real, string,
    ** blob, or NULL.  But it needs to be an integer before we can do
    ** the seek, so convert it. */
    pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
    if( (pIn3->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Str))==MEM_Str ){
      applyNumericAffinity(pIn3, 0);
    }
................................................................................
    } 
    rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pC->pCursor, 0, (u64)iKey, 0, &res);
    pC->movetoTarget = iKey;  /* Used by OP_Delete */
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      goto abort_due_to_error;
    }
  }else{
    /* For a cursor with the BTREE_SEEK_EQ hint, only the OP_SeekGE and
    ** OP_SeekLE opcodes are allowed, and these must be immediately followed
    ** by an OP_IdxGT or OP_IdxLT opcode, respectively, with the same key.
    */
    if( sqlite3BtreeCursorHasHint(pC->pCursor, BTREE_SEEK_EQ) ){
      eqOnly = 1;
      assert( pOp->opcode==OP_SeekGE || pOp->opcode==OP_SeekLE );
      assert( pOp[1].opcode==OP_IdxLT || pOp[1].opcode==OP_IdxGT );
      assert( pOp[1].p1==pOp[0].p1 );
      assert( pOp[1].p2==pOp[0].p2 );
      assert( pOp[1].p3==pOp[0].p3 );
      assert( pOp[1].p4.i==pOp[0].p4.i );
    }

    nField = pOp->p4.i;
    assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
    assert( nField>0 );
    r.pKeyInfo = pC->pKeyInfo;
    r.nField = (u16)nField;

    /* The next line of code computes as follows, only faster:
................................................................................
    assert( oc!=OP_SeekLT || r.default_rc==+1 );

    r.aMem = &aMem[pOp->p3];
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
    { int i; for(i=0; i<r.nField; i++) assert( memIsValid(&r.aMem[i]) ); }
#endif
    ExpandBlob(r.aMem);
    r.eqSeen = 0;
    rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pC->pCursor, &r, 0, 0, &res);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      goto abort_due_to_error;
    }
    if( eqOnly && r.eqSeen==0 ){
      assert( res!=0 );
      goto seek_not_found;
    }
  }
  pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
  pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
  sqlite3_search_count++;
#endif
................................................................................
    }else{
      /* res might be negative because the table is empty.  Check to
      ** see if this is the case.
      */
      res = sqlite3BtreeEof(pC->pCursor);
    }
  }
seek_not_found:
  assert( pOp->p2>0 );
  VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2);
  if( res ){
    goto jump_to_p2;
  }else if( eqOnly ){
    assert( pOp[1].opcode==OP_IdxLT || pOp[1].opcode==OP_IdxGT );
    pOp++; /* Skip the OP_IdxLt or OP_IdxGT that follows */
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Seek P1 P2 * * *
** Synopsis:  intkey=r[P2]
**

**
**    p1, p2, p3      Operands
**
** Use the sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel() function to fix an address and
** the sqlite3VdbeChangeP4() function to change the value of the P4
** operand.
*/






int sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1, int p2, int p3){
  int i;
  VdbeOp *pOp;

  i = p->nOp;
  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
  assert( op>0 && op<0xff );
  if( p->pParse->nOpAlloc<=i ){
    if( growOpArray(p, 1) ){
      return 1;
    }
  }
  p->nOp++;
  pOp = &p->aOp[i];
  pOp->opcode = (u8)op;
  pOp->p5 = 0;
  pOp->p1 = p1;
  pOp->p2 = p2;
................................................................................
      testcase( pMem->u.i<0 );
      return 3;
    }
    case 4: { /* 4-byte signed integer */
      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-01849-26079 Value is a big-endian 32-bit
      ** twos-complement integer. */
      pMem->u.i = FOUR_BYTE_INT(buf);




      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
      testcase( pMem->u.i<0 );
      return 4;
    }
    case 5: { /* 6-byte signed integer */
      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-50385-09674 Value is a big-endian 48-bit
      ** twos-complement integer. */
................................................................................
*/
static SQLITE_NOINLINE int sqlite3BlobCompare(const Mem *pB1, const Mem *pB2){
  int c = memcmp(pB1->z, pB2->z, pB1->n>pB2->n ? pB2->n : pB1->n);
  if( c ) return c;
  return pB1->n - pB2->n;
}






























/*
** Compare the values contained by the two memory cells, returning
** negative, zero or positive if pMem1 is less than, equal to, or greater
** than pMem2. Sorting order is NULL's first, followed by numbers (integers
** and reals) sorted numerically, followed by text ordered by the collating
** sequence pColl and finally blob's ordered by memcmp().
................................................................................
  /* If one value is NULL, it is less than the other. If both values
  ** are NULL, return 0.
  */
  if( combined_flags&MEM_Null ){
    return (f2&MEM_Null) - (f1&MEM_Null);
  }

  /* If one value is a number and the other is not, the number is less.
  ** If both are numbers, compare as reals if one is a real, or as integers
  ** if both values are integers.
  */
  if( combined_flags&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ){
    double r1, r2;
    if( (f1 & f2 & MEM_Int)!=0 ){
      if( pMem1->u.i < pMem2->u.i ) return -1;
      if( pMem1->u.i > pMem2->u.i ) return 1;
      return 0;
    }
    if( (f1&MEM_Real)!=0 ){
      r1 = pMem1->u.r;



    }else if( (f1&MEM_Int)!=0 ){
      r1 = (double)pMem1->u.i;

    }else{
      return 1;
    }

    if( (f2&MEM_Real)!=0 ){
      r2 = pMem2->u.r;
    }else if( (f2&MEM_Int)!=0 ){
      r2 = (double)pMem2->u.i;

    }else{
      return -1;
    }
    if( r1<r2 ) return -1;
    if( r1>r2 ) return 1;

    return 0;
  }

  /* If one value is a string and the other is a blob, the string is less.
  ** If both are strings, compare using the collating functions.
  */
  if( combined_flags&MEM_Str ){
    if( (f1 & MEM_Str)==0 ){
................................................................................
      serial_type = aKey1[idx1];
      testcase( serial_type==12 );
      if( serial_type>=10 ){
        rc = +1;
      }else if( serial_type==0 ){
        rc = -1;
      }else if( serial_type==7 ){
        double rhs = (double)pRhs->u.i;
        sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey1[d1], serial_type, &mem1);
        if( mem1.u.r<rhs ){
          rc = -1;
        }else if( mem1.u.r>rhs ){
          rc = +1;
        }

      }else{
        i64 lhs = vdbeRecordDecodeInt(serial_type, &aKey1[d1]);
        i64 rhs = pRhs->u.i;
        if( lhs<rhs ){
          rc = -1;
        }else if( lhs>rhs ){
          rc = +1;
................................................................................
        ** numbers). Types 10 and 11 are currently "reserved for future 
        ** use", so it doesn't really matter what the results of comparing
        ** them to numberic values are.  */
        rc = +1;
      }else if( serial_type==0 ){
        rc = -1;
      }else{
        double rhs = pRhs->u.r;
        double lhs;
        sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey1[d1], serial_type, &mem1);
        if( serial_type==7 ){
          lhs = mem1.u.r;
        }else{
          lhs = (double)mem1.u.i;
        }
        if( lhs<rhs ){
          rc = -1;
        }else if( lhs>rhs ){
          rc = +1;



        }
      }
    }

    /* RHS is a string */
    else if( pRhs->flags & MEM_Str ){
      getVarint32(&aKey1[idx1], serial_type);
................................................................................
  /* rc==0 here means that one or both of the keys ran out of fields and
  ** all the fields up to that point were equal. Return the default_rc
  ** value.  */
  assert( CORRUPT_DB 
       || vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, pPKey2->default_rc) 
       || pKeyInfo->db->mallocFailed
  );

  return pPKey2->default_rc;
}
int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(
  int nKey1, const void *pKey1,   /* Left key */
  UnpackedRecord *pPKey2          /* Right key */
){
  return sqlite3VdbeRecordCompareWithSkip(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, 0);
................................................................................
    /* The first fields of the two keys are equal. Compare the trailing 
    ** fields.  */
    res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompareWithSkip(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, 1);
  }else{
    /* The first fields of the two keys are equal and there are no trailing
    ** fields. Return pPKey2->default_rc in this case. */
    res = pPKey2->default_rc;

  }

  assert( vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, res) );
  return res;
}

/*
................................................................................
  int nKey1, const void *pKey1, /* Left key */
  UnpackedRecord *pPKey2        /* Right key */
){
  const u8 *aKey1 = (const u8*)pKey1;
  int serial_type;
  int res;


  vdbeAssertFieldCountWithinLimits(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2->pKeyInfo);
  getVarint32(&aKey1[1], serial_type);
  if( serial_type<12 ){
    res = pPKey2->r1;      /* (pKey1/nKey1) is a number or a null */
  }else if( !(serial_type & 0x01) ){ 
    res = pPKey2->r2;      /* (pKey1/nKey1) is a blob */
  }else{
................................................................................
    if( res==0 ){
      res = nStr - pPKey2->aMem[0].n;
      if( res==0 ){
        if( pPKey2->nField>1 ){
          res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompareWithSkip(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, 1);
        }else{
          res = pPKey2->default_rc;

        }
      }else if( res>0 ){
        res = pPKey2->r2;
      }else{
        res = pPKey2->r1;
      }
    }else if( res>0 ){

**
**    p1, p2, p3      Operands
**
** Use the sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel() function to fix an address and
** the sqlite3VdbeChangeP4() function to change the value of the P4
** operand.
*/
static SQLITE_NOINLINE int growOp3(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1, int p2, int p3){
  assert( p->pParse->nOpAlloc<=p->nOp );
  if( growOpArray(p, 1) ) return 1;
  assert( p->pParse->nOpAlloc>p->nOp );
  return sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, p2, p3);
}
int sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1, int p2, int p3){
  int i;
  VdbeOp *pOp;

  i = p->nOp;
  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
  assert( op>0 && op<0xff );
  if( p->pParse->nOpAlloc<=i ){
    return growOp3(p, op, p1, p2, p3);


  }
  p->nOp++;
  pOp = &p->aOp[i];
  pOp->opcode = (u8)op;
  pOp->p5 = 0;
  pOp->p1 = p1;
  pOp->p2 = p2;
................................................................................
      testcase( pMem->u.i<0 );
      return 3;
    }
    case 4: { /* 4-byte signed integer */
      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-01849-26079 Value is a big-endian 32-bit
      ** twos-complement integer. */
      pMem->u.i = FOUR_BYTE_INT(buf);
#ifdef __HP_cc 
      /* Work around a sign-extension bug in the HP compiler for HP/UX */
      if( buf[0]&0x80 ) pMem->u.i |= 0xffffffff80000000LL;
#endif
      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
      testcase( pMem->u.i<0 );
      return 4;
    }
    case 5: { /* 6-byte signed integer */
      /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-50385-09674 Value is a big-endian 48-bit
      ** twos-complement integer. */
................................................................................
*/
static SQLITE_NOINLINE int sqlite3BlobCompare(const Mem *pB1, const Mem *pB2){
  int c = memcmp(pB1->z, pB2->z, pB1->n>pB2->n ? pB2->n : pB1->n);
  if( c ) return c;
  return pB1->n - pB2->n;
}

/*
** Do a comparison between a 64-bit signed integer and a 64-bit floating-point
** number.  Return negative, zero, or positive if the first (i64) is less than,
** equal to, or greater than the second (double).
*/
static int sqlite3IntFloatCompare(i64 i, double r){
  if( sizeof(LONGDOUBLE_TYPE)>8 ){
    LONGDOUBLE_TYPE x = (LONGDOUBLE_TYPE)i;
    if( x<r ) return -1;
    if( x>r ) return +1;
    return 0;
  }else{
    i64 y;
    double s;
    if( r<-9223372036854775808.0 ) return +1;
    if( r>9223372036854775807.0 ) return -1;
    y = (i64)r;
    if( i<y ) return -1;
    if( i>y ){
      if( y==SMALLEST_INT64 && r>0.0 ) return -1;
      return +1;
    }
    s = (double)i;
    if( s<r ) return -1;
    if( s>r ) return +1;
    return 0;
  }
}

/*
** Compare the values contained by the two memory cells, returning
** negative, zero or positive if pMem1 is less than, equal to, or greater
** than pMem2. Sorting order is NULL's first, followed by numbers (integers
** and reals) sorted numerically, followed by text ordered by the collating
** sequence pColl and finally blob's ordered by memcmp().
................................................................................
  /* If one value is NULL, it is less than the other. If both values
  ** are NULL, return 0.
  */
  if( combined_flags&MEM_Null ){
    return (f2&MEM_Null) - (f1&MEM_Null);
  }

  /* At least one of the two values is a number


  */
  if( combined_flags&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ){

    if( (f1 & f2 & MEM_Int)!=0 ){
      if( pMem1->u.i < pMem2->u.i ) return -1;
      if( pMem1->u.i > pMem2->u.i ) return +1;
      return 0;
    }
    if( (f1 & f2 & MEM_Real)!=0 ){
      if( pMem1->u.r < pMem2->u.r ) return -1;
      if( pMem1->u.r > pMem2->u.r ) return +1;
      return 0;
    }
    if( (f1&MEM_Int)!=0 ){
      if( (f2&MEM_Real)!=0 ){
        return sqlite3IntFloatCompare(pMem1->u.i, pMem2->u.r);
      }else{
        return -1;
      }
    }
    if( (f1&MEM_Real)!=0 ){

      if( (f2&MEM_Int)!=0 ){

        return -sqlite3IntFloatCompare(pMem2->u.i, pMem1->u.r);
      }else{
        return -1;
      }


    }
    return +1;
  }

  /* If one value is a string and the other is a blob, the string is less.
  ** If both are strings, compare using the collating functions.
  */
  if( combined_flags&MEM_Str ){
    if( (f1 & MEM_Str)==0 ){
................................................................................
      serial_type = aKey1[idx1];
      testcase( serial_type==12 );
      if( serial_type>=10 ){
        rc = +1;
      }else if( serial_type==0 ){
        rc = -1;
      }else if( serial_type==7 ){

        sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey1[d1], serial_type, &mem1);





        rc = -sqlite3IntFloatCompare(pRhs->u.i, mem1.u.r);
      }else{
        i64 lhs = vdbeRecordDecodeInt(serial_type, &aKey1[d1]);
        i64 rhs = pRhs->u.i;
        if( lhs<rhs ){
          rc = -1;
        }else if( lhs>rhs ){
          rc = +1;
................................................................................
        ** numbers). Types 10 and 11 are currently "reserved for future 
        ** use", so it doesn't really matter what the results of comparing
        ** them to numberic values are.  */
        rc = +1;
      }else if( serial_type==0 ){
        rc = -1;
      }else{


        sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey1[d1], serial_type, &mem1);
        if( serial_type==7 ){
          if( mem1.u.r<pRhs->u.r ){




            rc = -1;
          }else if( mem1.u.r>pRhs->u.r ){
            rc = +1;
          }
        }else{
          rc = sqlite3IntFloatCompare(mem1.u.i, pRhs->u.r);
        }
      }
    }

    /* RHS is a string */
    else if( pRhs->flags & MEM_Str ){
      getVarint32(&aKey1[idx1], serial_type);
................................................................................
  /* rc==0 here means that one or both of the keys ran out of fields and
  ** all the fields up to that point were equal. Return the default_rc
  ** value.  */
  assert( CORRUPT_DB 
       || vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, pPKey2->default_rc) 
       || pKeyInfo->db->mallocFailed
  );
  pPKey2->eqSeen = 1;
  return pPKey2->default_rc;
}
int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(
  int nKey1, const void *pKey1,   /* Left key */
  UnpackedRecord *pPKey2          /* Right key */
){
  return sqlite3VdbeRecordCompareWithSkip(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, 0);
................................................................................
    /* The first fields of the two keys are equal. Compare the trailing 
    ** fields.  */
    res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompareWithSkip(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, 1);
  }else{
    /* The first fields of the two keys are equal and there are no trailing
    ** fields. Return pPKey2->default_rc in this case. */
    res = pPKey2->default_rc;
    pPKey2->eqSeen = 1;
  }

  assert( vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, res) );
  return res;
}

/*
................................................................................
  int nKey1, const void *pKey1, /* Left key */
  UnpackedRecord *pPKey2        /* Right key */
){
  const u8 *aKey1 = (const u8*)pKey1;
  int serial_type;
  int res;

  assert( pPKey2->aMem[0].flags & MEM_Str );
  vdbeAssertFieldCountWithinLimits(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2->pKeyInfo);
  getVarint32(&aKey1[1], serial_type);
  if( serial_type<12 ){
    res = pPKey2->r1;      /* (pKey1/nKey1) is a number or a null */
  }else if( !(serial_type & 0x01) ){ 
    res = pPKey2->r2;      /* (pKey1/nKey1) is a blob */
  }else{
................................................................................
    if( res==0 ){
      res = nStr - pPKey2->aMem[0].n;
      if( res==0 ){
        if( pPKey2->nField>1 ){
          res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompareWithSkip(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, 1);
        }else{
          res = pPKey2->default_rc;
          pPKey2->eqSeen = 1;
        }
      }else if( res>0 ){
        res = pPKey2->r2;
      }else{
        res = pPKey2->r1;
      }
    }else if( res>0 ){

# 
# Tests of the sqlite3AtoF() function.
#

set testdir [file dirname $argv0]
source $testdir/tester.tcl

if {![info exists __GNUC__] || [regexp arm $tcl_platform(machine)]} {
  finish_test
  return
}

expr srand(1)
for {set i 1} {$i<20000} {incr i} {
  set pow [expr {int((rand()-0.5)*100)}]

# 
# Tests of the sqlite3AtoF() function.
#

set testdir [file dirname $argv0]
source $testdir/tester.tcl

if {$::longdouble_size<=8} {
  finish_test
  return
}

expr srand(1)
for {set i 1} {$i<20000} {incr i} {
  set pow [expr {int((rand()-0.5)*100)}]

proc bc_find_binaries {zCaption} {
  # Search for binaries to test against. Any executable files that match
  # our naming convention are assumed to be testfixture binaries to test
  # against.
  #
  set binaries [list]
  set pattern "[file tail [info nameofexec]]?*"

  if {$::tcl_platform(platform)=="windows"} {
    set pattern [string map {\.exe {}} $pattern]
  }
  foreach file [glob -nocomplain $pattern] {

    if {[file executable $file] && [file isfile $file]} {lappend binaries $file}
  }

  if {[llength $binaries]==0} {
    puts "WARNING: No historical binaries to test against."
    puts "WARNING: Omitting backwards-compatibility tests"
  }

proc bc_find_binaries {zCaption} {
  # Search for binaries to test against. Any executable files that match
  # our naming convention are assumed to be testfixture binaries to test
  # against.
  #
  set binaries [list]
  set self [file tail [info nameofexec]]
  set pattern "$self?*"
  if {$::tcl_platform(platform)=="windows"} {
    set pattern [string map {\.exe {}} $pattern]
  }
  foreach file [glob -nocomplain $pattern] {
    if {$file==$self} continue
    if {[file executable $file] && [file isfile $file]} {lappend binaries $file}
  }

  if {[llength $binaries]==0} {
    puts "WARNING: No historical binaries to test against."
    puts "WARNING: Omitting backwards-compatibility tests"
  }

do_test collate4-2.1.2 {
  execsql {
    CREATE INDEX collate4i1 ON collate4t1(a);
  }
  count {
    SELECT * FROM collate4t2, collate4t1 WHERE a = b;
  }
} {A a A A 5}
do_test collate4-2.1.3 {
  count {
    SELECT * FROM collate4t2, collate4t1 WHERE b = a;
  }
} {A A 19}
do_test collate4-2.1.4 {
  execsql {
................................................................................
     ORDER BY collate4t2.rowid, collate4t1.rowid
  }
} {A a A A 19}
do_test collate4-2.1.5 {
  count {
    SELECT * FROM collate4t2, collate4t1 WHERE b = a;
  }
} {A A 4}
ifcapable subquery {
  do_test collate4-2.1.6 {
    count {
      SELECT a FROM collate4t1 WHERE a IN (SELECT * FROM collate4t2)
       ORDER BY rowid
    }
  } {a A 10}
................................................................................
      DROP INDEX collate4i1;
      CREATE INDEX collate4i1 ON collate4t1(a);
    }
    count {
      SELECT a FROM collate4t1 WHERE a IN (SELECT * FROM collate4t2)
       ORDER BY rowid
    }
  } {a A 6}
  do_test collate4-2.1.8 {
    count {
      SELECT a FROM collate4t1 WHERE a IN ('z', 'a');
    }
  } {a A 5}
  do_test collate4-2.1.9 {
    execsql {
      DROP INDEX collate4i1;
      CREATE INDEX collate4i1 ON collate4t1(a COLLATE TEXT);
    }
    count {
      SELECT a FROM collate4t1 WHERE a IN ('z', 'a') ORDER BY rowid;

do_test collate4-2.1.2 {
  execsql {
    CREATE INDEX collate4i1 ON collate4t1(a);
  }
  count {
    SELECT * FROM collate4t2, collate4t1 WHERE a = b;
  }
} {A a A A 4}
do_test collate4-2.1.3 {
  count {
    SELECT * FROM collate4t2, collate4t1 WHERE b = a;
  }
} {A A 19}
do_test collate4-2.1.4 {
  execsql {
................................................................................
     ORDER BY collate4t2.rowid, collate4t1.rowid
  }
} {A a A A 19}
do_test collate4-2.1.5 {
  count {
    SELECT * FROM collate4t2, collate4t1 WHERE b = a;
  }
} {A A 3}
ifcapable subquery {
  do_test collate4-2.1.6 {
    count {
      SELECT a FROM collate4t1 WHERE a IN (SELECT * FROM collate4t2)
       ORDER BY rowid
    }
  } {a A 10}
................................................................................
      DROP INDEX collate4i1;
      CREATE INDEX collate4i1 ON collate4t1(a);
    }
    count {
      SELECT a FROM collate4t1 WHERE a IN (SELECT * FROM collate4t2)
       ORDER BY rowid
    }
  } {a A 5}
  do_test collate4-2.1.8 {
    count {
      SELECT a FROM collate4t1 WHERE a IN ('z', 'a');
    }
  } {a A 4}
  do_test collate4-2.1.9 {
    execsql {
      DROP INDEX collate4i1;
      CREATE INDEX collate4i1 ON collate4t1(a COLLATE TEXT);
    }
    count {
      SELECT a FROM collate4t1 WHERE a IN ('z', 'a') ORDER BY rowid;

  tvfs filter xOpen
  tvfs script parse_uri_open_cb

  set ::uri_open [list]
  set DB [sqlite3_open_v2 $uri {
    SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
  } tvfs]

  sqlite3_close $DB

  tvfs delete
  tvfs2 delete

  set ::uri_open
}
proc parse_uri_open_cb {method file arglist} {
  set ::uri_open [list $file $arglist]

  tvfs filter xOpen
  tvfs script parse_uri_open_cb

  set ::uri_open [list]
  set DB [sqlite3_open_v2 $uri {
    SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
  } tvfs]
  set fileName [sqlite3_db_filename $DB main]
  sqlite3_close $DB
  forcedelete $fileName
  tvfs delete
  tvfs2 delete

  set ::uri_open
}
proc parse_uri_open_cb {method file arglist} {
  set ::uri_open [list $file $arglist]

  const char *zFailCode = 0;   /* Value of the TEST_FAILURE environment variable */
  int cellSzCkFlag = 0;        /* --cell-size-check */
  int sqlFuzz = 0;             /* True for SQL fuzz testing. False for DB fuzz */
  int iTimeout = 120;          /* Default 120-second timeout */
  int nMem = 0;                /* Memory limit */
  char *zExpDb = 0;            /* Write Databases to files in this directory */
  char *zExpSql = 0;           /* Write SQL to files in this directory */


  iBegin = timeOfDay();
#ifdef __unix__
  signal(SIGALRM, timeoutHandler);
#endif
  g.zArgv0 = argv[0];
  zFailCode = getenv("TEST_FAILURE");
................................................................................
    sqlite3_close(db);
    if( sqlite3_memory_used()>0 ){
      fatalError("SQLite has memory in use before the start of testing");
    }

    /* Limit available memory, if requested */
    if( nMem>0 ){
      void *pHeap;
      sqlite3_shutdown();
      pHeap = malloc(nMem);
      if( pHeap==0 ){
        fatalError("failed to allocate %d bytes of heap memory", nMem);
      }
      sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP, pHeap, nMem, 128);
    }
................................................................................
    sqlite3_int64 iElapse = timeOfDay() - iBegin;
    printf("fuzzcheck: 0 errors out of %d tests in %d.%03d seconds\n"
           "SQLite %s %s\n",
           nTest, (int)(iElapse/1000), (int)(iElapse%1000),
           sqlite3_libversion(), sqlite3_sourceid());
  }
  free(azSrcDb);

  return 0;
}

  const char *zFailCode = 0;   /* Value of the TEST_FAILURE environment variable */
  int cellSzCkFlag = 0;        /* --cell-size-check */
  int sqlFuzz = 0;             /* True for SQL fuzz testing. False for DB fuzz */
  int iTimeout = 120;          /* Default 120-second timeout */
  int nMem = 0;                /* Memory limit */
  char *zExpDb = 0;            /* Write Databases to files in this directory */
  char *zExpSql = 0;           /* Write SQL to files in this directory */
  void *pHeap = 0;             /* Heap for use by SQLite */

  iBegin = timeOfDay();
#ifdef __unix__
  signal(SIGALRM, timeoutHandler);
#endif
  g.zArgv0 = argv[0];
  zFailCode = getenv("TEST_FAILURE");
................................................................................
    sqlite3_close(db);
    if( sqlite3_memory_used()>0 ){
      fatalError("SQLite has memory in use before the start of testing");
    }

    /* Limit available memory, if requested */
    if( nMem>0 ){

      sqlite3_shutdown();
      pHeap = malloc(nMem);
      if( pHeap==0 ){
        fatalError("failed to allocate %d bytes of heap memory", nMem);
      }
      sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP, pHeap, nMem, 128);
    }
................................................................................
    sqlite3_int64 iElapse = timeOfDay() - iBegin;
    printf("fuzzcheck: 0 errors out of %d tests in %d.%03d seconds\n"
           "SQLite %s %s\n",
           nTest, (int)(iElapse/1000), (int)(iElapse%1000),
           sqlite3_libversion(), sqlite3_sourceid());
  }
  free(azSrcDb);
  free(pHeap);
  return 0;
}

# 2015 November 18
#
# The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
# a legal notice, here is a blessing:
#
#    May you do good and not evil.
#    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
#    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
#
#***********************************************************************
#
# Test the __hidden__ hack.
#

set testdir [file dirname $argv0]
source $testdir/tester.tcl
set testprefix hidden

ifcapable !hiddencolumns {
  finish_test
  return
}

do_execsql_test 1.1 {
  CREATE TABLE t1(__hidden__a, b);
  INSERT INTO t1 VALUES('1');
  INSERT INTO t1(__hidden__a, b) VALUES('x', 'y');
} {}

do_execsql_test 1.2 {
  SELECT * FROM t1;
} {1 y}

do_execsql_test 1.3 {
  SELECT __hidden__a, * FROM t1;
} {{} 1 x y}

foreach {tn view} {
  1 { CREATE VIEW v1(a, b, __hidden__c) AS SELECT a, b, c FROM x1 }
  2 { CREATE VIEW v1 AS SELECT a, b, c AS __hidden__c FROM x1 }
} {
  do_execsql_test 2.$tn.1 {
    DROP TABLE IF EXISTS x1;
    CREATE TABLE x1(a, b, c);
    INSERT INTO x1 VALUES(1, 2, 3);
  }

  catchsql { DROP VIEW v1 }
  execsql $view

  do_execsql_test 2.$tn.2 {
    SELECT a, b, __hidden__c FROM v1;
  } {1 2 3}
  
  do_execsql_test 2.$tn.3 {
    SELECT * FROM v1;
  } {1 2}
  
  do_execsql_test 2.$tn.4 {
    CREATE TRIGGER tr1 INSTEAD OF INSERT ON v1 BEGIN
      INSERT INTO x1 VALUES(new.a, new.b, new.__hidden__c);
    END;
  
    INSERT INTO v1 VALUES(4, 5);
    SELECT * FROM x1;
  } {1 2 3 4 5 {}}
  
  do_execsql_test 2.$tn.5 {
    INSERT INTO v1(a, b, __hidden__c) VALUES(7, 8, 9);
    SELECT * FROM x1;
  } {1 2 3 4 5 {} 7 8 9}
}

#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Test INSERT INTO ... SELECT ... statements that write to tables with
# hidden columns.
#
do_execsql_test 3.1 {
  CREATE TABLE t4(a, __hidden__b, c);
  INSERT INTO t4 SELECT 1, 2;
  SELECT a, __hidden__b, c FROM t4;
} {1 {} 2}

do_execsql_test 3.2.1 {
  CREATE TABLE t5(__hidden__a, b, c);
  CREATE TABLE t6(__hidden__a, b, c);
  INSERT INTO t6(__hidden__a, b, c) VALUES(1, 2, 3);
  INSERT INTO t6(__hidden__a, b, c) VALUES(4, 5, 6);
  INSERT INTO t6(__hidden__a, b, c) VALUES(7, 8, 9);
}

do_execsql_test 3.2.2 {
  INSERT INTO t5 SELECT * FROM t6;
  SELECT * FROM t5;
} {2 3   5 6   8 9}

do_execsql_test 3.2.3 {
  SELECT __hidden__a FROM t5;
} {{} {} {}}


do_execsql_test 3.3.1 {
  CREATE TABLE t5a(a, b, __hidden__c);
  CREATE TABLE t6a(a, b, __hidden__c);
  INSERT INTO t6a(a, b, __hidden__c) VALUES(1, 2, 3);
  INSERT INTO t6a(a, b, __hidden__c) VALUES(4, 5, 6);
  INSERT INTO t6a(a, b, __hidden__c) VALUES(7, 8, 9);
}

do_execsql_test 3.3.2 {
  INSERT INTO t5a SELECT * FROM t6a;
  SELECT * FROM t5a;
} {1 2   4 5   7 8}

do_execsql_test 3.3.3 {
  SELECT __hidden__c FROM t5a;
} {{} {} {}}

do_execsql_test 3.4.1 {
  CREATE TABLE t5b(a, __hidden__b, c);
  CREATE TABLE t6b(a, b, __hidden__c);
  INSERT INTO t6b(a, b, __hidden__c) VALUES(1, 2, 3);
  INSERT INTO t6b(a, b, __hidden__c) VALUES(4, 5, 6);
  INSERT INTO t6b(a, b, __hidden__c) VALUES(7, 8, 9);
}

do_execsql_test 3.4.2 {
  INSERT INTO t5b SELECT * FROM t6b;
  SELECT * FROM t5b;
} {1 2   4 5   7 8}

do_execsql_test 3.4.3 {
  SELECT __hidden__b FROM t5b;
} {{} {} {}}

#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Test VACUUM
#
reset_db
do_execsql_test 4.1 {
  CREATE TABLE t1(a, __hidden__b, c UNIQUE);
  INSERT INTO t1(a, __hidden__b, c) VALUES(1, 2, 3);
  INSERT INTO t1(a, __hidden__b, c) VALUES(4, 5, 6);
  INSERT INTO t1(a, __hidden__b, c) VALUES(7, 8, 9);
  DELETE FROM t1 WHERE __hidden__b = 5;
  SELECT rowid, a, __hidden__b, c FROM t1;
} {1 1 2 3   3 7 8 9}
do_execsql_test 4.2 {
  VACUUM;
  SELECT rowid, a, __hidden__b, c FROM t1;
} {1 1 2 3   3 7 8 9}

finish_test

# 2015-11-06
#
# The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
# a legal notice, here is a blessing:
#
#    May you do good and not evil.
#    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
#    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
#
#***********************************************************************
# 
# Tests of the iee754 extension
#

set testdir [file dirname $argv0]
source $testdir/tester.tcl

load_static_extension db ieee754

foreach {id float rep} {
   1       1.0                            1,0
   2       2.0                            2,0
   3       0.5                            1,-1
   4       1.5                            3,-1
   5       0.0                            0,-1075
   6       4.9406564584124654e-324        4503599627370497,-1075
   7       2.2250738585072009e-308        9007199254740991,-1075
   8       2.2250738585072014e-308        1,-1022
} {
  do_test ieee754-100-$id-1 {
    db eval "SELECT ieee754($float);"
  } "ieee754($rep)"
  do_test ieee754-100-$id-2 {
    db eval "SELECT ieee754($rep)==$float;"
  } {1}
  if {$float!=0.0} {
    do_test ieee754-100-$id-3 {
      db eval "SELECT ieee754(-$float);"
    } "ieee754(-$rep)"
    do_test ieee754-100-$id-4 {
      db eval "SELECT ieee754(-$rep)==-$float;"
    } {1}
  }
}

do_execsql_test ieee754-110 {
  SELECT ieee754(1,1024), ieee754(4503599627370495,972);
} {Inf 1.79769313486232e+308}
do_execsql_test ieee754-111 {
  SELECT ieee754(-1,1024), ieee754(-4503599627370495,972);
} {-Inf -1.79769313486232e+308}
do_execsql_test ieee754-112 {
  SELECT ieee754(4503599627370495,973) is null;
} {1}

finish_test

do_execsql_test index3-2.2 {
  SELECT a FROM t1 WHERE b='ab005xy' COLLATE nocase;
} {5}
do_execsql_test index3-2.2eqp {
  EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN
  SELECT a FROM t1 WHERE b='ab005xy' COLLATE nocase;
} {/USING INDEX/}

















# This test corrupts the database file so it must be the last test
# in the series.
#
do_test index3-99.1 {
  execsql {

do_execsql_test index3-2.2 {
  SELECT a FROM t1 WHERE b='ab005xy' COLLATE nocase;
} {5}
do_execsql_test index3-2.2eqp {
  EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN
  SELECT a FROM t1 WHERE b='ab005xy' COLLATE nocase;
} {/USING INDEX/}
do_execsql_test index3-2.3 {
  SELECT name FROM sqlite_master WHERE tbl_name='t1' ORDER BY name
} {sqlite_autoindex_t1_1 sqlite_autoindex_t1_2 t1 t1c t1d}
do_execsql_test index3-2.4 {
  CREATE TABLE t2a(a integer, b, PRIMARY KEY(a));
  CREATE TABLE t2b("a" integer, b, PRIMARY KEY("a"));
  CREATE TABLE t2c([a] integer, b, PRIMARY KEY([a]));
  CREATE TABLE t2d('a' integer, b, PRIMARY KEY('a'));
}
do_execsql_test index3-2.5 {
  SELECT name FROM sqlite_master WHERE tbl_name LIKE 't2_' ORDER BY name
} {t2a t2b t2c t2d}
 




# This test corrupts the database file so it must be the last test
# in the series.
#
do_test index3-99.1 {
  execsql {

# At one point, running this would read one byte passed the end of a 
# buffer, upsetting valgrind.
#
do_test misc1-24.0 {
  list [catch { sqlite3_prepare_v2 db ! -1 dummy } msg] $msg
} {1 {(1) unrecognized token: "!}}










finish_test

# At one point, running this would read one byte passed the end of a 
# buffer, upsetting valgrind.
#
do_test misc1-24.0 {
  list [catch { sqlite3_prepare_v2 db ! -1 dummy } msg] $msg
} {1 {(1) unrecognized token: "!}}

# The following query (provided by Kostya Serebryany) used to take 25
# minutes to prepare.  This has been speeded up to about 250 milliseconds.
#
do_catchsql_test misc1-25.0 {
SELECT-1 UNION  SELECT 5 UNION SELECT 0 UNION SElECT*from(SELECT-5) UNION SELECT*from(SELECT-0) UNION  SELECT:SELECT-0 UNION SELECT-1 UNION SELECT 1 UNION SELECT 1 ORDER BY S  in(WITH K AS(WITH K AS(select'CREINDERcharREADEVIRTUL5TABLECONFLICT !1 USIN'' MFtOR(b38q,eWITH K AS(selectCREATe TABLE t0(a,b,c,d,e, PRIMARY KEY(a,b,c,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,c,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,d,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,c,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,d,d,c,a,b,b,c,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,d,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,d,c,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,d,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,c,d,c,a,b,b,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,a,c,d,c,d,c,e,d,d,c,a,b,b,c,c,a,b,b,E,d,c,d,c,b,c,d,c,d,c,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,d,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,c,d,c,a,b,b,c,a,b,c,e,d,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,d,c,a,b,c,e,d,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,c,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,d,d,c,a,b,b,b,c,e,d,d,c,a,b,b,c,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,d,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,d,c,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,d,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,c,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,d,c,e,d,d,c,a,b,b,c,c,a,b,b,E,d,c,d,c,b,c,d,c,d,c,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,d,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,c,d'CEIl,k'',ab, g, a,b,o11b, i'nEX/charREDE IVT LR!VABLt5SG',N  ,N in rement,l_vacuum,M&U,'te3(''5l' a,bB,b,l*e)SELECT:SELECT, *,*,*from(( SELECT
$group,:conc ap0,1)fro,(select"",:PBAG,c,a,b,b,c,a,b,c,e,d,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,d,c,a,b,c,e,d,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,c,d,c,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,c,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,d,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,c,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,d,d,c,a,b,b,c,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,d,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,d,c,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,d,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,d,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,c,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,d,d,c,a,b,b,b,c,e,d,d,c,a,b,b,c,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,d,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,d,c,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,d,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,c,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,d,c,e,d,d,c,a,b,b,c,c,a,b,b,E,d,c,d,c,b,c,d,c,d,c,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,d,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,c,d,c,a,b,b,c,a,b,c,e,d,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,d,c,a,b,c,e,d,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,c,d,c,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,c,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,d,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,c,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,d,d,c,a,b,b,c,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,d,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,d,c,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,d,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,c,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,d,c,e,d,d,c,a,b,b,c,c,a,b,b,E,d,c,d,c,b,c,d,c,d,c,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,d,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,c,d,c,a,b,b,c,a,b,c,e,d,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,d,c,a,b,c,e,d,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,c,d,c,a,b,b,c,c,d,c,c,a,a,b,d,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,a,b,e,e,d,b,c,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,c,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,d,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,c,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,d,d,c,a,b,b,c,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,d,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,d,c,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,d,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,c,d,c,a,b,b,c,d, foreign_keysc,d,c,e,d,d,c,a,b,b,c,c,a,b,b,E,d,c,d,c,b,c,d,c,d,c,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,d,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,d,c,a,a,b,d,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,a,b,e,e,d,b,c,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,c,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,d,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,c,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,d,c,a,b,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,c,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,d,c,e,d,d,c,a,b,b,c,c,a,d,c,a,b,c,e,d,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,c,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,d,c,a,b,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,c,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,d,c,e,d,d,c,a,b,b,c,c,a,b,b,E,d,c,d,c,b,c,d,c,d,c,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,d,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,c,d,c,a,b,b,c,a,b,c,e,d,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,d,c,a,b,c,e,d,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,c,d,c,a,b,b,c,c,d,c,a,b,d,d,c,a,a,b,d,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,a,b,e,e,d,b,c,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,c,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,d,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,c,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,d,d,c,a,b,b,c,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,d,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,d,c,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,d,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,c,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,d,c,e,d,d,c,a,b,b,c,c,a,b,b,E,d,c,d,c,b,c,d,c,d,c,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,d,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,d,c,a,a,b,d,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,a,b,e,e,d,b,c,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,c,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,d,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,c,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,d,d,c,a,b,b,c,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,d,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,d,c,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,d,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,c,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,d,c,e,d,d,c,a,b,b,c,c,a,b,b,E,d,c,d,c,b,c,d,c,d,c,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,d,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,c,d,c,a,b,b,c,a,bb,b,E,d,c,d,c,b,c,d,c,d,c,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,d,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,c,d,c,a,b,b,c,a,b,c,e,d,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,d,c,a,b,c,e,d,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,c,d,c,a,b,b,c,c,d,c,a,b,d,d,c,a,a,b,d,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,a,b,e,e,d,b,c,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,c,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,d,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,c,d,c,a,b,c,e,c,d,c,a,b,b,c,d,MAato_aecSELEC,+?b," "O,"i","a",""b  ,5 ))KEY)SELECT*FROM((k()reaC,k,K) eA,k '' )t ,K  M);
} {1 {too many columns in result set}}


finish_test

# 2015-11-05
#
# The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
# a legal notice, here is a blessing:
#
#    May you do good and not evil.
#    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
#    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
#
#***********************************************************************
# This file implements tests for indexes on large numeric values.
#

set testdir [file dirname $argv0]
source $testdir/tester.tcl


# Test cases from Zsbán Ambrus:
#
do_execsql_test numindex1-1.1 {
  CREATE TABLE t1(a INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, b);
  CREATE INDEX t1b ON t1(b);
  INSERT INTO t1(a,b) VALUES(100, 356282677878746339);
  INSERT INTO t1(a,b) VALUES(50, 356282677878746339.0);
  INSERT INTO t1(a,b) VALUES(0, 356282677878746340);
  DELETE FROM t1 WHERE a=50;
  PRAGMA integrity_check;
} {ok}

do_execsql_test numindex1-1.2 {
  CREATE TABLE t2(a,b);
  INSERT INTO t2(a,b) VALUES('b', 1<<58),
      ('c', (1<<58)+1e-7), ('d', (1<<58)+1);
  SELECT a, b, typeof(b), '|' FROM t2 ORDER BY +a;
} {b 288230376151711744 integer | c 2.88230376151712e+17 real | d 288230376151711745 integer |}

do_execsql_test numindex1-1.3 {
  SELECT x.a || CASE WHEN x.b==y.b THEN '==' ELSE '<>' END || y.a
    FROM t2 AS x, t2 AS y
   ORDER BY +x.a, +x.b;
} {b==b b==c b<>d c==b c==c c<>d d<>b d<>c d==d}

# New test cases
#
do_execsql_test numindex1-2.1 {
  DROP TABLE IF EXISTS t1;
  CREATE TABLE t1(a INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,b);
  CREATE INDEX t1b ON t1(b);
  WITH RECURSIVE c(x) AS (VALUES(1) UNION ALL SELECT x+1 FROM c WHERE x<100)
  INSERT INTO t1(a,b) SELECT x, 10000000000000004.0 FROM c
   WHERE x NOT IN (23,37);
  INSERT INTO t1(a,b) VALUES(23,10000000000000005);
  INSERT INTO t1(a,b) VALUES(37,10000000000000003);
  DELETE FROM t1 WHERE a NOT IN (23,37);
  PRAGMA integrity_check;
} {ok}

do_execsql_test numindex1-3.1 {
  DROP TABLE IF EXISTS t1;
  CREATE TABLE t1(a INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,b);
  CREATE INDEX t1b ON t1(b);
  WITH RECURSIVE c(x) AS (VALUES(1) UNION ALL SELECT x+1 FROM c WHERE x<20)
  INSERT INTO t1(a,b) SELECT x, 100000000000000005.0
    FROM c WHERE x NOT IN (3,5,7,11,13,17,19);
  INSERT INTO t1(a,b) VALUES(3,100000000000000005);
  INSERT INTO t1(a,b) VALUES(5,100000000000000000);
  INSERT INTO t1(a,b) VALUES(7,100000000000000008);
  INSERT INTO t1(a,b) VALUES(11,100000000000000006);
  INSERT INTO t1(a,b) VALUES(13,100000000000000001);
  INSERT INTO t1(a,b) VALUES(17,100000000000000004);
  INSERT INTO t1(a,b) VALUES(19,100000000000000003);
  PRAGMA integrity_check;
} {ok}

do_execsql_test numindex1-3.2 {
  SELECT a FROM t1 ORDER BY b;
} {1 2 4 5 6 8 9 10 12 14 15 16 18 20 13 19 17 3 11 7}

finish_test

# Test a failure in open() due to the path not existing.
#
do_test 1.4.1 {
  set ::log [list]
  list [catch { sqlite3 dbh /root/test.db } msg] $msg
} {1 {unable to open database file}}



do_re_test 1.4.2 { lindex $::log 0 } {^os_unix.c:\d*: \(\d+\) open\(.*test.db\) - }

#--------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Tests oserror-1.* test failures in the unlink() system call.
#
ifcapable wal {
  do_test 2.1.1 {
    set ::log [list]

# Test a failure in open() due to the path not existing.
#
do_test 1.4.1 {
  set ::log [list]
  list [catch { sqlite3 dbh /root/test.db } msg] $msg
} {1 {unable to open database file}}

do_re_test 1.4.2 { 
  lindex $::log 0
} {^os_unix.c:\d*: \(\d+\) (open|readlink)\(.*test.db\) - }

#--------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Tests oserror-1.* test failures in the unlink() system call.
#
ifcapable wal {
  do_test 2.1.1 {
    set ::log [list]

test_suite "valgrind" -prefix "" -description {
  Run the "veryquick" test suite with a couple of multi-process tests (that
  fail under valgrind) omitted.
} -files [
  test_set $allquicktests -exclude *malloc* *ioerr* *fault* wal.test \
              shell*.test crash8.test atof1.test selectG.test \
              tkt-fc62af4523.test
] -initialize {
  set ::G(valgrind) 1
} -shutdown {
  unset -nocomplain ::G(valgrind)
}

test_suite "valgrind-nolookaside" -prefix "" -description {
................................................................................
#
test_suite "inmemory_journal" -description {
  Run tests with an in-memory journal file.
} -presql {
  pragma journal_mode = 'memory'
} -files [test_set $::allquicktests -exclude {
  # Exclude all tests that simulate IO errors.
  autovacuum_ioerr2.test incrvacuum_ioerr.test ioerr.test
  ioerr.test ioerr2.test ioerr3.test ioerr4.test ioerr5.test
  vacuum3.test incrblob_err.test diskfull.test backup_ioerr.test
  e_fts3.test fts3cov.test fts3malloc.test fts3rnd.test
  fts3snippet.test mmapfault.test

  # Exclude test scripts that use tcl IO to access journal files or count
  # the number of fsync() calls.
................................................................................
  journal1.test conflict.test crash8.test tkt3457.test io.test
  journal3.test 8_3_names.test

  pager1.test async4.test corrupt.test filefmt.test pager2.test
  corrupt5.test corruptA.test pageropt.test

  # Exclude stmt.test, which expects sub-journals to use temporary files.
  stmt.test

  zerodamage.test

  # WAL mode is different.
  wal* tkt-2d1a5c67d.test backcompat.test e_wal* rowallock.test
}]

test_suite "valgrind" -prefix "" -description {
  Run the "veryquick" test suite with a couple of multi-process tests (that
  fail under valgrind) omitted.
} -files [
  test_set $allquicktests -exclude *malloc* *ioerr* *fault* wal.test \
              shell*.test crash8.test atof1.test selectG.test \
              tkt-fc62af4523.test numindex1.test
] -initialize {
  set ::G(valgrind) 1
} -shutdown {
  unset -nocomplain ::G(valgrind)
}

test_suite "valgrind-nolookaside" -prefix "" -description {
................................................................................
#
test_suite "inmemory_journal" -description {
  Run tests with an in-memory journal file.
} -presql {
  pragma journal_mode = 'memory'
} -files [test_set $::allquicktests -exclude {
  # Exclude all tests that simulate IO errors.
  autovacuum_ioerr2.test cffault.test incrvacuum_ioerr.test ioerr.test
  ioerr.test ioerr2.test ioerr3.test ioerr4.test ioerr5.test
  vacuum3.test incrblob_err.test diskfull.test backup_ioerr.test
  e_fts3.test fts3cov.test fts3malloc.test fts3rnd.test
  fts3snippet.test mmapfault.test

  # Exclude test scripts that use tcl IO to access journal files or count
  # the number of fsync() calls.
................................................................................
  journal1.test conflict.test crash8.test tkt3457.test io.test
  journal3.test 8_3_names.test

  pager1.test async4.test corrupt.test filefmt.test pager2.test
  corrupt5.test corruptA.test pageropt.test

  # Exclude stmt.test, which expects sub-journals to use temporary files.
  stmt.test symlink.test

  zerodamage.test

  # WAL mode is different.
  wal* tkt-2d1a5c67d.test backcompat.test e_wal* rowallock.test
}]

# EVIDENCE-OF: R-23955-02765 Cache_spill is enabled by default
#
db close
delete_file test.db test.db-journal
delete_file test2.db test2.db-journal
sqlite3 db test.db
do_execsql_test pragma2-4.1 {


  PRAGMA cache_spill;
  PRAGMA main.cache_spill;
  PRAGMA temp.cache_spill;
} {1 1 1}
do_execsql_test pragma2-4.2 {
  PRAGMA cache_spill=OFF;
  PRAGMA cache_spill;
  PRAGMA main.cache_spill;
  PRAGMA temp.cache_spill;
} {0 0 0}
do_execsql_test pragma2-4.3 {
................................................................................
do_test pragma2-4.4 {
  db eval {
    BEGIN;
    UPDATE t1 SET c=c+1;
    PRAGMA lock_status;
  }
} {main exclusive temp unknown}  ;# EXCLUSIVE lock due to cache spill
do_test pragma2-4.5 {
  db eval {
    COMMIT;
    PRAGMA cache_spill=OFF;

    BEGIN;
    UPDATE t1 SET c=c-1;
    PRAGMA lock_status;
  }
} {main reserved temp unknown}   ;# No cache spill, so no exclusive lock


































# Verify that newly attached databases inherit the cache_spill=OFF
# setting.
#
do_execsql_test pragma2-4.6 {
  COMMIT;

  ATTACH 'test2.db' AS aux1;
  PRAGMA aux1.cache_size=50;
  BEGIN;
  UPDATE t2 SET c=c+1;
  PRAGMA lock_status;
} {main unlocked temp unknown aux1 reserved}
do_execsql_test pragma2-4.7 {
................................................................................
sqlite3_release_memory
do_execsql_test pragma2-4.8 {
  PRAGMA cache_spill=ON; -- Applies to all databases
  BEGIN;
  UPDATE t2 SET c=c-1;
  PRAGMA lock_status;
} {main unlocked temp unknown aux1 exclusive}




















   
test_restore_config_pagecache
finish_test

# EVIDENCE-OF: R-23955-02765 Cache_spill is enabled by default
#
db close
delete_file test.db test.db-journal
delete_file test2.db test2.db-journal
sqlite3 db test.db
do_execsql_test pragma2-4.1 {
  PRAGMA main.cache_size=2000;
  PRAGMA temp.cache_size=2000;
  PRAGMA cache_spill;
  PRAGMA main.cache_spill;
  PRAGMA temp.cache_spill;
} {2000 2000 2000}
do_execsql_test pragma2-4.2 {
  PRAGMA cache_spill=OFF;
  PRAGMA cache_spill;
  PRAGMA main.cache_spill;
  PRAGMA temp.cache_spill;
} {0 0 0}
do_execsql_test pragma2-4.3 {
................................................................................
do_test pragma2-4.4 {
  db eval {
    BEGIN;
    UPDATE t1 SET c=c+1;
    PRAGMA lock_status;
  }
} {main exclusive temp unknown}  ;# EXCLUSIVE lock due to cache spill
do_test pragma2-4.5.1 {
  db eval {
    ROLLBACK;
    PRAGMA cache_spill=OFF;
    PRAGMA Cache_Spill;
    BEGIN;
    UPDATE t1 SET c=c+1;
    PRAGMA lock_status;
  }
} {0 main reserved temp unknown}   ;# No cache spill, so no exclusive lock
do_test pragma2-4.5.2 {
  db eval {
    ROLLBACK;
    PRAGMA cache_spill=100000;
    PRAGMA cache_spill;
    BEGIN;
    UPDATE t1 SET c=c+1;
    PRAGMA lock_status;
  }
} {100000 main reserved temp unknown}   ;# Big spill threshold -> no excl lock
ifcapable !memorymanage {
  do_test pragma2-4.5.3 {
    db eval {
      ROLLBACK;
      PRAGMA cache_spill=25;
      PRAGMA main.cache_spill;
      BEGIN;
      UPDATE t1 SET c=c+1;
      PRAGMA lock_status;
    }
  } {50 main exclusive temp unknown}   ;# Small cache spill -> exclusive lock
  do_test pragma2-4.5.4 {
    db eval {
      ROLLBACK;
      PRAGMA cache_spill(-25);
      PRAGMA main.cache_spill;
      BEGIN;
      UPDATE t1 SET c=c+1;
      PRAGMA lock_status;
    }
  } {50 main exclusive temp unknown}   ;# Small cache spill -> exclusive lock
}


# Verify that newly attached databases inherit the cache_spill=OFF
# setting.
#
do_execsql_test pragma2-4.6 {
  ROLLBACK;
  PRAGMA cache_spill=OFF;
  ATTACH 'test2.db' AS aux1;
  PRAGMA aux1.cache_size=50;
  BEGIN;
  UPDATE t2 SET c=c+1;
  PRAGMA lock_status;
} {main unlocked temp unknown aux1 reserved}
do_execsql_test pragma2-4.7 {
................................................................................
sqlite3_release_memory
do_execsql_test pragma2-4.8 {
  PRAGMA cache_spill=ON; -- Applies to all databases
  BEGIN;
  UPDATE t2 SET c=c-1;
  PRAGMA lock_status;
} {main unlocked temp unknown aux1 exclusive}
db close
forcedelete test.db
sqlite3 db test.db

breakpoint
do_execsql_test pragma2-5.1 {
  PRAGMA page_size=16384;
  CREATE TABLE t1(x);
  PRAGMA cache_size=2;
  PRAGMA cache_spill=YES;
  PRAGMA cache_spill;
} {2}
do_execsql_test pragma2-5.2 {
  PRAGMA cache_spill=NO;
  PRAGMA cache_spill;
} {0}
do_execsql_test pragma2-5.3 {
  PRAGMA cache_spill(-51);
  PRAGMA cache_spill;
} {3}
   
test_restore_config_pagecache
finish_test

    --quick                            (Run "veryquick.test" only)
    --veryquick                        (Run "make smoketest" only)
    --msvc                             (Use MSVC as the compiler)
    --buildonly                        (Just build testfixture - do not run)
    --dryrun                           (Print what would have happened)
    --info                             (Show diagnostic info)
    --with-tcl=DIR                     (Use TCL build at DIR)



The default value for --srcdir is the parent of the directory holding
this script.

The script determines the default value for --platform using the
$tcl_platform(os) and $tcl_platform(machine) variables.  Supported
platforms are "Linux-x86", "Linux-x86_64", "Darwin-i386",
"Darwin-x86_64", "Windows NT-intel", and "Windows NT-amd64".

Every test begins with a fresh run of the configure script at the top
of the SQLite source tree.
}







# Omit comments (text between # and \n) in a long multi-line string.
#
proc strip_comments {in} {
  regsub -all {#[^\n]*\n} $in {} out
  return $out
}
................................................................................
    -DSQLITE_TCL_DEFAULT_FULLMUTEX=1
    -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3=1
    -DSQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE=1
    -DSQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5=1
    -DSQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3=1
    -DSQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA=1
    -DSQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4

    -DSQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED=125
  }
  "Fast-One" {
    -O6
    -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4=1
    -DSQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE=1
    -DSQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
    -DSQLITE_ENABLE_RBU
    -DSQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED=125

  }
  "Device-One" {
    -O2
    -DSQLITE_DEBUG=1
    -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM=1
    -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE=64
    -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE=1024
................................................................................
    -DSQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE=1
    -DSQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE=1
    -DSQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT=1
    -DSQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE=4096
    -DSQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION=1
    -DSQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK=1
    -DSQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE=1

    -DSQLITE_TEMP_STORE=3
    --enable-json1
  }
  "Device-Two" {
    -DSQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC=1
    -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM=1
    -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE=1000
................................................................................
    -DSQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE=1
    -DHAVE_USLEEP=1
  }
  "Valgrind" {
    -DSQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
    -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4
    -DSQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE

    --enable-json1
  }

  # The next group of configurations are used only by the
  # Failure-Detection platform.  They are all the same, but we need
  # different names for them all so that they results appear in separate
  # subdirectories.
................................................................................
  FuzzFail1 {-O0}
  FuzzFail2 {-O0}
}]

array set ::Platforms [strip_comments {
  Linux-x86_64 {
    "Check-Symbols"           checksymbols

    "Debug-One"               "mptest test"
    "Have-Not"                test
    "Secure-Delete"           test
    "Unlock-Notify"           "QUICKTEST_INCLUDE=notify2.test test"
    "Update-Delete-Limit"     test
    "Extra-Robustness"        test
    "Device-Two"              test
    "No-lookaside"            test
    "Devkit"                  test
    "Sanitize"                {QUICKTEST_OMIT=func4.test,nan.test test}
    "Fast-One"                fuzztest
    "Valgrind"                valgrindtest
    "Default"                 "threadtest fulltest"
    "Device-One"              fulltest
  }
  Linux-i686 {
    "Devkit"                  test
    "Have-Not"                test
    "Unlock-Notify"           "QUICKTEST_INCLUDE=notify2.test test"
    "Device-One"              test
    "Device-Two"              test
................................................................................
  }
  Darwin-x86_64 {
    "Locking-Style"           "mptest test"
    "Have-Not"                test
    "OS-X"                    "threadtest fulltest"
  }
  "Windows NT-intel" {
    "Default"                 "mptest fulltestonly"
    "Have-Not"                test

  }
  "Windows NT-amd64" {
    "Default"                 "mptest fulltestonly"
    "Have-Not"                test

  }

  # The Failure-Detection platform runs various tests that deliberately
  # fail.  This is used as a test of this script to verify that this script
  # correctly identifies failures.
  #
  Failure-Detection {
................................................................................
}]


# End of configuration section.
#########################################################################
#########################################################################




foreach {key value} [array get ::Platforms] {
  foreach {v t} $value {
    if {0==[info exists ::Configs($v)]} {
      puts stderr "No such configuration: \"$v\""
      exit -1
    }
  }
}

# Output log
#

set LOG [open releasetest-out.txt w]
proc PUTS {args} {
  if {[llength $args]==2} {
    puts [lindex $args 0] [lindex $args 1]
    puts $::LOG [lindex $args 1]
  } else {
    puts [lindex $args 0]

    puts $::LOG [lindex $args 0]



  }



  flush $::LOG
}
puts $LOG "$argv0 $argv"
set tm0 [clock format [clock seconds] -format {%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S} -gmt 1]
puts $LOG "start-time: $tm0 UTC"












# Open the file $logfile and look for a report on the number of errors
# and the number of test cases run.  Add these values to the global
# $::NERRCASE and $::NTESTCASE variables.
#
# If any errors occur, then write into $errmsgVar the text of an appropriate
# one-line error message to show on the output.
................................................................................
        set rc 1
        set errmsg "version conflict: {$::SQLITE_VERSION} vs. {$v}"
      }
    }
  }
  close $fd
  if {$::BUILDONLY} {

    if {$rc==0} {
      set errmsg "Build complete"
    } else {
      set errmsg "Build failed"
    }
  } elseif {!$seen} {
    set rc 1
    set errmsg "Test did not complete"
    if {[file readable core]} {
      append errmsg " - core file exists"
    }
  }
}




























































































































































proc run_test_suite {name testtarget config} {


  # Tcl variable $opts is used to build up the value used to set the
  # OPTS Makefile variable. Variable $cflags holds the value for
  # CFLAGS. The makefile will pass OPTS to both gcc and lemon, but
  # CFLAGS is only passed to gcc.
  #

  set cflags [expr {$::MSVC ? "-Zi" : "-g"}]
  set opts ""
  set title ${name}($testtarget)
  set configOpts $::WITHTCL

  regsub -all {#[^\n]*\n} $config \n config
  foreach arg $config {
    if {[regexp {^-[UD]} $arg]} {
      lappend opts $arg
    } elseif {[regexp {^[A-Z]+=} $arg]} {
      lappend testtarget $arg
    } elseif {[regexp {^--(enable|disable)-} $arg]} {






















      lappend configOpts $arg
    } else {










      lappend cflags $arg
    }
  }

  set cflags [join $cflags " "]
  set opts   [join $opts " "]
  append opts " -DSQLITE_NO_SYNC=1"

  # Some configurations already set HAVE_USLEEP; in that case, skip it.
  #
  if {![regexp { -DHAVE_USLEEP$} $opts]
         && ![regexp { -DHAVE_USLEEP[ =]+} $opts]} {





    append opts " -DHAVE_USLEEP=1"


  }

  # Set the sub-directory to use.
  #
  set dir [string tolower [string map {- _ " " _} $name]]

  if {$::tcl_platform(platform)=="windows"} {
    append opts " -DSQLITE_OS_WIN=1"
  } else {
    append opts " -DSQLITE_OS_UNIX=1"
  }

  if {!$::TRACE} {
    set n [string length $title]
    PUTS -nonewline "${title}[string repeat . [expr {63-$n}]]"
    flush stdout



  }

  set rc 0
  set tm1 [clock seconds]
  set origdir [pwd]
  trace_cmd file mkdir $dir
  trace_cmd cd $dir
  set errmsg {}
  catch {file delete core}
  set rc [catch [configureCommand $configOpts]]
  if {!$rc} {
    set rc [catch [makeCommand $testtarget $cflags $opts]]
    count_tests_and_errors test.log rc errmsg
  }
  trace_cmd cd $origdir
  set tm2 [clock seconds]

  if {!$::TRACE} {
    set hours [expr {($tm2-$tm1)/3600}]
    set minutes [expr {(($tm2-$tm1)/60)%60}]
    set seconds [expr {($tm2-$tm1)%60}]
    set tm [format (%02d:%02d:%02d) $hours $minutes $seconds]
    if {$rc} {
      PUTS " FAIL $tm"
      incr ::NERR
    } else {
      PUTS " Ok   $tm"
    }
    if {$errmsg!=""} {PUTS "     $errmsg"}
  }


}

# The following procedure returns the "configure" command to be exectued for
# the current platform, which may be Windows (via MinGW, etc).
#
proc configureCommand {opts} {
  if {$::MSVC} return [list]; # This is not needed for MSVC.
................................................................................
  foreach x $opts {lappend result $x}
  lappend result >& test.log
}

# The following procedure returns the "make" command to be executed for the
# specified targets, compiler flags, and options.
#
proc makeCommand { targets cflags opts } {
  set result [list trace_cmd exec]
  if {$::MSVC} {
    set nmakeDir [file nativename $::SRCDIR]
    set nmakeFile [file join $nmakeDir Makefile.msc]
    lappend result nmake /f $nmakeFile TOP=$nmakeDir clean
  } else {
    lappend result make clean
  }




  foreach target $targets {
    lappend result $target
  }
  lappend result CFLAGS=$cflags OPTS=$opts >>& test.log
}

# The following procedure prints its arguments if ::TRACE is true.
................................................................................
# And it executes the command of its arguments in the calling context
# if ::DRYRUN is false.
#
proc trace_cmd {args} {
  if {$::TRACE} {
    PUTS $args
  }

  if {!$::DRYRUN} {
    uplevel 1 $args
  }

}


# This proc processes the command line options passed to this script.
# Currently the only option supported is "-makefile", default
# "releasetest.mk". Set the ::MAKEFILE variable to the value of this
# option.
#
proc process_options {argv} {
  set ::SRCDIR    [file normalize [file dirname [file dirname $::argv0]]]
  set ::QUICK     0
  set ::MSVC      0
  set ::BUILDONLY 0
  set ::DRYRUN    0
  set ::EXEC      exec
  set ::TRACE     0


  set ::WITHTCL   {}
  set config {}
  set platform $::tcl_platform(os)-$::tcl_platform(machine)

  for {set i 0} {$i < [llength $argv]} {incr i} {
    set x [lindex $argv $i]
    if {[regexp {^--[a-z]} $x]} {set x [string range $x 1 end]}
    switch -glob -- $x {





      -srcdir {
        incr i
        set ::SRCDIR [file normalize [lindex $argv $i]]
      }

      -platform {
        incr i
        set platform [lindex $argv $i]
      }










      -quick {
        set ::QUICK 1
      }
      -veryquick {
        set ::QUICK 2
      }
................................................................................
        foreach y [lsort [array names ::Configs]] {
          PUTS "   [list $y]"
        }
        exit
      }

      -g {
        if {$::MSVC} {
          lappend ::EXTRACONFIG -Zi
        } else {
          lappend ::EXTRACONFIG [lindex $argv $i]
        }
      }

      -with-tcl=* {
        set ::WITHTCL -$x
      }

      -D* -
................................................................................
      -enable-* -
      -disable-* -
      *=* {
        lappend ::EXTRACONFIG [lindex $argv $i]
      }

      default {
        PUTS stderr ""
        PUTS stderr [string trim $::USAGE_MESSAGE]
        exit -1
      }
    }
  }

  if {0==[info exists ::Platforms($platform)]} {
    PUTS "Unknown platform: $platform"
    PUTS -nonewline "Set the -platform option to "
    set print [list]
    foreach p [array names ::Platforms] {
      lappend print "\"$p\""
    }
    lset print end "or [lindex $print end]"
    PUTS "[join $print {, }]."
    exit
  }

  if {$config!=""} {
    if {[llength $config]==1} {lappend config fulltest}
    set ::CONFIGLIST $config
  } else {







    set ::CONFIGLIST $::Platforms($platform)

  }
  PUTS "Running the following test configurations for $platform:"
  PUTS "    [string trim $::CONFIGLIST]"
  PUTS -nonewline "Flags:"

  if {$::DRYRUN} {PUTS -nonewline " --dryrun"}
  if {$::BUILDONLY} {PUTS -nonewline " --buildonly"}
  if {$::MSVC} {PUTS -nonewline " --msvc"}
  switch -- $::QUICK {
     1 {PUTS -nonewline " --quick"}
     2 {PUTS -nonewline " --veryquick"}
  }

  PUTS ""
}

# Main routine.
#
proc main {argv} {

................................................................................
    if {$target ne "checksymbols"} {
      switch -- $::QUICK {
         1 {set target quicktest}
         2 {set target smoketest}
      }
      if {$::BUILDONLY} {
        set target testfixture

        if {$::MSVC} {append target .exe}

      }
    }
    set config_options [concat $::Configs($zConfig) $::EXTRACONFIG]

    incr NTEST
    run_test_suite $zConfig $target $config_options

    # If the configuration included the SQLITE_DEBUG option, then remove
    # it and run veryquick.test. If it did not include the SQLITE_DEBUG option
    # add it and run veryquick.test.
    if {$target!="checksymbols" && $target!="valgrindtest"
           && $target!="fuzzoomtest" && !$::BUILDONLY && $::QUICK<2} {
      set debug_idx [lsearch -glob $config_options -DSQLITE_DEBUG*]
      set xtarget $target
      regsub -all {fulltest[a-z]*} $xtarget test xtarget
      regsub -all {fuzzoomtest} $xtarget fuzztest xtarget
      if {$debug_idx < 0} {
        incr NTEST
        append config_options " -DSQLITE_DEBUG=1"
        run_test_suite "${zConfig}_debug" $xtarget $config_options
      } else {
        incr NTEST
        regsub { *-DSQLITE_MEMDEBUG[^ ]* *} $config_options { } config_options
        regsub { *-DSQLITE_DEBUG[^ ]* *} $config_options { } config_options
        run_test_suite "${zConfig}_ndebug" $xtarget $config_options
      }
    }
  }



  set elapsetime [expr {[clock seconds]-$STARTTIME}]
  set hr [expr {$elapsetime/3600}]
  set min [expr {($elapsetime/60)%60}]
  set sec [expr {$elapsetime%60}]
  set etime [format (%02d:%02d:%02d) $hr $min $sec]
  PUTS [string repeat * 79]

    --quick                            (Run "veryquick.test" only)
    --veryquick                        (Run "make smoketest" only)
    --msvc                             (Use MSVC as the compiler)
    --buildonly                        (Just build testfixture - do not run)
    --dryrun                           (Print what would have happened)
    --info                             (Show diagnostic info)
    --with-tcl=DIR                     (Use TCL build at DIR)
    --jobs     N                       (Use N processes - default 1)
    --progress                         (Show progress messages)

The default value for --srcdir is the parent of the directory holding
this script.

The script determines the default value for --platform using the
$tcl_platform(os) and $tcl_platform(machine) variables.  Supported
platforms are "Linux-x86", "Linux-x86_64", "Darwin-i386",
"Darwin-x86_64", "Windows NT-intel", and "Windows NT-amd64".

Every test begins with a fresh run of the configure script at the top
of the SQLite source tree.
}

# Return a timestamp of the form HH:MM:SS
#
proc now {} {
  return [clock format [clock seconds] -format %H:%M:%S]
}

# Omit comments (text between # and \n) in a long multi-line string.
#
proc strip_comments {in} {
  regsub -all {#[^\n]*\n} $in {} out
  return $out
}
................................................................................
    -DSQLITE_TCL_DEFAULT_FULLMUTEX=1
    -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3=1
    -DSQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE=1
    -DSQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5=1
    -DSQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3=1
    -DSQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA=1
    -DSQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
    -DSQLITE_ENABLE_HIDDEN_COLUMNS
    -DSQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED=125
  }
  "Fast-One" {
    -O6
    -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4=1
    -DSQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE=1
    -DSQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
    -DSQLITE_ENABLE_RBU
    -DSQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED=125
    -DLONGDOUBLE_TYPE=double
  }
  "Device-One" {
    -O2
    -DSQLITE_DEBUG=1
    -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM=1
    -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE=64
    -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE=1024
................................................................................
    -DSQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE=1
    -DSQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE=1
    -DSQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT=1
    -DSQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE=4096
    -DSQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION=1
    -DSQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK=1
    -DSQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE=1
    -DSQLITE_ENABLE_HIDDEN_COLUMNS
    -DSQLITE_TEMP_STORE=3
    --enable-json1
  }
  "Device-Two" {
    -DSQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC=1
    -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM=1
    -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE=1000
................................................................................
    -DSQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE=1
    -DHAVE_USLEEP=1
  }
  "Valgrind" {
    -DSQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
    -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4
    -DSQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE
    -DSQLITE_ENABLE_HIDDEN_COLUMNS
    --enable-json1
  }

  # The next group of configurations are used only by the
  # Failure-Detection platform.  They are all the same, but we need
  # different names for them all so that they results appear in separate
  # subdirectories.
................................................................................
  FuzzFail1 {-O0}
  FuzzFail2 {-O0}
}]

array set ::Platforms [strip_comments {
  Linux-x86_64 {
    "Check-Symbols"           checksymbols
    "Fast-One"                fuzztest
    "Debug-One"               "mptest test"
    "Have-Not"                test
    "Secure-Delete"           test
    "Unlock-Notify"           "QUICKTEST_INCLUDE=notify2.test test"
    "Update-Delete-Limit"     test
    "Extra-Robustness"        test
    "Device-Two"              test
    "No-lookaside"            test
    "Devkit"                  test
    "Sanitize"                {QUICKTEST_OMIT=func4.test,nan.test test}
    "Device-One"              fulltest

    "Default"                 "threadtest fulltest"
    "Valgrind"                valgrindtest
  }
  Linux-i686 {
    "Devkit"                  test
    "Have-Not"                test
    "Unlock-Notify"           "QUICKTEST_INCLUDE=notify2.test test"
    "Device-One"              test
    "Device-Two"              test
................................................................................
  }
  Darwin-x86_64 {
    "Locking-Style"           "mptest test"
    "Have-Not"                test
    "OS-X"                    "threadtest fulltest"
  }
  "Windows NT-intel" {

    "Have-Not"                test
    "Default"                 "mptest fulltestonly"
  }
  "Windows NT-amd64" {

    "Have-Not"                test
    "Default"                 "mptest fulltestonly"
  }

  # The Failure-Detection platform runs various tests that deliberately
  # fail.  This is used as a test of this script to verify that this script
  # correctly identifies failures.
  #
  Failure-Detection {
................................................................................
}]


# End of configuration section.
#########################################################################
#########################################################################

# Configuration verification: Check that each entry in the list of configs
# specified for each platforms exists.
#
foreach {key value} [array get ::Platforms] {
  foreach {v t} $value {
    if {0==[info exists ::Configs($v)]} {
      puts stderr "No such configuration: \"$v\""
      exit -1
    }
  }
}

# Output log.   Disabled for slave interpreters.
#
if {[lindex $argv end]!="--slave"} {
  set LOG [open releasetest-out.txt w]
  proc PUTS {txt} {

    puts $txt
    puts $::LOG $txt
    flush $::LOG

  }
  proc PUTSNNL {txt} {
    puts -nonewline $txt
    puts -nonewline $::LOG $txt
    flush $::LOG
  }
  proc PUTSERR {txt} {
    puts stderr $txt
    puts $::LOG $txt
    flush $::LOG
  }
  puts $LOG "$argv0 $argv"
  set tm0 [clock format [clock seconds] -format {%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S} -gmt 1]
  puts $LOG "start-time: $tm0 UTC"
} else {
  proc PUTS {txt} {
    puts $txt
  }
  proc PUTSNNL {txt} {
    puts -nonewline $txt
  }
  proc PUTSERR {txt} {
    puts stderr $txt
  }
}

# Open the file $logfile and look for a report on the number of errors
# and the number of test cases run.  Add these values to the global
# $::NERRCASE and $::NTESTCASE variables.
#
# If any errors occur, then write into $errmsgVar the text of an appropriate
# one-line error message to show on the output.
................................................................................
        set rc 1
        set errmsg "version conflict: {$::SQLITE_VERSION} vs. {$v}"
      }
    }
  }
  close $fd
  if {$::BUILDONLY} {
    incr ::NTESTCASE
    if {$rc!=0} {


      set errmsg "Build failed"
    }
  } elseif {!$seen} {
    set rc 1
    set errmsg "Test did not complete"
    if {[file readable core]} {
      append errmsg " - core file exists"
    }
  }
}

#--------------------------------------------------------------------------
# This command is invoked as the [main] routine for scripts run with the
# "--slave" option.
#
# For each test (i.e. "configure && make test" execution), the master
# process spawns a process with the --slave option. It writes two lines
# to the slaves stdin. The first contains a single boolean value - the
# value of ::TRACE to use in the slave script. The second line contains a
# list in the same format as each element of the list passed to the
# [run_all_test_suites] command in the master process.
#
# The slave then runs the "configure && make test" commands specified. It
# exits successfully if the tests passes, or with a non-zero error code
# otherwise.
#
proc run_slave_test {} {
  # Read global vars configuration from stdin.
  set V [gets stdin]
  foreach {::TRACE ::MSVC ::DRYRUN} $V {}

  # Read the test-suite configuration from stdin.
  set T [gets stdin]
  foreach {title dir configOpts testtarget makeOpts cflags opts} $T {}

  # Create and switch to the test directory.
  set ::env(SQLITE_TMPDIR) [file normalize $dir]
  trace_cmd file mkdir $dir
  trace_cmd cd $dir
  catch {file delete core}
  catch {file delete test.log}

  # Run the "./configure && make" commands.
  set rc 0
  set rc [catch [configureCommand $configOpts]]
  if {!$rc} {
    if {[info exists ::env(TCLSH_CMD)]} {
      set savedEnv(TCLSH_CMD) $::env(TCLSH_CMD)
    } else {
      unset -nocomplain savedEnv(TCLSH_CMD)
    }
    set ::env(TCLSH_CMD) [file nativename [info nameofexecutable]]
    set rc [catch [makeCommand $testtarget $makeOpts $cflags $opts]]
    if {[info exists savedEnv(TCLSH_CMD)]} {
      set ::env(TCLSH_CMD) $savedEnv(TCLSH_CMD)
    } else {
      unset -nocomplain ::env(TCLSH_CMD)
    }
  }

  # Exis successfully if the test passed, or with a non-zero error code
  # otherwise.
  exit $rc
}

# This command is invoked in the master process each time a slave
# file-descriptor is readable.
#
proc slave_fileevent {fd T tm1} {
  global G
  foreach {title dir configOpts testtarget makeOpts cflags opts} $T {}

  if {[eof $fd]} {
    fconfigure $fd -blocking 1
    set rc [catch { close $fd }]

    set errmsg {}
    set logfile [file join $dir test.log]
    if {[file exists $logfile]} {
      count_tests_and_errors [file join $dir test.log] rc errmsg
    } elseif {$rc==0 && !$::DRYRUN} {
      set rc 1
      set errmsg "no test.log file..."
    }

    if {!$::TRACE} {
      set tm2 [clock seconds]
      set hours [expr {($tm2-$tm1)/3600}]
      set minutes [expr {(($tm2-$tm1)/60)%60}]
      set seconds [expr {($tm2-$tm1)%60}]
      set tm [format (%02d:%02d:%02d) $hours $minutes $seconds]

      if {$rc} {
        set status FAIL
        incr ::NERR
      } else {
        set status Ok
      }

      set n [string length $title]
      if {$::PROGRESS_MSGS} {
        PUTS "finished: ${title}[string repeat . [expr {53-$n}]] $status $tm"
      } else {
        PUTS "${title}[string repeat . [expr {63-$n}]] $status $tm"
      }
      if {$errmsg!=""} {PUTS "     $errmsg"}
      flush stdout
    }

    incr G(nJob) -1
  } else {
    set line [gets $fd]
    if {[string trim $line] != ""} {
      puts "Trace   : $title - \"$line\""
    }
  }
}

#--------------------------------------------------------------------------
# The only argument passed to this function is a list of test-suites to
# run. Each "test-suite" is itself a list consisting of the following
# elements:
#
#   * Test title (for display).
#   * The name of the directory to run the test in.
#   * The argument for [configureCommand]
#   * The first argument for [makeCommand]
#   * The second argument for [makeCommand]
#   * The third argument for [makeCommand]
#
proc run_all_test_suites {alltests} {
  global G
  set tests $alltests

  set G(nJob) 0

  while {[llength $tests]>0 || $G(nJob)>0} {
    if {$G(nJob)>=$::JOBS || [llength $tests]==0} {
      vwait G(nJob)
    }

    if {[llength $tests]>0} {
      set T [lindex $tests 0]
      set tests [lrange $tests 1 end]
      foreach {title dir configOpts testtarget makeOpts cflags opts} $T {}
      if {$::PROGRESS_MSGS && !$::TRACE} {
        set n [string length $title]
        PUTS "starting: ${title} at [now]"
        flush stdout
      }

      # Run the job.
      #
      set tm1 [clock seconds]
      incr G(nJob)
      set script [file normalize [info script]]
      set fd [open "|[info nameofexecutable] $script --slave" r+]
      fconfigure $fd -blocking 0
      fileevent $fd readable [list slave_fileevent $fd $T $tm1]
      puts $fd [list $::TRACE $::MSVC $::DRYRUN]
      puts $fd [list {*}$T]
      flush $fd
    }
  }
}

proc add_test_suite {listvar name testtarget config} {
  upvar $listvar alltests

  # Tcl variable $opts is used to build up the value used to set the
  # OPTS Makefile variable. Variable $cflags holds the value for
  # CFLAGS. The makefile will pass OPTS to both gcc and lemon, but
  # CFLAGS is only passed to gcc.
  #
  set makeOpts ""
  set cflags [expr {$::MSVC ? "-Zi" : "-g"}]
  set opts ""
  set title ${name}($testtarget)
  set configOpts $::WITHTCL

  regsub -all {#[^\n]*\n} $config \n config
  foreach arg $config {
    if {[regexp {^-[UD]} $arg]} {
      lappend opts $arg
    } elseif {[regexp {^[A-Z]+=} $arg]} {
      lappend testtarget $arg
    } elseif {[regexp {^--(enable|disable)-} $arg]} {
      if {$::MSVC} {
        if {$arg eq "--disable-amalgamation"} {
          lappend makeOpts USE_AMALGAMATION=0
          continue
        }
        if {$arg eq "--disable-shared"} {
          lappend makeOpts USE_CRT_DLL=0 DYNAMIC_SHELL=0
          continue
        }
        if {$arg eq "--enable-fts5"} {
          lappend opts -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5
          continue
        }
        if {$arg eq "--enable-json1"} {
          lappend opts -DSQLITE_ENABLE_JSON1
          continue
        }
        if {$arg eq "--enable-shared"} {
          lappend makeOpts USE_CRT_DLL=1 DYNAMIC_SHELL=1
          continue
        }
      }
      lappend configOpts $arg
    } else {
      if {$::MSVC} {
        if {$arg eq "-g"} {
          lappend cflags -Zi
          continue
        }
        if {[regexp -- {^-O(\d+)$} $arg all level]} then {
          lappend makeOpts OPTIMIZATIONS=$level
          continue
        }
      }
      lappend cflags $arg
    }
  }

  # Disable sync to make testing faster.
  #
  lappend opts -DSQLITE_NO_SYNC=1

  # Some configurations already set HAVE_USLEEP; in that case, skip it.
  #
  if {[lsearch -regexp $opts {^-DHAVE_USLEEP(?:=|$)}]==-1} {
    lappend opts -DHAVE_USLEEP=1
  }

  # Add the define for this platform.
  #
  if {$::tcl_platform(platform)=="windows"} {
    lappend opts -DSQLITE_OS_WIN=1
  } else {
    lappend opts -DSQLITE_OS_UNIX=1
  }

  # Set the sub-directory to use.
  #
  set dir [string tolower [string map {- _ " " _} $name]]

  # Join option lists into strings, using space as delimiter.




  #




  set makeOpts [join $makeOpts " "]
  set cflags   [join $cflags " "]
  set opts     [join $opts " "]






























  lappend alltests [list \
      $title $dir $configOpts $testtarget $makeOpts $cflags $opts]
}

# The following procedure returns the "configure" command to be exectued for
# the current platform, which may be Windows (via MinGW, etc).
#
proc configureCommand {opts} {
  if {$::MSVC} return [list]; # This is not needed for MSVC.
................................................................................
  foreach x $opts {lappend result $x}
  lappend result >& test.log
}

# The following procedure returns the "make" command to be executed for the
# specified targets, compiler flags, and options.
#
proc makeCommand { targets makeOpts cflags opts } {
  set result [list trace_cmd exec]
  if {$::MSVC} {
    set nmakeDir [file nativename $::SRCDIR]
    set nmakeFile [file nativename [file join $nmakeDir Makefile.msc]]
    lappend result nmake /f $nmakeFile TOP=$nmakeDir
  } else {
    lappend result make
  }
  foreach makeOpt $makeOpts {
    lappend result $makeOpt
  }
  lappend result clean
  foreach target $targets {
    lappend result $target
  }
  lappend result CFLAGS=$cflags OPTS=$opts >>& test.log
}

# The following procedure prints its arguments if ::TRACE is true.
................................................................................
# And it executes the command of its arguments in the calling context
# if ::DRYRUN is false.
#
proc trace_cmd {args} {
  if {$::TRACE} {
    PUTS $args
  }
  set res ""
  if {!$::DRYRUN} {
    set res [uplevel 1 $args]
  }
  return $res
}


# This proc processes the command line options passed to this script.
# Currently the only option supported is "-makefile", default
# "releasetest.mk". Set the ::MAKEFILE variable to the value of this
# option.
#
proc process_options {argv} {
  set ::SRCDIR    [file normalize [file dirname [file dirname $::argv0]]]
  set ::QUICK          0
  set ::MSVC           0
  set ::BUILDONLY      0
  set ::DRYRUN         0

  set ::TRACE          0
  set ::JOBS           1
  set ::PROGRESS_MSGS  0
  set ::WITHTCL        {}
  set config {}
  set platform $::tcl_platform(os)-$::tcl_platform(machine)

  for {set i 0} {$i < [llength $argv]} {incr i} {
    set x [lindex $argv $i]
    if {[regexp {^--[a-z]} $x]} {set x [string range $x 1 end]}
    switch -glob -- $x {
      -slave {
        run_slave_test
        exit
      }

      -srcdir {
        incr i
        set ::SRCDIR [file normalize [lindex $argv $i]]
      }

      -platform {
        incr i
        set platform [lindex $argv $i]
      }

      -jobs {
        incr i
        set ::JOBS [lindex $argv $i]
      }

      -progress {
        set ::PROGRESS_MSGS 1
      }

      -quick {
        set ::QUICK 1
      }
      -veryquick {
        set ::QUICK 2
      }
................................................................................
        foreach y [lsort [array names ::Configs]] {
          PUTS "   [list $y]"
        }
        exit
      }

      -g {



        lappend ::EXTRACONFIG [lindex $argv $i]

      }

      -with-tcl=* {
        set ::WITHTCL -$x
      }

      -D* -
................................................................................
      -enable-* -
      -disable-* -
      *=* {
        lappend ::EXTRACONFIG [lindex $argv $i]
      }

      default {
        PUTSERR stderr ""
        PUTSERR stderr [string trim $::USAGE_MESSAGE]
        exit -1
      }
    }
  }

  if {0==[info exists ::Platforms($platform)]} {
    PUTS "Unknown platform: $platform"
    PUTSNNL "Set the -platform option to "
    set print [list]
    foreach p [array names ::Platforms] {
      lappend print "\"$p\""
    }
    lset print end "or [lindex $print end]"
    PUTS "[join $print {, }]."
    exit
  }

  if {$config!=""} {
    if {[llength $config]==1} {lappend config fulltest}
    set ::CONFIGLIST $config
  } else {
    if {$::JOBS>1} {
      set ::CONFIGLIST {}
      foreach {target zConfig} [lreverse $::Platforms($platform)] {
        append ::CONFIGLIST [format "    %-25s %s\n" \
                               [list $zConfig] [list $target]]
      }
    } else {
      set ::CONFIGLIST $::Platforms($platform)
    }
  }
  PUTS "Running the following test configurations for $platform:"
  PUTS "    [string trim $::CONFIGLIST]"
  PUTSNNL "Flags:"
  if {$::PROGRESS_MSGS} {PUTSNNL " --progress"}
  if {$::DRYRUN} {PUTSNNL " --dryrun"}
  if {$::BUILDONLY} {PUTSNNL " --buildonly"}
  if {$::MSVC} {PUTSNNL " --msvc"}
  switch -- $::QUICK {
     1 {PUTSNNL " --quick"}
     2 {PUTSNNL " --veryquick"}
  }
  if {$::JOBS>1} {PUTSNNL " --jobs $::JOBS"}
  PUTS ""
}

# Main routine.
#
proc main {argv} {

................................................................................
    if {$target ne "checksymbols"} {
      switch -- $::QUICK {
         1 {set target quicktest}
         2 {set target smoketest}
      }
      if {$::BUILDONLY} {
        set target testfixture
        if {$::tcl_platform(platform)=="windows"} {
          append target .exe
        }
      }
    }
    set config_options [concat $::Configs($zConfig) $::EXTRACONFIG]

    incr NTEST
    add_test_suite all $zConfig $target $config_options

    # If the configuration included the SQLITE_DEBUG option, then remove
    # it and run veryquick.test. If it did not include the SQLITE_DEBUG option
    # add it and run veryquick.test.
    if {$target!="checksymbols" && $target!="valgrindtest"
           && $target!="fuzzoomtest" && !$::BUILDONLY && $::QUICK<2} {
      set debug_idx [lsearch -glob $config_options -DSQLITE_DEBUG*]
      set xtarget $target
      regsub -all {fulltest[a-z]*} $xtarget test xtarget
      regsub -all {fuzzoomtest} $xtarget fuzztest xtarget
      if {$debug_idx < 0} {
        incr NTEST
        append config_options " -DSQLITE_DEBUG=1"
        add_test_suite all "${zConfig}_debug" $xtarget $config_options
      } else {
        incr NTEST
        regsub { *-DSQLITE_MEMDEBUG[^ ]* *} $config_options { } config_options
        regsub { *-DSQLITE_DEBUG[^ ]* *} $config_options { } config_options
        add_test_suite all "${zConfig}_ndebug" $xtarget $config_options
      }
    }
  }

  run_all_test_suites $all

  set elapsetime [expr {[clock seconds]-$STARTTIME}]
  set hr [expr {$elapsetime/3600}]
  set min [expr {($elapsetime/60)%60}]
  set sec [expr {$elapsetime%60}]
  set etime [format (%02d:%02d:%02d) $hr $min $sec]
  PUTS [string repeat * 79]

# 2015 November 13
#
# The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
# a legal notice, here is a blessing:
#
#    May you do good and not evil.
#    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
#    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
#
#***********************************************************************
# This file implements regression tests for SQLite library.  The
# focus of this file is testing the test_sqllog.c module.
#

set testdir [file dirname $argv0]
source $testdir/tester.tcl
set testprefix sqllog

ifcapable !sqllog {
  finish_test
  return
}

proc readfile {f} {
  set fd [open $f]
  set txt [read $fd]
  close $fd
  set txt
}

proc delete_all_sqllog_files {} {
  forcedelete {*}[glob -nocomplain sqllog_*.sql]
  forcedelete {*}[glob -nocomplain sqllog_*.db]
  forcedelete {*}[glob -nocomplain sqllog_*.idx]
}

proc touch {f} {
  set fd [open $f w+]
  close $fd
}

db close
sqlite3_shutdown
set ::env(SQLITE_SQLLOG_DIR) [pwd]

delete_all_sqllog_files

sqlite3 db test.db
set a a
set b b
do_execsql_test 1.0 {
  CREATE TABLE t1(x, y);
  INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(1, 2);
  INSERT INTO t1 VALUES($a, $b);
  SELECT * FROM t1;
} {1 2 a b}
db close

do_test 1.1 {
  readfile [lindex [glob sqllog_*.sql] 0]
} [string trimleft {
/-- Main database is '.*/sqllog_.*_0.db'
CREATE TABLE t1\(x, y\);; -- clock=0
INSERT INTO t1 VALUES\(1, 2\);; -- clock=1
INSERT INTO t1 VALUES\('a', 'b'\);; -- clock=2
SELECT . FROM t1;; -- clock=3
/}]

do_test 1.2 {
  file size [lindex [glob sqllog_*_0.db] 0]
} 1024

#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
catch { db close }
sqlite3_shutdown
delete_all_sqllog_files
forcedelete test.db-sqllog

set ::env(SQLITE_SQLLOG_CONDITIONAL) 1
sqlite3 db test.db
do_execsql_test 2.1 {
  INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(4, 5);
  SELECT * FROM t1;
} {1 2 a b 4 5}

do_test 2.2 {
  glob -nocomplain sqllog_*
} {}

db close
touch test.db-sqllog
sqlite3 db test.db
do_execsql_test 2.3 {
  INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(6, 7);
  SELECT * FROM t1;
} {1 2 a b 4 5 6 7}
db close

do_test 2.4 {
  readfile [lindex [glob sqllog_*.sql] 0]
} [string trimleft {
/-- Main database is '.*/sqllog_.*_0.db'
INSERT INTO t1 VALUES\(6, 7\);; -- clock=0
SELECT . FROM t1;; -- clock=1
/}]

catch { db close }
sqlite3_shutdown
unset ::env(SQLITE_SQLLOG_DIR)
unset ::env(SQLITE_SQLLOG_CONDITIONAL)
sqlite3_config_sqllog
sqlite3_initialize
breakpoint
finish_test

# 2015 October 31
#
# The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
# a legal notice, here is a blessing:
#
#    May you do good and not evil.
#    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
#    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
#
#***********************************************************************
# This file implements regression tests for SQLite library.  The
# focus of this file is testing that SQLite can follow symbolic links.
#

set testdir [file dirname $argv0]
source $testdir/tester.tcl
set testprefix symlink

# This only runs on unix.
if {$::tcl_platform(platform)!="unix"} {
  finish_test
  return
}

# Ensure that test.db has been created.
#
do_execsql_test 1.0 {
  CREATE TABLE t1(x, y);
}

# Test that SQLite follows symlinks when opening files.
#
forcedelete test.db2
do_test 1.1 {
  file link test.db2 test.db
  sqlite3 db2 test.db2
  sqlite3_db_filename db2 main
} [file join [pwd] test.db]

# Test that if the symlink points to a file that does not exists, it is
# created when it is opened.
#
do_test 1.2.1 {
  db2 close
  db close
  forcedelete test.db
  file exists test.db
} 0
do_test 1.2.2 {
  sqlite3 db2 test.db2
  file exists test.db
} 1
do_test 1.2.3 {
  sqlite3_db_filename db2 main
} [file join [pwd] test.db]
db2 close

# Test that a loop of symlinks cannot be opened.
#
do_test 1.3 {
  forcedelete test.db
  # Note: Tcl [file link] command is too smart to create loops of symlinks.
  exec ln -s test.db2 test.db
  list [catch { sqlite3 db test.db } msg] $msg
} {1 {unable to open database file}}

# Test that overly large paths cannot be opened.
#
do_test 1.4 {
  set name "test.db[string repeat x 502]"
  list [catch { sqlite3 db $name } msg] $msg
} {1 {unable to open database file}}
do_test 1.5 {
  set r [expr 510 - [string length test.db] - [string length [pwd]]]
  set name "test.db[string repeat x $r]"
  list [catch { sqlite3 db $name } msg] $msg
} {1 {unable to open database file}}

#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Test that journal and wal files are created next to the real file,
# not the symlink.
#
do_test 2.0 {
  catch { db close }
  catch { db2 close }
  forcedelete test.db test.db2
  sqlite3 db test.db
  execsql { CREATE TABLE t1(x) }
  file link test.db2 test.db
  sqlite3 db2 test.db2
  file exists test.db-journal
} 0

do_test 2.1 {
  execsql {
    BEGIN;
      INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(1);
  } db2
  file exists test.db-journal
} 1
do_test 2.2 {
  file exists test.db2-journal
} 0
do_test 2.3 {
  execsql {
    COMMIT;
    PRAGMA journal_mode = wal;
    INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(2);
  } db2
  file exists test.db-wal
} 1
do_test 2.4 {
  file exists test.db2-wal
} 0
do_execsql_test 2.5 {
  SELECT * FROM t1;
} {1 2}

finish_test

# Tests for the xNextSystemCall method.
#
foreach s {
    open close access getcwd stat fstat ftruncate
    fcntl read pread write pwrite fchmod fallocate
    pread64 pwrite64 unlink openDirectory mkdir rmdir 
    statvfs fchown umask mmap munmap mremap
    getpagesize
} {
  if {[test_syscall exists $s]} {lappend syscall_list $s}
}
do_test 3.1 { lsort [test_syscall list] } [lsort $syscall_list]

#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
# This test verifies that if a call to open() fails and errno is set to

# Tests for the xNextSystemCall method.
#
foreach s {
    open close access getcwd stat fstat ftruncate
    fcntl read pread write pwrite fchmod fallocate
    pread64 pwrite64 unlink openDirectory mkdir rmdir 
    statvfs fchown umask mmap munmap mremap
    getpagesize readlink
} {
  if {[test_syscall exists $s]} {lappend syscall_list $s}
}
do_test 3.1 { lsort [test_syscall list] } [lsort $syscall_list]

#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
# This test verifies that if a call to open() fails and errno is set to

      } else {
        set ok [expr {[string compare $result $expected]==0}]
      }
      if {!$ok} {
        # if {![info exists ::testprefix] || $::testprefix eq ""} {
        #   error "no test prefix"
        # }
        output2_if_no_verbose -nonewline $name...
        output2 "\nExpected: \[$expected\]\n     Got: \[$result\]"
        fail_test $name
      } else {
        output1 " Ok"
      }
    }
  } else {
    output1 " Omitted"
................................................................................
  if {$nKnown>0} {
    output2 "[expr {$nErr-$nKnown}] new errors and $nKnown known errors\
         out of $nTest tests"
  } else {
    output2 "$nErr errors out of $nTest tests"
  }
  if {$nErr>$nKnown} {
    output2 -nonewline "Failures on these tests:"
    foreach x [set_test_counter fail_list] {
      if {![info exists known_error($x)]} {output2 -nonewline " $x"}
    }
    output2 ""
  }
  foreach warning [set_test_counter warn_list] {
    output2 "Warning: $warning"
................................................................................
  run_thread_tests 1
  if {[llength $omitList]>0} {
    output2 "Omitted test cases:"
    set prec {}
    foreach {rec} [lsort $omitList] {
      if {$rec==$prec} continue
      set prec $rec
      output2 [format {  %-12s %s} [lindex $rec 0] [lindex $rec 1]]
    }
  }
  if {$nErr>0 && ![working_64bit_int]} {
    output2 "******************************************************************"
    output2 "N.B.:  The version of TCL that you used to build this test harness"
    output2 "is defective in that it does not support 64-bit integers.  Some or"
    output2 "all of the test failures above might be a result from this defect"

      } else {
        set ok [expr {[string compare $result $expected]==0}]
      }
      if {!$ok} {
        # if {![info exists ::testprefix] || $::testprefix eq ""} {
        #   error "no test prefix"
        # }
        output1 ""
        output2 "! $name expected: \[$expected\]\n! $name got:      \[$result\]"
        fail_test $name
      } else {
        output1 " Ok"
      }
    }
  } else {
    output1 " Omitted"
................................................................................
  if {$nKnown>0} {
    output2 "[expr {$nErr-$nKnown}] new errors and $nKnown known errors\
         out of $nTest tests"
  } else {
    output2 "$nErr errors out of $nTest tests"
  }
  if {$nErr>$nKnown} {
    output2 -nonewline "!Failures on these tests:"
    foreach x [set_test_counter fail_list] {
      if {![info exists known_error($x)]} {output2 -nonewline " $x"}
    }
    output2 ""
  }
  foreach warning [set_test_counter warn_list] {
    output2 "Warning: $warning"
................................................................................
  run_thread_tests 1
  if {[llength $omitList]>0} {
    output2 "Omitted test cases:"
    set prec {}
    foreach {rec} [lsort $omitList] {
      if {$rec==$prec} continue
      set prec $rec
      output2 [format {.  %-12s %s} [lindex $rec 0] [lindex $rec 1]]
    }
  }
  if {$nErr>0 && ![working_64bit_int]} {
    output2 "******************************************************************"
    output2 "N.B.:  The version of TCL that you used to build this test harness"
    output2 "is defective in that it does not support 64-bit integers.  Some or"
    output2 "all of the test failures above might be a result from this defect"

set testdir [file dirname $argv0]
source $testdir/tester.tcl
ifcapable {!trigger} {
  finish_test
  return
}


# Error messages resulting from qualified trigger names.
#
do_test trigger7-1.1 {
  execsql {
    CREATE TABLE t1(x, y);
  }

set testdir [file dirname $argv0]
source $testdir/tester.tcl
ifcapable {!trigger} {
  finish_test
  return
}


# Error messages resulting from qualified trigger names.
#
do_test trigger7-1.1 {
  execsql {
    CREATE TABLE t1(x, y);
  }

} [list {0 1 lock exclusive} {1 7 lock exclusive}      \
        {1 7 unlock exclusive} {0 1 unlock exclusive}  \
]
proc lock_callback {method filename handle lock} {
  if {$lock == "1 7 lock exclusive"} { return SQLITE_BUSY }
  return SQLITE_OK
}
puts "  Warning: This next test case causes SQLite to call xSleep(1) 100 times."
puts "  Normally this equates to a 100ms delay, but if SQLite is built on unix"
puts "  without HAVE_USLEEP defined, it may be 100 seconds."
do_test wal3-4.3 {
  db close
  set ::locks [list]
  sqlite3 db test.db -vfs T
  catchsql { SELECT * FROM x }
} {1 {locking protocol}}

puts "  Warning: Same again!"
proc lock_callback {method filename handle lock} {
  if {$lock == "0 1 lock exclusive"} { return SQLITE_BUSY }
  return SQLITE_OK
}
do_test wal3-4.4 {
  db close
  set ::locks [list]

} [list {0 1 lock exclusive} {1 7 lock exclusive}      \
        {1 7 unlock exclusive} {0 1 unlock exclusive}  \
]
proc lock_callback {method filename handle lock} {
  if {$lock == "1 7 lock exclusive"} { return SQLITE_BUSY }
  return SQLITE_OK
}
puts "# Warning: This next test case causes SQLite to call xSleep(1) 100 times."
puts "# Normally this equates to a 100ms delay, but if SQLite is built on unix"
puts "# without HAVE_USLEEP defined, it may be 100 seconds."
do_test wal3-4.3 {
  db close
  set ::locks [list]
  sqlite3 db test.db -vfs T
  catchsql { SELECT * FROM x }
} {1 {locking protocol}}

puts "# Warning: Same again!"
proc lock_callback {method filename handle lock} {
  if {$lock == "0 1 lock exclusive"} { return SQLITE_BUSY }
  return SQLITE_OK
}
do_test wal3-4.4 {
  db close
  set ::locks [list]

      SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE rowid+0 IN (1,2,3,1234) order by 1;
    }
  } {1 0 4 2 1 9 3 1 16 102}
  do_test where-5.3a {
    count {
      SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE w IN (-1,1,2,3) order by 1;
    }
  } {1 0 4 2 1 9 3 1 16 13}
  do_test where-5.3b {
    count {
      SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE w IN (3,-1,1,2) order by 1;
    }
  } {1 0 4 2 1 9 3 1 16 13}
  do_test where-5.3c {
    count {
      SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE w IN (3,2,-1,1,2) order by 1;
    }
  } {1 0 4 2 1 9 3 1 16 13}
  do_test where-5.3d {
    count {
      SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE w IN (-1,1,2,3) order by 1 DESC;
    }
  } {3 1 16 2 1 9 1 0 4 12}
  do_test where-5.4 {
    count {
      SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE w+0 IN (-1,1,2,3) order by 1;
    }
  } {1 0 4 2 1 9 3 1 16 102}
  do_test where-5.5 {
    count {
................................................................................
      ORDER BY 1;
    }
  } {2 1 9 4 2 25 103}
  do_test where-5.9 {
    count {
      SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE x IN (1,7) ORDER BY 1;
    }
  } {2 1 9 3 1 16 7}
  do_test where-5.10 {
    count {
      SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE x+0 IN (1,7) ORDER BY 1;
    }
  } {2 1 9 3 1 16 199}
  do_test where-5.11 {
    count {
................................................................................
      SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE x=6 AND y IN (6400,8100) ORDER BY 1;
    }
  } {79 6 6400 89 6 8100 7}
  do_test where-5.13 {
    count {
      SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE x IN (1,7) AND y NOT IN (6400,8100) ORDER BY 1;
    }
  } {2 1 9 3 1 16 7}
  do_test where-5.14 {
    count {
      SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE x IN (1,7) AND y IN (9,10) ORDER BY 1;
    }
  } {2 1 9 8}
  do_test where-5.15 {
    count {
      SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE x IN (1,7) AND y IN (9,16) ORDER BY 1;
    }
  } {2 1 9 3 1 16 11}
  do_test where-5.100 {
    db eval {
      SELECT w, x, y FROM t1 WHERE x IN (1,5) AND y IN (9,8,3025,1000,3969)
       ORDER BY x, y
    }
  } {2 1 9 54 5 3025 62 5 3969}
  do_test where-5.101 {

      SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE rowid+0 IN (1,2,3,1234) order by 1;
    }
  } {1 0 4 2 1 9 3 1 16 102}
  do_test where-5.3a {
    count {
      SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE w IN (-1,1,2,3) order by 1;
    }
  } {1 0 4 2 1 9 3 1 16 12}
  do_test where-5.3b {
    count {
      SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE w IN (3,-1,1,2) order by 1;
    }
  } {1 0 4 2 1 9 3 1 16 12}
  do_test where-5.3c {
    count {
      SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE w IN (3,2,-1,1,2) order by 1;
    }
  } {1 0 4 2 1 9 3 1 16 12}
  do_test where-5.3d {
    count {
      SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE w IN (-1,1,2,3) order by 1 DESC;
    }
  } {3 1 16 2 1 9 1 0 4 11}
  do_test where-5.4 {
    count {
      SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE w+0 IN (-1,1,2,3) order by 1;
    }
  } {1 0 4 2 1 9 3 1 16 102}
  do_test where-5.5 {
    count {
................................................................................
      ORDER BY 1;
    }
  } {2 1 9 4 2 25 103}
  do_test where-5.9 {
    count {
      SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE x IN (1,7) ORDER BY 1;
    }
  } {2 1 9 3 1 16 6}
  do_test where-5.10 {
    count {
      SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE x+0 IN (1,7) ORDER BY 1;
    }
  } {2 1 9 3 1 16 199}
  do_test where-5.11 {
    count {
................................................................................
      SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE x=6 AND y IN (6400,8100) ORDER BY 1;
    }
  } {79 6 6400 89 6 8100 7}
  do_test where-5.13 {
    count {
      SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE x IN (1,7) AND y NOT IN (6400,8100) ORDER BY 1;
    }
  } {2 1 9 3 1 16 6}
  do_test where-5.14 {
    count {
      SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE x IN (1,7) AND y IN (9,10) ORDER BY 1;
    }
  } {2 1 9 5}
  do_test where-5.15 {
    count {
      SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE x IN (1,7) AND y IN (9,16) ORDER BY 1;
    }
  } {2 1 9 3 1 16 9}
  do_test where-5.100 {
    db eval {
      SELECT w, x, y FROM t1 WHERE x IN (1,5) AND y IN (9,8,3025,1000,3969)
       ORDER BY x, y
    }
  } {2 1 9 54 5 3025 62 5 3969}
  do_test where-5.101 {

  count {SELECT rowid FROM t1 WHERE w='a' AND x IS NULL AND y='c'}
} {4 2}
do_test where4-1.10 {
  count {SELECT rowid FROM t1 WHERE w=x'78' AND x IS NULL}
} {6 2}
do_test where4-1.11 {
  count {SELECT rowid FROM t1 WHERE w=x'78' AND x IS NULL AND y=123}
} {1}
do_test where4-1.12 {
  count {SELECT rowid FROM t1 WHERE w=x'78' AND x IS NULL AND y=x'7A'}
} {6 2}
do_test where4-1.13 {
  count {SELECT rowid FROM t1 WHERE w IS NULL AND x IS NULL}
} {7 2}
do_test where4-1.14 {

  count {SELECT rowid FROM t1 WHERE w='a' AND x IS NULL AND y='c'}
} {4 2}
do_test where4-1.10 {
  count {SELECT rowid FROM t1 WHERE w=x'78' AND x IS NULL}
} {6 2}
do_test where4-1.11 {
  count {SELECT rowid FROM t1 WHERE w=x'78' AND x IS NULL AND y=123}
} {0}
do_test where4-1.12 {
  count {SELECT rowid FROM t1 WHERE w=x'78' AND x IS NULL AND y=x'7A'}
} {6 2}
do_test where4-1.13 {
  count {SELECT rowid FROM t1 WHERE w IS NULL AND x IS NULL}
} {7 2}
do_test where4-1.14 {

# 2015-07-05:  Do not allow aggregate recursive queries
#
do_catchsql_test 16.1 {
  WITH RECURSIVE
    i(x) AS (VALUES(1) UNION SELECT count(*) FROM i)
  SELECT * FROM i;
} {1 {recursive aggregate queries not supported}}















































































































finish_test

# 2015-07-05:  Do not allow aggregate recursive queries
#
do_catchsql_test 16.1 {
  WITH RECURSIVE
    i(x) AS (VALUES(1) UNION SELECT count(*) FROM i)
  SELECT * FROM i;
} {1 {recursive aggregate queries not supported}}

#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
do_execsql_test 17.1 {
  WITH x(a) AS (
    WITH y(b) AS (SELECT 10)
    SELECT 9 UNION ALL SELECT * FROM y
  )
  SELECT * FROM x
} {9 10}

do_execsql_test 17.2 {
  WITH x AS (
    WITH y(b) AS (SELECT 10)
    SELECT * FROM y UNION ALL SELECT * FROM y
  )
  SELECT * FROM x
} {10 10}

do_test 17.2 {
  db eval {
    WITH x AS (
        WITH y(b) AS (SELECT 10)
        SELECT * FROM y UNION ALL SELECT * FROM y
    )
    SELECT * FROM x
  } A {
    # no op
  }
  set A(*)
} {b}

do_catchsql_test 17.3 {
  WITH i AS (
    WITH j AS (SELECT 5)
    SELECT 5 FROM i UNION SELECT 8 FROM i
  )
  SELECT * FROM i;
} {1 {circular reference: i}}

do_catchsql_test 17.4 {
  WITH i AS (
    WITH j AS (SELECT 5)
    SELECT 5 FROM t1 UNION SELECT 8 FROM t11
  )
  SELECT * FROM i;
} {1 {no such table: t11}}

do_execsql_test 17.5 {
  WITH 
  x1 AS (SELECT 10),
  x2 AS (SELECT * FROM x1),
  x3 AS (
    WITH x1 AS (SELECT 11)
    SELECT * FROM x2 UNION ALL SELECT * FROM x2
  )
  SELECT * FROM x3;
} {10 10}

do_execsql_test 17.6 {
  WITH 
  x1 AS (SELECT 10),
  x2 AS (SELECT * FROM x1),
  x3 AS (
    WITH x1 AS (SELECT 11)
    SELECT * FROM x2 UNION ALL SELECT * FROM x1
  )
  SELECT * FROM x3;
} {10 11}

do_execsql_test 17.7 {
  WITH 
  x1 AS (SELECT 10),
  x2 AS (SELECT * FROM x1),
  x3 AS (
    WITH 
      x1 AS ( SELECT 11 ),
      x4 AS ( SELECT * FROM x2 )
    SELECT * FROM x4 UNION ALL SELECT * FROM x1
  )
  SELECT * FROM x3;
} {10 11}

do_execsql_test 17.8 {
  WITH 
  x1 AS (SELECT 10),
  x2 AS (SELECT * FROM x1),
  x3 AS (
    WITH 
      x1 AS ( SELECT 11 ),
      x4 AS ( SELECT * FROM x2 )
    SELECT * FROM x4 UNION ALL SELECT * FROM x1
  )
  SELECT * FROM x3;
} {10 11}

do_execsql_test 17.9 {
  WITH 
  x1 AS (SELECT 10),
  x2 AS (SELECT 11),
  x3 AS (
    SELECT * FROM x1 UNION ALL SELECT * FROM x2
  ),
  x4 AS (
    WITH 
    x1 AS (SELECT 12),
    x2 AS (SELECT 13)
    SELECT * FROM x3
  )
  SELECT * FROM x4;
} {10 11}

finish_test

# 2015-11-07
#
# The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
# a legal notice, here is a blessing:
#
#    May you do good and not evil.
#    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
#    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
#
#***********************************************************************
# This file implements regression tests for SQLite library.  The
# focus of this file is testing the WITH clause.
#

set testdir [file dirname $argv0]
source $testdir/tester.tcl
set ::testprefix with3

ifcapable {!cte} {
  finish_test
  return
}

# Test problems found by Kostya Serebryany using 
# LibFuzzer.  (http://llvm.org/docs/LibFuzzer.html)
#
do_catchsql_test 1.0 {
  WITH i(x) AS (
    WITH j AS (SELECT 10)
    SELECT 5 FROM t0 UNION SELECT 8 FROM m
  )
  SELECT * FROM i;
} {1 {no such table: m}}

# Additional test cases that came out of the work to
# fix for Kostya's problem.
#
do_execsql_test 2.0 {
 WITH
  x1 AS (SELECT 10),
  x2 AS (SELECT 11),
  x3 AS (
    SELECT * FROM x1 UNION ALL SELECT * FROM x2
  ),
  x4 AS (
    WITH
    x1 AS (SELECT 12),
    x2 AS (SELECT 13)
    SELECT * FROM x3
  )
  SELECT * FROM x4;

} {10 11}

do_execsql_test 2.1 {
  CREATE TABLE t1(x);
  WITH
    x1(a) AS (values(100))
  INSERT INTO t1(x)
    SELECT * FROM (WITH x2(y) AS (SELECT * FROM x1) SELECT y+a FROM x1, x2);
  SELECT * FROM t1;
} {200}

finish_test

    puts $line
    set x [lindex $line 2]
    if {$x>$max} {set max $x}
  }
}
close $in

# The following are the extra token codes to be added

#
set extras {
  TO_TEXT
  TO_BLOB
  TO_NUMERIC
  TO_INT
  TO_REAL
  ISNOT
  END_OF_FILE
  ILLEGAL
  SPACE
  UNCLOSED_STRING
  FUNCTION
  COLUMN
  AGG_FUNCTION
  AGG_COLUMN
  UMINUS
  UPLUS
  REGISTER
  EXCLUSIVE
  CONCURRENT







}
foreach x $extras {
  incr max
  puts [format "#define TK_%-29s %4d" $x $max]
}

# Some additional #defines related to token codes.

    puts $line
    set x [lindex $line 2]
    if {$x>$max} {set max $x}
  }
}
close $in

# The following are the extra token codes to be added.  SPACE and 
# ILLEGAL *must* be the last two token codes and they must be in that order.
#
set extras {
  TO_TEXT
  TO_BLOB
  TO_NUMERIC
  TO_INT
  TO_REAL
  ISNOT
  END_OF_FILE


  UNCLOSED_STRING
  FUNCTION
  COLUMN
  AGG_FUNCTION
  AGG_COLUMN
  UMINUS
  UPLUS
  REGISTER
  EXCLUSIVE
  CONCURRENT
  ASTERISK
  SPACE
  ILLEGAL
}
if {[lrange $extras end-1 end]!="SPACE ILLEGAL"} {
  error "SPACE and ILLEGAL must be the last two token codes and they\
         must be in that order"
}
foreach x $extras {
  incr max
  puts [format "#define TK_%-29s %4d" $x $max]
}

# Some additional #defines related to token codes.

#!/usr/bin/tclsh
#
# A wrapper around cg_annotate that sets appropriate command-line options
# and rearranges the output so that annotated files occur in a consistent
# sorted order.  Used by the run-speed-test.tcl script.
#

set in [open "|cg_annotate --show=Ir --auto=yes --context=40 $argv" r]
set dest !
set out(!) {}
while {![eof $in]} {
  set line [string map {\t {        }} [gets $in]]
  if {[regexp {^-- Auto-annotated source: (.*)} $line all name]} {
    set dest $name
  } elseif {[regexp {^-- line \d+ ------} $line]} {
    set line [lreplace $line 2 2 {#}]
  } elseif {[regexp {^The following files chosen for } $line]} {
    set dest !
  }
  append out($dest) $line\n
}
foreach x [lsort [array names out]] {
  puts $out($x)
}

/* Driver template for the LEMON parser generator.
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.
*/
/* First off, code is included that follows the "include" declaration
** in the input grammar file. */
#include <stdio.h>
%%
/* Next is all token values, in a form suitable for use by makeheaders.
** This section will be null unless lemon is run with the -m switch.
*/
/* 
** These constants (all generated automatically by the parser generator)
** specify the various kinds of tokens (terminals) that the parser
** understands. 
**
** Each symbol here is a terminal symbol in the grammar.
*/
%%
/* Make sure the INTERFACE macro is defined.
*/
#ifndef INTERFACE
# define INTERFACE 1
#endif
/* The next thing included is series of defines which control
** various aspects of the generated parser.
**    YYCODETYPE         is the data type used for storing terminal
**                       and nonterminal numbers.  "unsigned char" is
**                       used if there are fewer than 250 terminals
**                       and nonterminals.  "int" is used otherwise.
**    YYNOCODE           is a number of type YYCODETYPE which corresponds
**                       to no legal terminal or nonterminal number.  This
**                       number is used to fill in empty slots of the hash 
**                       table.
**    YYFALLBACK         If defined, this indicates that one or more tokens
**                       have fall-back values which should be used if the
**                       original value of the token will not parse.
**    YYACTIONTYPE       is the data type used for storing terminal
**                       and nonterminal numbers.  "unsigned char" is
**                       used if there are fewer than 250 rules and
**                       states combined.  "int" is used otherwise.
**    ParseTOKENTYPE     is the data type used for minor tokens given 
**                       directly to the parser from the tokenizer.
**    YYMINORTYPE        is the data type used for all minor tokens.
**                       This is typically a union of many types, one of
**                       which is ParseTOKENTYPE.  The entry in the union
**                       for base tokens is called "yy0".


















**    YYSTACKDEPTH       is the maximum depth of the parser's stack.  If
**                       zero the stack is dynamically sized using realloc()
**    ParseARG_SDECL     A static variable declaration for the %extra_argument
**    ParseARG_PDECL     A parameter declaration for the %extra_argument
**    ParseARG_STORE     Code to store %extra_argument into yypParser
**    ParseARG_FETCH     Code to extract %extra_argument from yypParser
**    YYERRORSYMBOL      is the code number of the error symbol.  If not
................................................................................
**    YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE Minimum value for shift-reduce actions
**    YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE Maximum value for shift-reduce actions
**    YY_MIN_REDUCE      Maximum value for reduce actions
**    YY_ERROR_ACTION    The yy_action[] code for syntax error
**    YY_ACCEPT_ACTION   The yy_action[] code for accept
**    YY_NO_ACTION       The yy_action[] code for no-op
*/




%%


/* The yyzerominor constant is used to initialize instances of
** YYMINORTYPE objects to zero. */
static const YYMINORTYPE yyzerominor = { 0 };

/* Define the yytestcase() macro to be a no-op if is not already defined
** otherwise.
................................................................................
**  yy_lookahead[]     A table containing the lookahead for each entry in
**                     yy_action.  Used to detect hash collisions.
**  yy_shift_ofst[]    For each state, the offset into yy_action for
**                     shifting terminals.
**  yy_reduce_ofst[]   For each state, the offset into yy_action for
**                     shifting non-terminals after a reduce.
**  yy_default[]       Default action for each state.
*/

%%


/* The next table maps tokens into fallback tokens.  If a construct
** like the following:
** 
**      %fallback ID X Y Z.
**
** appears in the grammar, then ID becomes a fallback token for X, Y,
** and Z.  Whenever one of the tokens X, Y, or Z is input to the parser
** but it does not parse, the type of the token is changed to ID and
** the parse is retried before an error is thrown.




*/
#ifdef YYFALLBACK
static const YYCODETYPE yyFallback[] = {
%%
};
#endif /* YYFALLBACK */

................................................................................
              yyTracePrompt, p->yystksz);
    }
#endif
  }
}
#endif










/* 
** This function allocates a new parser.
** The only argument is a pointer to a function which works like
** malloc.
**
** Inputs:
** A pointer to the function used to allocate memory.
**
** Outputs:
** A pointer to a parser.  This pointer is used in subsequent calls
** to Parse and ParseFree.
*/
void *ParseAlloc(void *(*mallocProc)(size_t)){
  yyParser *pParser;
  pParser = (yyParser*)(*mallocProc)( (size_t)sizeof(yyParser) );
  if( pParser ){
    pParser->yyidx = -1;
#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
    pParser->yyidxMax = 0;
#endif
#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
    pParser->yystack = NULL;
................................................................................
    pParser->yystksz = 0;
    yyGrowStack(pParser);
#endif
  }
  return pParser;
}

/* The following function deletes the value associated with a
** symbol.  The symbol can be either a terminal or nonterminal.
** "yymajor" is the symbol code, and "yypminor" is a pointer to
** the value.


*/
static void yy_destructor(
  yyParser *yypParser,    /* The parser */
  YYCODETYPE yymajor,     /* Type code for object to destroy */
  YYMINORTYPE *yypminor   /* The object to be destroyed */
){
  ParseARG_FETCH;
................................................................................
    /* Here is inserted the actions which take place when a
    ** terminal or non-terminal is destroyed.  This can happen
    ** when the symbol is popped from the stack during a
    ** reduce or during error processing or when a parser is 
    ** being destroyed before it is finished parsing.
    **
    ** Note: during a reduce, the only symbols destroyed are those
    ** which appear on the RHS of the rule, but which are not used
    ** inside the C code.
    */

%%

    default:  break;   /* If no destructor action specified: do nothing */
  }
}

/*
** Pop the parser's stack once.
**
** If there is a destructor routine associated with the token which
** is popped from the stack, then call it.
**
** Return the major token number for the symbol popped.
*/
static int yy_pop_parser_stack(yyParser *pParser){
  YYCODETYPE yymajor;
  yyStackEntry *yytos = &pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx];

  if( pParser->yyidx<0 ) return 0;

#ifndef NDEBUG
  if( yyTraceFILE && pParser->yyidx>=0 ){
    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sPopping %s\n",
      yyTracePrompt,
      yyTokenName[yytos->major]);
  }
#endif
  yymajor = yytos->major;
  yy_destructor(pParser, yymajor, &yytos->minor);
  pParser->yyidx--;
  return yymajor;
}

/* 
** Deallocate and destroy a parser.  Destructors are all called for
** all stack elements before shutting the parser down.
**
** Inputs:
** <ul>
** <li>  A pointer to the parser.  This should be a pointer
**       obtained from ParseAlloc.
** <li>  A pointer to a function used to reclaim memory obtained
**       from malloc.
** </ul>
*/
void ParseFree(
  void *p,                    /* The parser to be deleted */
  void (*freeProc)(void*)     /* Function used to reclaim memory */
){
  yyParser *pParser = (yyParser*)p;

  if( pParser==0 ) return;

  while( pParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(pParser);
#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
  free(pParser->yystack);
#endif
  (*freeProc)((void*)pParser);
}

................................................................................
  return pParser->yyidxMax;
}
#endif

/*
** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the terminal
** look-ahead token iLookAhead.
**
** If the look-ahead token is YYNOCODE, then check to see if the action is
** independent of the look-ahead.  If it is, return the action, otherwise
** return YY_NO_ACTION.
*/
static int yy_find_shift_action(
  yyParser *pParser,        /* The parser */
  YYCODETYPE iLookAhead     /* The look-ahead token */
){
  int i;
  int stateno = pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx].stateno;

  if( stateno>=YY_MIN_REDUCE ) return stateno; 
  assert( stateno <= YY_SHIFT_COUNT );

  i = yy_shift_ofst[stateno];
  if( i==YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT ) return yy_default[stateno];
  assert( iLookAhead!=YYNOCODE );
  i += iLookAhead;
  if( i<0 || i>=YY_ACTTAB_COUNT || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){
    if( iLookAhead>0 ){
#ifdef YYFALLBACK
      YYCODETYPE iFallback;            /* Fallback token */
      if( iLookAhead<sizeof(yyFallback)/sizeof(yyFallback[0])
             && (iFallback = yyFallback[iLookAhead])!=0 ){
#ifndef NDEBUG
        if( yyTraceFILE ){
          fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sFALLBACK %s => %s\n",
             yyTracePrompt, yyTokenName[iLookAhead], yyTokenName[iFallback]);
        }
#endif
        return yy_find_shift_action(pParser, iFallback);



      }
#endif
#ifdef YYWILDCARD
      {
        int j = i - iLookAhead + YYWILDCARD;
        if( 
#if YY_SHIFT_MIN+YYWILDCARD<0
          j>=0 &&
#endif
#if YY_SHIFT_MAX+YYWILDCARD>=YY_ACTTAB_COUNT
          j<YY_ACTTAB_COUNT &&
#endif
          yy_lookahead[j]==YYWILDCARD
        ){
#ifndef NDEBUG
          if( yyTraceFILE ){
            fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sWILDCARD %s => %s\n",
               yyTracePrompt, yyTokenName[iLookAhead], yyTokenName[YYWILDCARD]);

          }
#endif /* NDEBUG */
          return yy_action[j];
        }
      }
#endif /* YYWILDCARD */
    }
    return yy_default[stateno];
  }else{
    return yy_action[i];
  }

}

/*
** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the non-terminal
** look-ahead token iLookAhead.
**
** If the look-ahead token is YYNOCODE, then check to see if the action is
** independent of the look-ahead.  If it is, return the action, otherwise
** return YY_NO_ACTION.
*/
static int yy_find_reduce_action(
  int stateno,              /* Current state number */
  YYCODETYPE iLookAhead     /* The look-ahead token */
){
  int i;
#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
................................................................................
   if( yyTraceFILE ){
     fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack Overflow!\n",yyTracePrompt);
   }
#endif
   while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
   /* Here code is inserted which will execute if the parser
   ** stack every overflows */

%%

   ParseARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument var */
}

/*
** Print tracing information for a SHIFT action
*/
#ifndef NDEBUG
static void yyTraceShift(yyParser *yypParser, int yyNewState){
  if( yyTraceFILE ){
    int i;
    if( yyNewState<YYNSTATE ){
      fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sShift %d\n",yyTracePrompt,yyNewState);
      fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack:",yyTracePrompt);
      for(i=1; i<=yypParser->yyidx; i++)
        fprintf(yyTraceFILE," %s",yyTokenName[yypParser->yystack[i].major]);
      fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"\n");

    }else{
      fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sShift *\n",yyTracePrompt);

    }
  }
}
#else
# define yyTraceShift(X,Y)
#endif

/*
** Perform a shift action.  Return the number of errors.
*/
static void yy_shift(
  yyParser *yypParser,          /* The parser to be shifted */
  int yyNewState,               /* The new state to shift in */
  int yyMajor,                  /* The major token to shift in */
  YYMINORTYPE *yypMinor         /* Pointer to the minor token to shift in */
){
................................................................................
  int yysize;                     /* Amount to pop the stack */
  ParseARG_FETCH;
  yymsp = &yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx];
#ifndef NDEBUG
  if( yyTraceFILE && yyruleno>=0 
        && yyruleno<(int)(sizeof(yyRuleName)/sizeof(yyRuleName[0])) ){
    yysize = yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].nrhs;
    fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sReduce [%s] -> state %d.\n", yyTracePrompt,
      yyRuleName[yyruleno], yymsp[-yysize].stateno);
  }
#endif /* NDEBUG */

  /* Silence complaints from purify about yygotominor being uninitialized
  ** in some cases when it is copied into the stack after the following
  ** switch.  yygotominor is uninitialized when a rule reduces that does
  ** not set the value of its left-hand side nonterminal.  Leaving the
  ** value of the nonterminal uninitialized is utterly harmless as long
  ** as the value is never used.  So really the only thing this code
  ** accomplishes is to quieten purify.  
  **
  ** 2007-01-16:  The wireshark project (www.wireshark.org) reports that
  ** without this code, their parser segfaults.  I'm not sure what there
  ** parser is doing to make this happen.  This is the second bug report
  ** from wireshark this week.  Clearly they are stressing Lemon in ways
  ** that it has not been previously stressed...  (SQLite ticket #2172)
  */
  /*memset(&yygotominor, 0, sizeof(yygotominor));*/
  yygotominor = yyzerominor;


  switch( yyruleno ){
  /* Beginning here are the reduction cases.  A typical example
  ** follows:
  **   case 0:
  **  #line <lineno> <grammarfile>
  **     { ... }           // User supplied code
  **  #line <lineno> <thisfile>
  **     break;
  */

%%

  };

  yygoto = yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].lhs;
  yysize = yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].nrhs;
  yypParser->yyidx -= yysize;
  yyact = yy_find_reduce_action(yymsp[-yysize].stateno,(YYCODETYPE)yygoto);
  if( yyact <= YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE ){
    if( yyact>YY_MAX_SHIFT ) yyact += YY_MIN_REDUCE - YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE;
    /* If the reduce action popped at least
................................................................................
  if( yyTraceFILE ){
    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sFail!\n",yyTracePrompt);
  }
#endif
  while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
  /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the
  ** parser fails */

%%

  ParseARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
}
#endif /* YYNOERRORRECOVERY */

/*
** The following code executes when a syntax error first occurs.
*/
................................................................................
static void yy_syntax_error(
  yyParser *yypParser,           /* The parser */
  int yymajor,                   /* The major type of the error token */
  YYMINORTYPE yyminor            /* The minor type of the error token */
){
  ParseARG_FETCH;
#define TOKEN (yyminor.yy0)

%%

  ParseARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
}

/*
** The following is executed when the parser accepts
*/
static void yy_accept(
................................................................................
  if( yyTraceFILE ){
    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sAccept!\n",yyTracePrompt);
  }
#endif
  while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
  /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the
  ** parser accepts */

%%

  ParseARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
}

/* The main parser program.
** The first argument is a pointer to a structure obtained from
** "ParseAlloc" which describes the current state of the parser.
** The second argument is the major token number.  The third is
................................................................................
  void *yyp,                   /* The parser */
  int yymajor,                 /* The major token code number */
  ParseTOKENTYPE yyminor       /* The value for the token */
  ParseARG_PDECL               /* Optional %extra_argument parameter */
){
  YYMINORTYPE yyminorunion;
  int yyact;            /* The parser action. */

  int yyendofinput;     /* True if we are at the end of input */

#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
  int yyerrorhit = 0;   /* True if yymajor has invoked an error */
#endif
  yyParser *yypParser;  /* The parser */

  /* (re)initialize the parser, if necessary */
  yypParser = (yyParser*)yyp;
................................................................................
      return;
    }
#endif
    yypParser->yyidx = 0;
    yypParser->yyerrcnt = -1;
    yypParser->yystack[0].stateno = 0;
    yypParser->yystack[0].major = 0;




  }


  yyminorunion.yy0 = yyminor;

  yyendofinput = (yymajor==0);

  ParseARG_STORE;

#ifndef NDEBUG
  if( yyTraceFILE ){
    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sInput %s\n",yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]);
  }
#endif

  do{
    yyact = yy_find_shift_action(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor);
    if( yyact <= YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE ){
      if( yyact > YY_MAX_SHIFT ) yyact += YY_MIN_REDUCE - YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE;
................................................................................
      }
      yymajor = YYNOCODE;
#endif
    }
  }while( yymajor!=YYNOCODE && yypParser->yyidx>=0 );
#ifndef NDEBUG
  if( yyTraceFILE ){

    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sReturn\n",yyTracePrompt);




  }
#endif
  return;
}

/*
** 2000-05-29
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** Driver template for the LEMON parser generator.
**
** The "lemon" program processes an LALR(1) input grammar file, then uses
** this template to construct a parser.  The "lemon" program inserts text
** at each "%%" line.  Also, any "P-a-r-s-e" identifer prefix (without the
** interstitial "-" characters) contained in this template is changed into
** the value of the %name directive from the grammar.  Otherwise, the content
** of this template is copied straight through into the generate parser
** source file.
**
** The following is the concatenation of all %include directives from the
** input grammar file:
*/
#include <stdio.h>
/************ Begin %include sections from the grammar ************************/
%%
/**************** End of %include directives **********************************/
/* These constants specify the various numeric values for terminal symbols
** in a format understandable to "makeheaders".  This section is blank unless
** "lemon" is run with the "-m" command-line option.
***************** Begin makeheaders token definitions *************************/
%%
/**************** End makeheaders token definitions ***************************/

/* The next sections is a series of control #defines.
** various aspects of the generated parser.
**    YYCODETYPE         is the data type used to store the integer codes
**                       that represent terminal and non-terminal symbols.
**                       "unsigned char" is used if there are fewer than
**                       256 symbols.  Larger types otherwise.
**    YYNOCODE           is a number of type YYCODETYPE that is not used for
**                       any terminal or nonterminal symbol.
**    YYFALLBACK         If defined, this indicates that one or more tokens
**                       (also known as: "terminal symbols") have fall-back
**                       values which should be used if the original symbol
**                       would not parse.  This permits keywords to sometimes
**                       be used as identifiers, for example.
**    YYACTIONTYPE       is the data type used for "action codes" - numbers
**                       that indicate what to do in response to the next
**                       token.
**    ParseTOKENTYPE     is the data type used for minor type for terminal
**                       symbols.  Background: A "minor type" is a semantic
**                       value associated with a terminal or non-terminal
**                       symbols.  For example, for an "ID" terminal symbol,
**                       the minor type might be the name of the identifier.
**                       Each non-terminal can have a different minor type.
**                       Terminal symbols all have the same minor type, though.
**                       This macros defines the minor type for terminal 
**                       symbols.
**    YYMINORTYPE        is the data type used for all minor types.
**                       This is typically a union of many types, one of
**                       which is ParseTOKENTYPE.  The entry in the union
**                       for terminal symbols is called "yy0".
**    YYSTACKDEPTH       is the maximum depth of the parser's stack.  If
**                       zero the stack is dynamically sized using realloc()
**    ParseARG_SDECL     A static variable declaration for the %extra_argument
**    ParseARG_PDECL     A parameter declaration for the %extra_argument
**    ParseARG_STORE     Code to store %extra_argument into yypParser
**    ParseARG_FETCH     Code to extract %extra_argument from yypParser
**    YYERRORSYMBOL      is the code number of the error symbol.  If not
................................................................................
**    YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE Minimum value for shift-reduce actions
**    YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE Maximum value for shift-reduce actions
**    YY_MIN_REDUCE      Maximum value for reduce actions
**    YY_ERROR_ACTION    The yy_action[] code for syntax error
**    YY_ACCEPT_ACTION   The yy_action[] code for accept
**    YY_NO_ACTION       The yy_action[] code for no-op
*/
#ifndef INTERFACE
# define INTERFACE 1
#endif
/************* Begin control #defines *****************************************/
%%
/************* End control #defines *******************************************/

/* The yyzerominor constant is used to initialize instances of
** YYMINORTYPE objects to zero. */
static const YYMINORTYPE yyzerominor = { 0 };

/* Define the yytestcase() macro to be a no-op if is not already defined
** otherwise.
................................................................................
**  yy_lookahead[]     A table containing the lookahead for each entry in
**                     yy_action.  Used to detect hash collisions.
**  yy_shift_ofst[]    For each state, the offset into yy_action for
**                     shifting terminals.
**  yy_reduce_ofst[]   For each state, the offset into yy_action for
**                     shifting non-terminals after a reduce.
**  yy_default[]       Default action for each state.
**
*********** Begin parsing tables **********************************************/
%%
/********** End of lemon-generated parsing tables *****************************/

/* The next table maps tokens (terminal symbols) into fallback tokens.  
** If a construct like the following:
** 
**      %fallback ID X Y Z.
**
** appears in the grammar, then ID becomes a fallback token for X, Y,
** and Z.  Whenever one of the tokens X, Y, or Z is input to the parser
** but it does not parse, the type of the token is changed to ID and
** the parse is retried before an error is thrown.
**
** This feature can be used, for example, to cause some keywords in a language
** to revert to identifiers if they keyword does not apply in the context where
** it appears.
*/
#ifdef YYFALLBACK
static const YYCODETYPE yyFallback[] = {
%%
};
#endif /* YYFALLBACK */

................................................................................
              yyTracePrompt, p->yystksz);
    }
#endif
  }
}
#endif

/* Datatype of the argument to the memory allocated passed as the
** second argument to ParseAlloc() below.  This can be changed by
** putting an appropriate #define in the %include section of the input
** grammar.
*/
#ifndef YYMALLOCARGTYPE
# define YYMALLOCARGTYPE size_t
#endif

/* 
** This function allocates a new parser.
** The only argument is a pointer to a function which works like
** malloc.
**
** Inputs:
** A pointer to the function used to allocate memory.
**
** Outputs:
** A pointer to a parser.  This pointer is used in subsequent calls
** to Parse and ParseFree.
*/
void *ParseAlloc(void *(*mallocProc)(YYMALLOCARGTYPE)){
  yyParser *pParser;
  pParser = (yyParser*)(*mallocProc)( (YYMALLOCARGTYPE)sizeof(yyParser) );
  if( pParser ){
    pParser->yyidx = -1;
#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
    pParser->yyidxMax = 0;
#endif
#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
    pParser->yystack = NULL;
................................................................................
    pParser->yystksz = 0;
    yyGrowStack(pParser);
#endif
  }
  return pParser;
}

/* The following function deletes the "minor type" or semantic value
** associated with a symbol.  The symbol can be either a terminal
** or nonterminal. "yymajor" is the symbol code, and "yypminor" is
** a pointer to the value to be deleted.  The code used to do the 
** deletions is derived from the %destructor and/or %token_destructor
** directives of the input grammar.
*/
static void yy_destructor(
  yyParser *yypParser,    /* The parser */
  YYCODETYPE yymajor,     /* Type code for object to destroy */
  YYMINORTYPE *yypminor   /* The object to be destroyed */
){
  ParseARG_FETCH;
................................................................................
    /* Here is inserted the actions which take place when a
    ** terminal or non-terminal is destroyed.  This can happen
    ** when the symbol is popped from the stack during a
    ** reduce or during error processing or when a parser is 
    ** being destroyed before it is finished parsing.
    **
    ** Note: during a reduce, the only symbols destroyed are those
    ** which appear on the RHS of the rule, but which are *not* used
    ** inside the C code.
    */
/********* Begin destructor definitions ***************************************/
%%
/********* End destructor definitions *****************************************/
    default:  break;   /* If no destructor action specified: do nothing */
  }
}

/*
** Pop the parser's stack once.
**
** If there is a destructor routine associated with the token which
** is popped from the stack, then call it.


*/
static void yy_pop_parser_stack(yyParser *pParser){

  yyStackEntry *yytos;

  assert( pParser->yyidx>=0 );
  yytos = &pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx--];
#ifndef NDEBUG
  if( yyTraceFILE ){
    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sPopping %s\n",
      yyTracePrompt,
      yyTokenName[yytos->major]);
  }
#endif

  yy_destructor(pParser, yytos->major, &yytos->minor);


}

/* 
** Deallocate and destroy a parser.  Destructors are called for
** all stack elements before shutting the parser down.
**
** If the YYPARSEFREENEVERNULL macro exists (for example because it
** is defined in a %include section of the input grammar) then it is
** assumed that the input pointer is never NULL.




*/
void ParseFree(
  void *p,                    /* The parser to be deleted */
  void (*freeProc)(void*)     /* Function used to reclaim memory */
){
  yyParser *pParser = (yyParser*)p;
#ifndef YYPARSEFREENEVERNULL
  if( pParser==0 ) return;
#endif
  while( pParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(pParser);
#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
  free(pParser->yystack);
#endif
  (*freeProc)((void*)pParser);
}

................................................................................
  return pParser->yyidxMax;
}
#endif

/*
** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the terminal
** look-ahead token iLookAhead.




*/
static int yy_find_shift_action(
  yyParser *pParser,        /* The parser */
  YYCODETYPE iLookAhead     /* The look-ahead token */
){
  int i;
  int stateno = pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx].stateno;
 
  if( stateno>=YY_MIN_REDUCE ) return stateno;
  assert( stateno <= YY_SHIFT_COUNT );
  do{
    i = yy_shift_ofst[stateno];
    if( i==YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT ) return yy_default[stateno];
    assert( iLookAhead!=YYNOCODE );
    i += iLookAhead;
    if( i<0 || i>=YY_ACTTAB_COUNT || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){
      if( iLookAhead>0 ){
#ifdef YYFALLBACK
        YYCODETYPE iFallback;            /* Fallback token */
        if( iLookAhead<sizeof(yyFallback)/sizeof(yyFallback[0])
               && (iFallback = yyFallback[iLookAhead])!=0 ){
#ifndef NDEBUG
          if( yyTraceFILE ){
            fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sFALLBACK %s => %s\n",
               yyTracePrompt, yyTokenName[iLookAhead], yyTokenName[iFallback]);
          }
#endif

          assert( yyFallback[iFallback]==0 ); /* Fallback loop must terminate */
          iLookAhead = iFallback;
          continue;
        }
#endif
#ifdef YYWILDCARD
        {
          int j = i - iLookAhead + YYWILDCARD;
          if( 
#if YY_SHIFT_MIN+YYWILDCARD<0
            j>=0 &&
#endif
#if YY_SHIFT_MAX+YYWILDCARD>=YY_ACTTAB_COUNT
            j<YY_ACTTAB_COUNT &&
#endif
            yy_lookahead[j]==YYWILDCARD
          ){
#ifndef NDEBUG
            if( yyTraceFILE ){
              fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sWILDCARD %s => %s\n",
                 yyTracePrompt, yyTokenName[iLookAhead],
                 yyTokenName[YYWILDCARD]);
            }
#endif /* NDEBUG */
            return yy_action[j];
          }
        }
#endif /* YYWILDCARD */
      }
      return yy_default[stateno];
    }else{
      return yy_action[i];
    }
  }while(1);
}

/*
** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the non-terminal
** look-ahead token iLookAhead.




*/
static int yy_find_reduce_action(
  int stateno,              /* Current state number */
  YYCODETYPE iLookAhead     /* The look-ahead token */
){
  int i;
#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
................................................................................
   if( yyTraceFILE ){
     fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack Overflow!\n",yyTracePrompt);
   }
#endif
   while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
   /* Here code is inserted which will execute if the parser
   ** stack every overflows */
/******** Begin %stack_overflow code ******************************************/
%%
/******** End %stack_overflow code ********************************************/
   ParseARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument var */
}

/*
** Print tracing information for a SHIFT action
*/
#ifndef NDEBUG
static void yyTraceShift(yyParser *yypParser, int yyNewState){
  if( yyTraceFILE ){

    if( yyNewState<YYNSTATE ){
      fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sShift '%s', go to state %d\n",


         yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx].major],

         yyNewState);
    }else{
      fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sShift '%s'\n",
         yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx].major]);
    }
  }
}
#else
# define yyTraceShift(X,Y)
#endif

/*
** Perform a shift action.
*/
static void yy_shift(
  yyParser *yypParser,          /* The parser to be shifted */
  int yyNewState,               /* The new state to shift in */
  int yyMajor,                  /* The major token to shift in */
  YYMINORTYPE *yypMinor         /* Pointer to the minor token to shift in */
){
................................................................................
  int yysize;                     /* Amount to pop the stack */
  ParseARG_FETCH;
  yymsp = &yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx];
#ifndef NDEBUG
  if( yyTraceFILE && yyruleno>=0 
        && yyruleno<(int)(sizeof(yyRuleName)/sizeof(yyRuleName[0])) ){
    yysize = yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].nrhs;
    fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sReduce [%s], go to state %d.\n", yyTracePrompt,
      yyRuleName[yyruleno], yymsp[-yysize].stateno);
  }
#endif /* NDEBUG */
















  yygotominor = yyzerominor;


  switch( yyruleno ){
  /* Beginning here are the reduction cases.  A typical example
  ** follows:
  **   case 0:
  **  #line <lineno> <grammarfile>
  **     { ... }           // User supplied code
  **  #line <lineno> <thisfile>
  **     break;
  */
/********** Begin reduce actions **********************************************/
%%
/********** End reduce actions ************************************************/
  };
  assert( yyruleno>=0 && yyruleno<sizeof(yyRuleInfo)/sizeof(yyRuleInfo[0]) );
  yygoto = yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].lhs;
  yysize = yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].nrhs;
  yypParser->yyidx -= yysize;
  yyact = yy_find_reduce_action(yymsp[-yysize].stateno,(YYCODETYPE)yygoto);
  if( yyact <= YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE ){
    if( yyact>YY_MAX_SHIFT ) yyact += YY_MIN_REDUCE - YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE;
    /* If the reduce action popped at least
................................................................................
  if( yyTraceFILE ){
    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sFail!\n",yyTracePrompt);
  }
#endif
  while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
  /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the
  ** parser fails */
/************ Begin %parse_failure code ***************************************/
%%
/************ End %parse_failure code *****************************************/
  ParseARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
}
#endif /* YYNOERRORRECOVERY */

/*
** The following code executes when a syntax error first occurs.
*/
................................................................................
static void yy_syntax_error(
  yyParser *yypParser,           /* The parser */
  int yymajor,                   /* The major type of the error token */
  YYMINORTYPE yyminor            /* The minor type of the error token */
){
  ParseARG_FETCH;
#define TOKEN (yyminor.yy0)
/************ Begin %syntax_error code ****************************************/
%%
/************ End %syntax_error code ******************************************/
  ParseARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
}

/*
** The following is executed when the parser accepts
*/
static void yy_accept(
................................................................................
  if( yyTraceFILE ){
    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sAccept!\n",yyTracePrompt);
  }
#endif
  while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
  /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the
  ** parser accepts */
/*********** Begin %parse_accept code *****************************************/
%%
/*********** End %parse_accept code *******************************************/
  ParseARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
}

/* The main parser program.
** The first argument is a pointer to a structure obtained from
** "ParseAlloc" which describes the current state of the parser.
** The second argument is the major token number.  The third is
................................................................................
  void *yyp,                   /* The parser */
  int yymajor,                 /* The major token code number */
  ParseTOKENTYPE yyminor       /* The value for the token */
  ParseARG_PDECL               /* Optional %extra_argument parameter */
){
  YYMINORTYPE yyminorunion;
  int yyact;            /* The parser action. */
#if !defined(YYERRORSYMBOL) && !defined(YYNOERRORRECOVERY)
  int yyendofinput;     /* True if we are at the end of input */
#endif
#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
  int yyerrorhit = 0;   /* True if yymajor has invoked an error */
#endif
  yyParser *yypParser;  /* The parser */

  /* (re)initialize the parser, if necessary */
  yypParser = (yyParser*)yyp;
................................................................................
      return;
    }
#endif
    yypParser->yyidx = 0;
    yypParser->yyerrcnt = -1;
    yypParser->yystack[0].stateno = 0;
    yypParser->yystack[0].major = 0;
#ifndef NDEBUG
    if( yyTraceFILE ){
      fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sInitialize. Empty stack. State 0\n",
              yyTracePrompt);
    }
#endif
  }
  yyminorunion.yy0 = yyminor;
#if !defined(YYERRORSYMBOL) && !defined(YYNOERRORRECOVERY)
  yyendofinput = (yymajor==0);
#endif
  ParseARG_STORE;

#ifndef NDEBUG
  if( yyTraceFILE ){
    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sInput '%s'\n",yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]);
  }
#endif

  do{
    yyact = yy_find_shift_action(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor);
    if( yyact <= YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE ){
      if( yyact > YY_MAX_SHIFT ) yyact += YY_MIN_REDUCE - YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE;
................................................................................
      }
      yymajor = YYNOCODE;
#endif
    }
  }while( yymajor!=YYNOCODE && yypParser->yyidx>=0 );
#ifndef NDEBUG
  if( yyTraceFILE ){
    int i;
    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sReturn. Stack=",yyTracePrompt);
    for(i=1; i<=yypParser->yyidx; i++)
      fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%c%s", i==1 ? '[' : ' ', 
              yyTokenName[yypParser->yystack[i].major]);
    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"]\n");
  }
#endif
  return;
}

  { "WHEN",             "TK_WHEN",         ALWAYS                 },
  { "WHERE",            "TK_WHERE",        ALWAYS                 },
};

/* Number of keywords */
static int nKeyword = (sizeof(aKeywordTable)/sizeof(aKeywordTable[0]));

/* An array to map all upper-case characters into their corresponding
** lower-case character. 
*/
const unsigned char sqlite3UpperToLower[] = {
      0,  1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17,
     18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35,
     36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53,
     54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,
    104,105,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,
    122, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105,106,107,
    108,109,110,111,112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,123,124,125,
    126,127,128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,138,139,140,141,142,143,
    144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,158,159,160,161,
    162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,178,179,
    180,181,182,183,184,185,186,187,188,189,190,191,192,193,194,195,196,197,
    198,199,200,201,202,203,204,205,206,207,208,209,210,211,212,213,214,215,
    216,217,218,219,220,221,222,223,224,225,226,227,228,229,230,231,232,233,
    234,235,236,237,238,239,240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,250,251,
    252,253,254,255
};
#define UpperToLower sqlite3UpperToLower

/*
** Comparision function for two Keyword records
*/
static int keywordCompare1(const void *a, const void *b){
  const Keyword *pA = (Keyword*)a;
  const Keyword *pB = (Keyword*)b;
................................................................................
  /* Fill in the lengths of strings and hashes for all entries. */
  for(i=0; i<nKeyword; i++){
    Keyword *p = &aKeywordTable[i];
    p->len = (int)strlen(p->zName);
    assert( p->len<sizeof(p->zOrigName) );
    memcpy(p->zOrigName, p->zName, p->len+1);
    totalLen += p->len;
    p->hash = (UpperToLower[(int)p->zName[0]]*4) ^
              (UpperToLower[(int)p->zName[p->len-1]]*3) ^ p->len;
    p->id = i+1;
  }

  /* Sort the table from shortest to longest keyword */
  qsort(aKeywordTable, nKeyword, sizeof(aKeywordTable[0]), keywordCompare1);

  /* Look for short keywords embedded in longer keywords */
................................................................................
    aKeywordTable[i].iNext = aHash[h];
    aHash[h] = i+1;
  }

  /* Begin generating code */
  printf("%s", zHdr);
  printf("/* Hash score: %d */\n", bestCount);
  printf("static int keywordCode(const char *z, int n){\n");
  printf("  /* zText[] encodes %d bytes of keywords in %d bytes */\n",
          totalLen + nKeyword, nChar+1 );
  for(i=j=k=0; i<nKeyword; i++){
    Keyword *p = &aKeywordTable[i];
    if( p->substrId ) continue;
    memcpy(&zText[k], p->zName, p->len);
    k += p->len;
................................................................................
      printf("\n");
      j = 0;
    }
  }
  printf("%s  };\n", j==0 ? "" : "\n");

  printf("  int h, i;\n");
  printf("  if( n<2 ) return TK_ID;\n");
  printf("  h = ((charMap(z[0])*4) ^\n"
         "      (charMap(z[n-1])*3) ^\n"
         "      n) %% %d;\n", bestSize);
  printf("  for(i=((int)aHash[h])-1; i>=0; i=((int)aNext[i])-1){\n");
  printf("    if( aLen[i]==n &&"
                   " sqlite3StrNICmp(&zText[aOffset[i]],z,n)==0 ){\n");
  for(i=0; i<nKeyword; i++){
    printf("      testcase( i==%d ); /* %s */\n",
           i, aKeywordTable[i].zOrigName);
  }


  printf("      return aCode[i];\n");
  printf("    }\n");
  printf("  }\n");
  printf("  return TK_ID;\n");
  printf("}\n");
  printf("int sqlite3KeywordCode(const unsigned char *z, int n){\n");

  printf("  return keywordCode((char*)z, n);\n");

  printf("}\n");
  printf("#define SQLITE_N_KEYWORD %d\n", nKeyword);

  return 0;
}

  { "WHEN",             "TK_WHEN",         ALWAYS                 },
  { "WHERE",            "TK_WHERE",        ALWAYS                 },
};

/* Number of keywords */
static int nKeyword = (sizeof(aKeywordTable)/sizeof(aKeywordTable[0]));

/* Map all alphabetic characters into the same case */
#define charMap(X)   (0x20|(X))




















/*
** Comparision function for two Keyword records
*/
static int keywordCompare1(const void *a, const void *b){
  const Keyword *pA = (Keyword*)a;
  const Keyword *pB = (Keyword*)b;
................................................................................
  /* Fill in the lengths of strings and hashes for all entries. */
  for(i=0; i<nKeyword; i++){
    Keyword *p = &aKeywordTable[i];
    p->len = (int)strlen(p->zName);
    assert( p->len<sizeof(p->zOrigName) );
    memcpy(p->zOrigName, p->zName, p->len+1);
    totalLen += p->len;
    p->hash = (charMap(p->zName[0])*4) ^
              (charMap(p->zName[p->len-1])*3) ^ (p->len*1);
    p->id = i+1;
  }

  /* Sort the table from shortest to longest keyword */
  qsort(aKeywordTable, nKeyword, sizeof(aKeywordTable[0]), keywordCompare1);

  /* Look for short keywords embedded in longer keywords */
................................................................................
    aKeywordTable[i].iNext = aHash[h];
    aHash[h] = i+1;
  }

  /* Begin generating code */
  printf("%s", zHdr);
  printf("/* Hash score: %d */\n", bestCount);
  printf("static int keywordCode(const char *z, int n, int *pType){\n");
  printf("  /* zText[] encodes %d bytes of keywords in %d bytes */\n",
          totalLen + nKeyword, nChar+1 );
  for(i=j=k=0; i<nKeyword; i++){
    Keyword *p = &aKeywordTable[i];
    if( p->substrId ) continue;
    memcpy(&zText[k], p->zName, p->len);
    k += p->len;
................................................................................
      printf("\n");
      j = 0;
    }
  }
  printf("%s  };\n", j==0 ? "" : "\n");

  printf("  int h, i;\n");
  printf("  if( n>=2 ){\n");
  printf("    h = ((charMap(z[0])*4) ^ (charMap(z[n-1])*3) ^ n) %% %d;\n",

          bestSize);
  printf("    for(i=((int)aHash[h])-1; i>=0; i=((int)aNext[i])-1){\n");
  printf("      if( aLen[i]==n &&"
                     " sqlite3StrNICmp(&zText[aOffset[i]],z,n)==0 ){\n");
  for(i=0; i<nKeyword; i++){
    printf("        testcase( i==%d ); /* %s */\n",
           i, aKeywordTable[i].zOrigName);
  }
  printf("        *pType = aCode[i];\n");
  printf("        break;\n");
  printf("      }\n");
  printf("    }\n");
  printf("  }\n");
  printf("  return n;\n");
  printf("}\n");
  printf("int sqlite3KeywordCode(const unsigned char *z, int n){\n");
  printf("  int id = TK_ID;\n");
  printf("  keywordCode((char*)z, n, &id);\n");
  printf("  return id;\n");
  printf("}\n");
  printf("#define SQLITE_N_KEYWORD %d\n", nKeyword);

  return 0;
}

  NAME: checkpoint_fullfsync
  TYPE: FLAG
  ARG:  SQLITE_CkptFullFSync
  IF:   !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)

  NAME: cache_spill
  TYPE: FLAG
  ARG:  SQLITE_CacheSpill
  IF:   !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)

  NAME: reverse_unordered_selects
  TYPE: FLAG
  ARG:  SQLITE_ReverseOrder
  IF:   !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)

................................................................................
  FLAG: NeedSchema
  IF:   !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS)

  NAME: journal_size_limit
  IF:   !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS)

  NAME: cache_size

  IF:   !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS)

  NAME: mmap_size
  IF:   !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS)

  NAME: auto_vacuum
  FLAG: NeedSchema

  NAME: checkpoint_fullfsync
  TYPE: FLAG
  ARG:  SQLITE_CkptFullFSync
  IF:   !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)

  NAME: cache_spill


  IF:   !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)

  NAME: reverse_unordered_selects
  TYPE: FLAG
  ARG:  SQLITE_ReverseOrder
  IF:   !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)

................................................................................
  FLAG: NeedSchema
  IF:   !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS)

  NAME: journal_size_limit
  IF:   !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS)

  NAME: cache_size
  FLAG: NeedSchema
  IF:   !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS)

  NAME: mmap_size
  IF:   !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS)

  NAME: auto_vacuum
  FLAG: NeedSchema

#!/bin/bash
#
# This is a template for a script used for day-to-day size and 
# performance monitoring of SQLite.  Typical usage:
#
#     sh run-speed-test.sh trunk  #  Baseline measurement of trunk
#     sh run-speed-test.sh x1     # Measure some experimental change
#     fossil test-diff --tk cout-trunk.txt cout-x1.txt   # View chanages
#
# There are multiple output files, all with a base name given by
# the first argument:
#
#     summary-$BASE.txt           # Copy of standard output
#     cout-$BASE.txt              # cachegrind output
#     explain-$BASE.txt           # EXPLAIN listings
#
if test "$1" = ""
then
  echo "Usage: $0 OUTPUTFILE [OPTIONS]"
  exit
fi
NAME=$1
shift
CC_OPTS="-DSQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE"
SPEEDTEST_OPTS="--shrink-memory --reprepare"
SIZE=5
while test "$1" != ""; do
  case $1 in
    --reprepare)
        SPEEDTEST_OPTS="$SPEEDTEST_OPTS $1"
        ;;
    --autovacuum)
        SPEEDTEST_OPTS="$SPEEDTEST_OPTS $1"
        ;;
    --utf16be)
        SPEEDTEST_OPTS="$SPEEDTEST_OPTS $1"
        ;;
    --without-rowid)
        SPEEDTEST_OPTS="$SPEEDTEST_OPTS $1"
        ;;
    --size)
        shift; SIZE=$1
        ;;
    *)
        CC_OPTS="$CC_OPTS $1"
        ;;
  esac
  shift
done
SPEEDTEST_OPTS="$SPEEDTEST_OPTS --size $SIZE"
echo "NAME           = $NAME" | tee summary-$NAME.txt
echo "SPEEDTEST_OPTS = $SPEEDTEST_OPTS" | tee -a summary-$NAME.txt
echo "CC_OPTS        = $CC_OPTS" | tee -a summary-$NAME.txt
rm -f cachegrind.out.* speedtest1 speedtest1.db sqlite3.o
gcc -g -Os -Wall -I. $CC_OPTS -c sqlite3.c
size sqlite3.o | tee -a summary-$NAME.txt
gcc -g -Os -Wall -I. $CC_OPTS \
   -DSQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS \
   ./shell.c ./sqlite3.c -o sqlite3 -ldl -lpthread
SRC=./speedtest1.c
gcc -g -Os -Wall -I. $CC_OPTS $SRC ./sqlite3.o -o speedtest1 -ldl -lpthread
ls -l speedtest1 | tee -a summary-$NAME.txt
valgrind --tool=cachegrind ./speedtest1 speedtest1.db \
    $SPEEDTEST_OPTS 2>&1 | tee -a summary-$NAME.txt
size sqlite3.o | tee -a summary-$NAME.txt
wc sqlite3.c
cg_anno.tcl cachegrind.out.* >cout-$NAME.txt
./speedtest1 --explain $SPEEDTEST_OPTS | ./sqlite3 >explain-$NAME.txt

    dump_table(zTab, out);
    goto end_diff_one_table;
  }

  az = columnNames("main", zTab, &nPk, 0);
  az2 = columnNames("aux", zTab, &nPk2, 0);
  if( az && az2 ){
    for(n=0; az[n]; n++){
      if( sqlite3_stricmp(az[n],az2[n])!=0 ) break;
    }
  }
  if( az==0
   || az2==0
   || nPk!=nPk2
   || az[n]
  ){
    /* Schema mismatch */
    fprintf(out, "DROP TABLE %s;\n", zId);
    dump_table(zTab, out);
    goto end_diff_one_table;
  }

  /* Build the comparison query */
  for(n2=n; az[n2]; n2++){}


  nQ = nPk2+1+2*(n2-nPk2);
  if( n2>nPk2 ){
    zSep = "SELECT ";
    for(i=0; i<nPk; i++){
      strPrintf(&sql, "%sB.%s", zSep, az[i]);
      zSep = ", ";
    }
    strPrintf(&sql, ", 1%s -- changed row\n", nPk==n ? "" : ",");
    while( az[i] ){
      strPrintf(&sql, "       A.%s IS NOT B.%s, B.%s%s\n",
                az[i], az[i], az[i], i==n2-1 ? "" : ",");





      i++;
    }
    strPrintf(&sql, "  FROM main.%s A, aux.%s B\n", zId, zId);
    zSep = " WHERE";
    for(i=0; i<nPk; i++){
      strPrintf(&sql, "%s A.%s=B.%s", zSep, az[i], az[i]);
      zSep = " AND";
    }
    zSep = "\n   AND (";
    while( az[i] ){
      strPrintf(&sql, "%sA.%s IS NOT B.%s%s\n",
                zSep, az[i], az[i], i==n2-1 ? ")" : "");






      zSep = "        OR ";
      i++;
    }
    strPrintf(&sql, " UNION ALL\n");
  }
  zSep = "SELECT ";
  for(i=0; i<nPk; i++){
    strPrintf(&sql, "%sA.%s", zSep, az[i]);
    zSep = ", ";
  }
  strPrintf(&sql, ", 2%s -- deleted row\n", nPk==n ? "" : ",");
  while( az[i] ){
    strPrintf(&sql, "       NULL, NULL%s\n", i==n2-1 ? "" : ",");
    i++;
  }
  strPrintf(&sql, "  FROM main.%s A\n", zId);
  strPrintf(&sql, " WHERE NOT EXISTS(SELECT 1 FROM aux.%s B\n", zId);
  zSep =          "                   WHERE";
  for(i=0; i<nPk; i++){
................................................................................
  zSep = " UNION ALL\nSELECT ";
  for(i=0; i<nPk; i++){
    strPrintf(&sql, "%sB.%s", zSep, az[i]);
    zSep = ", ";
  }
  strPrintf(&sql, ", 3%s -- inserted row\n", nPk==n ? "" : ",");
  while( az2[i] ){
    strPrintf(&sql, "       1, B.%s%s\n", az[i], i==n2-1 ? "" : ",");
    i++;
  }
  strPrintf(&sql, "  FROM aux.%s B\n", zId);
  strPrintf(&sql, " WHERE NOT EXISTS(SELECT 1 FROM main.%s A\n", zId);
  zSep =          "                   WHERE";
  for(i=0; i<nPk; i++){
    strPrintf(&sql, "%s A.%s=B.%s", zSep, az[i], az[i]);
................................................................................
        }else{                /* Delete a row */
          fprintf(out, "DELETE FROM %s", zId);
        }
        zSep = " WHERE";
        for(i=0; i<nPk; i++){
          fprintf(out, "%s %s=", zSep, az2[i]);
          printQuoted(out, sqlite3_column_value(pStmt,i));
          zSep = ",";
        }
        fprintf(out, ";\n");
      }else{                  /* Insert a row */
        fprintf(out, "INSERT INTO %s(%s", zId, az2[0]);
        for(i=1; az2[i]; i++) fprintf(out, ",%s", az2[i]);
        fprintf(out, ") VALUES");
        zSep = "(";
................................................................................
"  --changeset FILE      Write a CHANGESET into FILE\n"
"  -L|--lib LIBRARY      Load an SQLite extension library\n"
"  --primarykey          Use schema-defined PRIMARY KEYs\n"
"  --rbu                 Output SQL to create/populate RBU table(s)\n"
"  --schema              Show only differences in the schema\n"
"  --summary             Show only a summary of the differences\n"
"  --table TAB           Show only differences in table TAB\n"

  );
}

int main(int argc, char **argv){
  const char *zDb1 = 0;
  const char *zDb2 = 0;
  int i;
................................................................................
  char *zSql;
  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
  char *zTab = 0;
  FILE *out = stdout;
  void (*xDiff)(const char*,FILE*) = diff_one_table;
  int nExt = 0;
  char **azExt = 0;



  g.zArgv0 = argv[0];
  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD);
  for(i=1; i<argc; i++){
    const char *z = argv[i];
    if( z[0]=='-' ){
      z++;
      if( z[0]=='-' ) z++;
      if( strcmp(z,"changeset")==0 ){
        if( i==argc-1 ) cmdlineError("missing argument to %s", argv[i]);
        out = fopen(argv[++i], "wb");
        if( out==0 ) cmdlineError("cannot open: %s", argv[i]);
        xDiff = changeset_one_table;

      }else
      if( strcmp(z,"debug")==0 ){
        if( i==argc-1 ) cmdlineError("missing argument to %s", argv[i]);
        g.fDebug = strtol(argv[++i], 0, 0);
      }else
      if( strcmp(z,"help")==0 ){
        showHelp();
................................................................................
      }else
      if( strcmp(z,"summary")==0 ){
        xDiff = summarize_one_table;
      }else
      if( strcmp(z,"table")==0 ){
        if( i==argc-1 ) cmdlineError("missing argument to %s", argv[i]);
        zTab = argv[++i];



      }else
      {
        cmdlineError("unknown option: %s", argv[i]);
      }
    }else if( zDb1==0 ){
      zDb1 = argv[i];
    }else if( zDb2==0 ){
................................................................................
    cmdlineError("cannot attach database \"%s\"", zDb2);
  }
  rc = sqlite3_exec(g.db, "SELECT * FROM aux.sqlite_master", 0, 0, &zErrMsg);
  if( rc || zErrMsg ){
    cmdlineError("\"%s\" does not appear to be a valid SQLite database", zDb2);
  }



  if( zTab ){
    xDiff(zTab, out);
  }else{
    /* Handle tables one by one */
    pStmt = db_prepare(
      "SELECT name FROM main.sqlite_master\n"
      " WHERE type='table' AND sql NOT LIKE 'CREATE VIRTUAL%%'\n"
................................................................................
      " ORDER BY name"
    );
    while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
      xDiff((const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt,0), out);
    }
    sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
  }


  /* TBD: Handle trigger differences */
  /* TBD: Handle view differences */
  sqlite3_close(g.db);
  return 0;
}

    dump_table(zTab, out);
    goto end_diff_one_table;
  }

  az = columnNames("main", zTab, &nPk, 0);
  az2 = columnNames("aux", zTab, &nPk2, 0);
  if( az && az2 ){
    for(n=0; az[n] && az2[n]; n++){
      if( sqlite3_stricmp(az[n],az2[n])!=0 ) break;
    }
  }
  if( az==0
   || az2==0
   || nPk!=nPk2
   || az[n]
  ){
    /* Schema mismatch */
    fprintf(out, "DROP TABLE %s; -- due to schema mismatch\n", zId);
    dump_table(zTab, out);
    goto end_diff_one_table;
  }

  /* Build the comparison query */
  for(n2=n; az2[n2]; n2++){
    fprintf(out, "ALTER TABLE %s ADD COLUMN %s;\n", zId, safeId(az2[n2]));
  }
  nQ = nPk2+1+2*(n2-nPk2);
  if( n2>nPk2 ){
    zSep = "SELECT ";
    for(i=0; i<nPk; i++){
      strPrintf(&sql, "%sB.%s", zSep, az[i]);
      zSep = ", ";
    }
    strPrintf(&sql, ", 1%s -- changed row\n", nPk==n ? "" : ",");
    while( az[i] ){
      strPrintf(&sql, "       A.%s IS NOT B.%s, B.%s%s\n",
                az[i], az2[i], az2[i], az2[i+1]==0 ? "" : ",");
      i++;
    }
    while( az2[i] ){
      strPrintf(&sql, "       B.%s IS NOT NULL, B.%s%s\n",
                az2[i], az2[i], az2[i+1]==0 ? "" : ",");
      i++;
    }
    strPrintf(&sql, "  FROM main.%s A, aux.%s B\n", zId, zId);
    zSep = " WHERE";
    for(i=0; i<nPk; i++){
      strPrintf(&sql, "%s A.%s=B.%s", zSep, az[i], az[i]);
      zSep = " AND";
    }
    zSep = "\n   AND (";
    while( az[i] ){
      strPrintf(&sql, "%sA.%s IS NOT B.%s%s\n",
                zSep, az[i], az2[i], az2[i+1]==0 ? ")" : "");
      zSep = "        OR ";
      i++;
    }
    while( az2[i] ){
      strPrintf(&sql, "%sB.%s IS NOT NULL%s\n",
                zSep, az2[i], az2[i+1]==0 ? ")" : "");
      zSep = "        OR ";
      i++;
    }
    strPrintf(&sql, " UNION ALL\n");
  }
  zSep = "SELECT ";
  for(i=0; i<nPk; i++){
    strPrintf(&sql, "%sA.%s", zSep, az[i]);
    zSep = ", ";
  }
  strPrintf(&sql, ", 2%s -- deleted row\n", nPk==n ? "" : ",");
  while( az2[i] ){
    strPrintf(&sql, "       NULL, NULL%s\n", i==n2-1 ? "" : ",");
    i++;
  }
  strPrintf(&sql, "  FROM main.%s A\n", zId);
  strPrintf(&sql, " WHERE NOT EXISTS(SELECT 1 FROM aux.%s B\n", zId);
  zSep =          "                   WHERE";
  for(i=0; i<nPk; i++){
................................................................................
  zSep = " UNION ALL\nSELECT ";
  for(i=0; i<nPk; i++){
    strPrintf(&sql, "%sB.%s", zSep, az[i]);
    zSep = ", ";
  }
  strPrintf(&sql, ", 3%s -- inserted row\n", nPk==n ? "" : ",");
  while( az2[i] ){
    strPrintf(&sql, "       1, B.%s%s\n", az2[i], az2[i+1]==0 ? "" : ",");
    i++;
  }
  strPrintf(&sql, "  FROM aux.%s B\n", zId);
  strPrintf(&sql, " WHERE NOT EXISTS(SELECT 1 FROM main.%s A\n", zId);
  zSep =          "                   WHERE";
  for(i=0; i<nPk; i++){
    strPrintf(&sql, "%s A.%s=B.%s", zSep, az[i], az[i]);
................................................................................
        }else{                /* Delete a row */
          fprintf(out, "DELETE FROM %s", zId);
        }
        zSep = " WHERE";
        for(i=0; i<nPk; i++){
          fprintf(out, "%s %s=", zSep, az2[i]);
          printQuoted(out, sqlite3_column_value(pStmt,i));
          zSep = " AND";
        }
        fprintf(out, ";\n");
      }else{                  /* Insert a row */
        fprintf(out, "INSERT INTO %s(%s", zId, az2[0]);
        for(i=1; az2[i]; i++) fprintf(out, ",%s", az2[i]);
        fprintf(out, ") VALUES");
        zSep = "(";
................................................................................
"  --changeset FILE      Write a CHANGESET into FILE\n"
"  -L|--lib LIBRARY      Load an SQLite extension library\n"
"  --primarykey          Use schema-defined PRIMARY KEYs\n"
"  --rbu                 Output SQL to create/populate RBU table(s)\n"
"  --schema              Show only differences in the schema\n"
"  --summary             Show only a summary of the differences\n"
"  --table TAB           Show only differences in table TAB\n"
"  --transaction         Show SQL output inside a transaction\n"
  );
}

int main(int argc, char **argv){
  const char *zDb1 = 0;
  const char *zDb2 = 0;
  int i;
................................................................................
  char *zSql;
  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
  char *zTab = 0;
  FILE *out = stdout;
  void (*xDiff)(const char*,FILE*) = diff_one_table;
  int nExt = 0;
  char **azExt = 0;
  int useTransaction = 0;
  int neverUseTransaction = 0;

  g.zArgv0 = argv[0];
  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD);
  for(i=1; i<argc; i++){
    const char *z = argv[i];
    if( z[0]=='-' ){
      z++;
      if( z[0]=='-' ) z++;
      if( strcmp(z,"changeset")==0 ){
        if( i==argc-1 ) cmdlineError("missing argument to %s", argv[i]);
        out = fopen(argv[++i], "wb");
        if( out==0 ) cmdlineError("cannot open: %s", argv[i]);
        xDiff = changeset_one_table;
        neverUseTransaction = 1;
      }else
      if( strcmp(z,"debug")==0 ){
        if( i==argc-1 ) cmdlineError("missing argument to %s", argv[i]);
        g.fDebug = strtol(argv[++i], 0, 0);
      }else
      if( strcmp(z,"help")==0 ){
        showHelp();
................................................................................
      }else
      if( strcmp(z,"summary")==0 ){
        xDiff = summarize_one_table;
      }else
      if( strcmp(z,"table")==0 ){
        if( i==argc-1 ) cmdlineError("missing argument to %s", argv[i]);
        zTab = argv[++i];
      }else
      if( strcmp(z,"transaction")==0 ){
        useTransaction = 1;
      }else
      {
        cmdlineError("unknown option: %s", argv[i]);
      }
    }else if( zDb1==0 ){
      zDb1 = argv[i];
    }else if( zDb2==0 ){
................................................................................
    cmdlineError("cannot attach database \"%s\"", zDb2);
  }
  rc = sqlite3_exec(g.db, "SELECT * FROM aux.sqlite_master", 0, 0, &zErrMsg);
  if( rc || zErrMsg ){
    cmdlineError("\"%s\" does not appear to be a valid SQLite database", zDb2);
  }

  if( neverUseTransaction ) useTransaction = 0;
  if( useTransaction ) printf("BEGIN TRANSACTION;\n");
  if( zTab ){
    xDiff(zTab, out);
  }else{
    /* Handle tables one by one */
    pStmt = db_prepare(
      "SELECT name FROM main.sqlite_master\n"
      " WHERE type='table' AND sql NOT LIKE 'CREATE VIRTUAL%%'\n"
................................................................................
      " ORDER BY name"
    );
    while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
      xDiff((const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt,0), out);
    }
    sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
  }
  if( useTransaction ) printf("COMMIT;\n");

  /* TBD: Handle trigger differences */
  /* TBD: Handle view differences */
  sqlite3_close(g.db);
  return 0;
}